Transcript 132

MuggleCast 132 Transcript


Show Intro


[Audio]: Hey there, MuggleCast listeners. I am back to inform you of some excellent news. GoDaddy.Com is having better deals than ever. For only $3.59 a month for 12 months, you can get GoDaddy.Com’s economy package. With 250 gigs of bandwidth, five gigs of storage, and up to 500 e-mail accounts, you can get your own website up and running with success. And as usual, enter code Muggle – that’s M-U-G-G-L-E – when you check out and save an additional ten percent on any order. Some restrictions apply, see site for details. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.Com.

Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.Com, the Internet’s leading provider of Spoken Word Entertainment. Get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto AudiblePodcast.Com/MuggleCast today for details.

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because it’s looking more and more like the final film will be split in two, this is MuggleCast Episode 132 for February 17th, 2008.

[Music continues]

Andrew: All right. Well, this week I have good news and I have bad news. The bad news is I am too awesome for this show. The good news is Matt and Micah are here.

Matt: That’s right.

Micah: I don’t really get that.

Andrew: What? What do you mean?

Micah: What you just said.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Why is the bad news that you’re too awesome for the show?

Andrew: Ummm…

Micah: Are you leaving?

Andrew: What?

Matt: Are you, really?

Micah: You’ve become too awesome that you are leaving the show and that’s the bad news?

Andrew: Well, I considered it last week, and my letter was actually big lie, as everyone found out. But I was actually considering leaving the show because I really am too [laughs] awesome for this show. But speaking of this week’s show, we have a lot to discuss this week. Some interesting new developments in the news, and of course Chapter-by-Chapter. And we are going to introduce two new segments this week that are spinoffs of segments we’ve been doing for awhile, but it’s time to put a new twist on them. A new twist. A new, fun twist. I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

[Music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right. Thanks, Andrew. The 50th annual Grammy Awards were held last Sunday night, where it was announced that Jim Dale, the narrator of the U.S. Potter audiobooks, received a Grammy for his reading of Deathly Hallows. Jim also won back in 2000 for Goblet of Fire.

The Daily Telegraph has a new article focusing on the continuing rumors of the final Potter film being split into two parts. When these rumors started one month ago, all we heard from Warner Brothers was a big, “No decision has been made.” Now we hear from the film’s producers; from David Barron, he says: “We are still discussing it. The announcement will be made hopefully in the not-too-distant future, with regards to the way seven shapes up. The only negative of splitting the book into two films,” says Barron, “is that people could possibly perceive it as being one last chance at cashing in. But the real positive, if we were to do that, would be that we wouldn’t have quite the battle we always have of, ‘How do you compress all that book into just over two hours of screen time?'”

From David Heyman: “A couple of people have expressed interest,” he says. “People have gotten a few calls and a few emails, but it’s still a year away. We won’t start filming until next February, so it hasn’t really gone bananas yet. We’ve got thoughts, and I’m sure something will be announced in the not-too-distant future.”

And you may remember last week we reported Steven Spielberg is one of the candidates being considered for Deathly Hallows. However, at the BAFTA awards, Digital Spy reported, Dan Radcliffe told the press these rumors are not true at all. He said: “I have no idea how that rumor started or where it came from. It’s not true. How’s that for a definitive answer? It’s absolute rubbish that Spielberg is directing the final film. It’s not true. There’s absolutely no foundation in that at all.”

Currently, there isn’t any word on other directors being considered, but we expect an announcement in the coming months.

In a new interview with MTV Clemence Poesy revealed that her character has been cut from Half-Blood Prince. She also told MTV that she hasn’t read the final three books.

Author J.K. Rowling was presented by the Literary and Historical Society of UCD in Dublin with the James Joyce Award this week. Over six hundred fans turned out to see the author read from Deathly Hallows and answer ten questions.

Finally, in a new interview Jason Isaacs, the actor who portrays Lucius Malfoy, discussed his absence in Half-Blood Prince. At the recent BAFTAs, he told Rotten Tomatoes that it was “a source of great embitterment in the Isaacs household, but he’s in Azkaban so what can you do?” However, he has high hopes for the last installment.

That’s all the news for this February 17, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


Matt’s in Andrew’s Basement


Andrew: All right, thank you. Micah Tan, the MuggleCast anchor newsman.

Micah: That was interesting.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: There was a lot of news this week. I mean, a lot. I mean…

Andrew: There is. My roller coaster theory, man. I’m telling you, it’s one week you got [makes noise] nothing. And the next week it’s, wooo!

Micah: I mean, some weeks it’s so bad you have to throw the news to yourself. And then thank yourself after it’s over with.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Ouch. [laughs]

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: I think that’s because nobody wants to intro you. It’s actually kind of weird, because – not to change the subject at all, but Matt’s actually at my house this week and he’s recording in my basement. And I can hear a slight echo every time he talks, because everything in the basement can be heard throughout the entire house. [laughs]

Matt: Is that true?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Helloooo!

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, I can hear that. My parents are probably like, “What the…” Anyway, let’s go to the news. Micah, what do you think the biggest news story was this week?


News Dicussion: No Clemence Poesy


Micah: The biggest news story? Hmmm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oooh.

Andrew: I would say, personally, the one that hurt the most is there’s no Clemence Poesy in Half-Blood Prince.

Andrew: Now, why did that hurt?

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Micah: Well, you know? Ummm…

Andrew: Does it have to do with the popular phrase, “sex sells?”

Micah: [laughs] Maybe. Perhaps. But…

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: She’s French.


News Discussion: Deathly Hallows Split?


Micah: She is. But we’ll get to that. I thought the biggest news was David Heyman’s comments. Or was it…

Andrew: Yes.

Micah: …a mixture of him and – what was the guy’s name? I apologize, I’m blanking.

Andrew: David Barron.

Matt: David Barron.

Micah: David Barron, yeah. Talking about…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah:Deathly Hallows. And, finally, we get to hear a little bit about if this movie is going to be split or not.

Andrew: Yeah, and it’s really interesting because there are a couple of questions that this article itself raises. But this is really exciting to hear from the producers themselves, because just a few weeks ago, we got an official word from Warner Brothers via some website. It was, you know, “no decision has been made yet.” But now, here’s David Barron and David Heyman, the producers, the people who have a very large influence in this decision, speaking out about this. What gets me about David Barron’s quote, or what gets me about David Barron, what he said, was: I quote from News.Com.Au, “The only negative of splitting the book into two films,” says Barron, “is that people could possibly perceive it as being one last chance at cashing in. But the real positive, if we were to do that, would be that we wouldn’t have quite the battle we always have of ‘How do you compress all that book into just over two hours of screen time?'”

Matt: Yes.

Micah: Was he listening to our show a couple weeks ago? It sounds like he might have been.

Andrew: I think he was.

Matt: He has to. I mean, where else can they get that stuff from?

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know. We come up with innovative and thought provoking discussion here. But their only problem with this is that people think – they don’t want people to think they’re just cashing in. Because obviously, that is a real concern, a lot of skeptics may see it as that, right?

Micah: Absolutely, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, definitely.

Andrew: So, I just – I think this is a very, very, very, very, very good sign of what’s to come from just David Barron.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean – and he’s speaking like a true fan. They realize the concern is – the beauty of it would be that they would not have to cut the book down.

Matt: Well, the fact that he’s already defensive about why if they choose to put it in two halves, just makes it even more certain. You know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: He says, “Well, that wouldn’t be the case, so, guys, don’t be too upset if we do it in two parts because [gasps] we just might.”

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Yeah, and I think it gives it a whole lot of traction now, meaning that this is a real discussion that they’ve been having internally. It’s not just some rumor that’s been thrown out there if these guys are taking the time to actually address it, and the words that they used make it seem like they’ve been having a lot of talks about this.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: But the one thing that isn’t addressed as far as splitting it into two is, could they actually do it in the way we talked about a couple weeks ago where they put in an intermission or something along those lines as opposed to, with what David Barron said, talking about cashing in. That gives me the impression that if they did split it, it would be two completely separate films.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that makes perfect sense. I mean, you know – and I agree with you, Micah, completely. That’s definitely what the impression is.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: And I’ve also gotten the impression that they actually want to split it. Because if you’re going to invest the time in making this film longer by possibly – you’re possibly doubling the length, that’s going to double the production cost, so you will have to make more money off of this. I mean, it’s not necessarily cashing in, but you need to still balance your profit versus your expenses.

Matt: Well, they already know they’re going to get a big profit because it’s going to be the final film of the series, so they’re going to go all out for this one.

Andrew: Yeah, but it’s not like…

Matt: So, I think it’s just great, the fact that they’re even talking about it, even if they’re not going to split it into two movies, that they’re even just considering talking and debating about whether it’s cut into two parts just to show us how dedicated they are to making the final film the best.

Andrew: Well, here’s my big question that I mentioned earlier. My question is: When did David Barron and David Heyman say this exactly? Was this two months ago? Was this a month ago? Was this last week? Because the impression betting man Andrew…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …has received is that if he were a betting man, he would think that a decision has already been made, so I don’t know if these quotes are very recent. I’m thinking these could be a little bit older, because David Heyman says, “A couple people have expressed interest. People have gotten a few calls and a few e-mails, but it’s still a year away.”

Matt: And if I was a betting man, I would bet on whatever you bet on because whenever you’re a betting man…

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Well, that’s just if I was a betting man.

Micah: Well, I would say probably at least this month they made those comments because when he says, “It’s still a year away…”

Andrew: “It’s still a year away.” That’s…

Micah: …then his next quote starts off about them not starting filming until February.

Matt: It had to have been recently.

Andrew: But on the other hand, the script does not get written in February. It gets written, you know…

Micah: That’s true. No, that’s a true point.

Matt: But also the writers’ strike may have delayed it.

Andrew: Although, wasn’t it supposed to end – we’re recording Tuesday – wasn’t it supposed to end Monday? But…

Micah: I think it’s over, isn’t it? Am I wrong?

Andrew: They were about to reach something.

Matt: I don’t know. I saw a website about – they had to vote or something like that yesterday…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …which was Monday.

Andrew: Well, we’ll see what comes out of this, but I think these are very reassuring signs. This is a very interesting article, probably one of the more interesting articles we’ve had to report in a few months because this is coming straight from the producers. Of course, when myself and a few other fan sites were on the set, we also asked them about the movie split, but we can’t talk about it, so it’s like, you know, I will say they didn’t confirm anything officially, but this definitely seems like it’s going to happen, if I were a betting man. I guess we’ll move on to other news and we’ll continue to follow that. I’m sure once the news breaks officially, we’ll – oh, oh, the other thing that got me about that article was that they both said, in the exact same words, an announcement would be made, to quote both Heyman and Barron, in the “not too distant future.” They both said the exact words, “not too distant future.” So it seems like they already do have a decision made and they’re all throwing around in their e-mails, and phone calls, and IMs, and text messages, and Facebook wall posts that it is in the not too distant future.

Matt: And they’re probably told that’s exactly what you should say when asked about it.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Maybe. But not too distant future means soon.

Matt: Yeah that’s why it’s called not too distant future.

Andrew: Right, but Heyman is sort of contradicting himself because he’s like, only a few e-mails have been thrown around, and, you know, it’s a huge decision, but, but, but an announcement in the not too distant future. So…

Micah: Well that quote should also confirm that they made the statement pretty recently, otherwise the not too distant future would be now.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, that’s true, too. But the question is, Micah, what is the future?

Matt: The future is now.

Micah: Oh man. I think of The Year 2000 from Conan when you just said that.

Andrew: [sings] “In the year 2000, in the year 2000.”

Micah: I’ve actually been there when they’ve done that. I forget who I saw do it. I think it was David Duchovny.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: That’s awesome.

Micah: But anyway…


News Discussion: Jim Dale’s Grammy


Andrew: Speaking of David Duchovny…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: …Jim Dale picked up a Grammy award for his reading of Deathly Hallows, which was fantastic!

Matt: That’s awesome.

Andrew: He won back for Goblet of Fire, and he won again for Deathly Hallows.

Matt: How is that connected to David Duchovny?

Andrew: They both have the letter “D” in their name.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Nice one.

Andrew: What do you guys think? Impressed?

Matt: I’m happy for him.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: I mean, he’s got a good voice. He does the voice – doesn’t he do the voice for the theatrical trailers for the Harry Potter movies too?

Andrew: [laughs] No.

Matt: Are you sure?

Andrew: Yes. Isn’t there one guy who does the voice for every single movie trailer in the world?

Matt: Oh, no, no. Dude, I’m a film major, so I know these things.

Andrew: [laughs] [impersonates movie trailer guy] “It was a time of dance.”

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: No, no. Jim Dale doesn’t do the trailer voices.

Matt: Oh, I thought he did. Okay. Well, sorry.

Micah: The guy who does the trailer voices was on some of those commercials. You know which one I’m talking about?

Matt: The TV spots for the films?

Micah: No, no, no. That guy who does the movie voices, or the trailer voices, he’s on…

Matt: You mean from that commercial – the Geico commercial?

Micah: The Geico. Yeah, yeah. I’m sure he’s not the only one.

Matt: Yeah, that’s the one. That’s the most popular guy. Oh god, I forgot his name, too. But no, there’s a group of people. Not one person could do all the trailers for the – that’s insane, the guy would never get any sleep.

Andrew: Yeah. So, congrats to Jim Dale. That’s a fantastic award and should encourage more people to buy the audio books, ’cause they are a great read.


Audible Ad


Andrew: We’d like to remind everyone again that today’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider in Spoken Word Entertainment. Audible has over 35,000 titles to choose from to be downloaded and to be played back anywhere, just like MuggleCast. If you’re into Harry Potter as much as we are, we recommend checking out Twilight, a book we’ve discussed on MuggleCast a few times. You’ve heard from our listeners about it, now you can give it a try free on Audible. Just visit AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast today to get your free audio book. Once again, it’s AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast for your free audio book.


News Discussion: Steven Spielberg not Directing Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Let’s see, other news here. Just one more little tidbit. I know there was a lot of discussion last week about Spielberg directing Deathly Hallows because of that quote from Richard Griffiths, but it turns out Dan Radcliffe told TheSpy.co.uK that it’s absolute rubbish, folks. So…

Matt: Rubbish. He used British slang for it. It’s got to be true.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah. [imitating a British accent] “That’s absolute rubbish.”

Matt: It is rubbish, I can’t believe people actually thought Steven Spielberg would actually direct them.

Andrew: Well, it does seem a tad unreal. I don’t know. It certainly wouldn’t surprise me if he was definitely under consideration. I guess…

Matt: I would be happy, though, if they got John Williams back. That would be a plus if Steven Spielberg directed it.

Andrew: Definitely.

Micah: Yeah. Well, and I don’t know, this was kind of the question I had going back to last week. Why would you necessarily need Steven Spielberg for John Williams to make a return? You wouldn’t, do you?

Matt: No, because Alfonso Cuaron did it too, but…

Micah: Does he only work with certain directors?

Matt: It seems like that, though. It kind of does. He seems to connect with people he’s either worked before or are good friends with people he’s worked before.

Micah: Oh, okay. I just didn’t know.

Matt: I don’t think he’s done films for movies that he doesn’t really know the director well. It’s kind of – it does make sense because you really need to collaborate with the director and everything. You need a kind of a relationship somewhat.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: And the guy’s eighty, so…

Micah: I’m not sure that – my thoughts last week also were that I wasn’t quite sure that Deathly Hallows needs Steven Spielberg. Not to sound arrogant…

Andrew: No.

Matt: No.

Micah: …in a way, but all these other directors have kind of found their own way with the Harry Potter movies and made them their own, and I think that even bringing back other directors that have worked on the other films, or perhaps some sort of collaborative effort between a bunch of them, might not be so bad.

Matt: I don’t think so. A big budget director for Deathly Hallows that hasn’t already directed the previous films, I think would be a bad idea.

Micah: Mhm.

Matt: Someone like Steven Spielberg, he’s already an established director and he would definitely – I honestly think Steven Spielberg would make Deathly Hallows more of his movie rather than a Harry Potter film.

Micah: Right. That’s a good point.

Andrew: Let’s make a checklist. What do you need in a director to direct the final film? I think you need someone who has read the books, really enjoys the books, and can connect to the fans. So that’s one thing. You need someone, I agree with Matt, who’s directed the films before because you have to know – you have to know this cast and crew for this final movie because this is a very important.

Matt: Well, not just even direct this – a film before, but directed a film that’s pretty relevant to the film that you’re going to direct.

Andrew: Yeah, but you already have a selection of what, four directors to choose from to direct, so…

Matt: Definitely a director who’s very familiar with Harry Potter because this book is a collaboration of all the previous six novels.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: So it’s – I think it’s kind of overwhelming for a person just brought into the whole world. Combining seven novels together, you have to know all the knowledge for each one of those to actually get the seventh book to really stand out and make sense.

Micah: You got to have a director who’s going to bring back Clemence Poesy.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Micah: I don’t know what David Yates was thinking. David, we have to talk.

Andrew: Well, it wasn’t David Yates.

Matt: Awww, geez.

Andrew: It could be Heyman.

Matt: Well, I really hope that they would at least just mention…

Micah: What about David Heyman? Would he ever consider directing? He’s been there the whole…

Andrew: Has he ever directed?

Micah: No, no, I mean…

Andrew: Now that would be amazing. I would love if he were to direct, but I feel like he’s probably got enough on his plate being the producer.

Matt: He’s definitely – yeah. He has enough say in the films. He practically directs it himself, too.

Andrew: Yeah. He is the producer for a lot of films. The Giants of Grow coming out in 2008, The Occupants coming out in 2008, The History of Love coming out in 2009. Of course, Harry Potter in 2010, We’re the Millers in 2009. So yeah, he’s got a lot on his plate right now. I don’t see anything where he was a director though.

Matt: He’s probably not a director.

Andrew: He’s just not, yeah.

Matt: [laughs] It’s as simple as that.


News Discussion: Splitting the Film into Two


Andrew: Yep. You know, now that they’re extending the film, if you’re going to extend the film and turn it into two, put more extra care into it. I mean, this is really, really good news seeing that they’re going to split it into two parts. Because they want to put extra time into it, which is fantastic, which shows that they care about the fans.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: And they don’t care – they’re not just doing it to cash in David Barron’s words.

Matt: Oh, there’s another checklist for you: Having the time to do two films.

Andrew: Oh, yeah.

Matt: Because…

Micah: It’ll all be filmed at once, no?

Matt: Yeah…

Andrew: Right, but it’s still going to take longer.

Matt: Yeah, exactly. Because a lot of directors that are experienced tend to take on more than one project at once.


Announcements


Andrew: All right, I guess that’s enough of that. Speaking of taking on two projects at once, we have a few announcements this week. We want to remind everyone that we are going to be at Portus 2008, that’s HP2008.org. It’s a Harry Potter symposi-osi-osium at their Potter Podcast Polusa filled with pickles. We are going to be there with a few other podcasts, and it is going to be a night of podcasting and it’s going to be a while lot of fun. It is going to be in Dallas, and it’s going to be in July, and it’s going to be awesome. So visit HP2008.org for more details, and you can also sign up and register for the conference, and we hope to see you there.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: I have something else to annouce. My life-long dream finally came true Friday night at Penn State in State College, Pennsylvania where I attended MuggleCast listener Vivian’s 15th birthday party, and she had the Remus Lupins there, mainly Alex Carpenter and Toby Carlin, and while they were rehearsing before the show they were like – they were looking for another song to add to their set list, and Alex was like, “Hey, hey, Sims, you want to do your wizard rock song?” And I was like, “Do I?!?” So we rehearsed a couple times and I performed it, and now it’s now on YouTube. It’s featuring – it’s got my awesome lyrics. I got Samantha Freidman, former MuggleCast transcriber, on backup lyrics, and then we got Alex on guitar and Toby on drums. It’s fantastic! If you like my wizard rock single, go to MuggleCast.com and there’s a link to YouTube video. Matt, what did you think of it? You were there live. DId you like it?

Matt: Oh yeah! Oh my god! It was like…it was okay.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. That’s kind of mean, but okay.

Matt: All right. It was great!

Andrew: All right. I’m getting a lot of good feedback on YouTube, on the YouTubes. Thanks to Jennifer Levine for filming that for me too. That was good too. So yeah, check that out. The link can be found at MuggleCast.com. Gosh! I’ll tell you what. It was so exciting. I loved it.

And one other thing. While I was with Alex this weekend, we don’t have anything really set yet, but we’ve been talking about this spring tour that we’re still trying to work out, but Alex Carpenter also brought up the idea of having another summer tour like we did this past summer, probably covering the West.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Yeah, West Coast! So, I don’t know if we’re going to do it.

Micah: They can all stop complaining.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Stop complaining with the e-mails.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Hey!

Micah: Which I don’t get, because you guys were out there last year.

Andrew: Right, but we didn’t go too north. We didn’t go very north.

Micah: Seattle?

Andrew: Seattle, right, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, go like to So Cal…

Andrew: We are actually, hmm?

Matt: …up to Oregon and Washington and…

Andrew: And Canada, he wants to go up to Canada too, so…

Matt: Just a little bit, yeah.

Andrew: We’ll see who we can get together to do this. It will be a lot of fun. We had an absolute blast on the last summer road tour. It was seriously the greatest time of my life. It was just so much fun meeting all those people and traveling the whole way. But, yeah so, that’s still very early on in the planning stages. Again, don’t get too excited yet. I am just letting everyone know, because all these people who are going around, “Oh, MuggleCast is dead!” Well no, we are still planning lots of live shows for you guys, so we’ll update you in the coming months.

Micah: Yeah, and just on the Spring Break tour, we are still waiting to hear.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: [laughs] That’s about the best update I have.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I’m sorry. I think as we mentioned before, we went one way and that didn’t really work out, so we are trying some other things. We’re going to have to put this together pretty quickly, but hopefully we can.

Andrew: Yeah, very quickly.

Matt: Ho ho!

Andrew: No really. It will have to quick because it will have to be less than a month, but if you are – well, let’s say this: if you are planning on coming to this East Coast tour if we do it, hopefully – we’re hoping – it will be a little over a month from now. Block those dates out – 15th through the 20th. Write “MuggleCast” in your calender.

Matt: Yeah. With a question mark.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: We’ll see if it happens. We do know one thing – it will be free. And we do know another thing – it will be fun.

MuggleCast 132 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Kreacher in Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Let’s move on to Muggle Mail now. We’ve got quite a few e-mails this week we wanted to talk about.

Micah: All right, the first mail comes from Melanie from Australia. She says – oh, we need Andy to do this, man. [Australian accent] “G’day.”

Andrew: [Australian accent] G’day!

Matt: [Australian accent] G’day!

Micah: “I was listening to Episode 131 where you discuss the Dursley scene being taken out of the ‘Half-Blood Prince’ movie. You all said that the most important things about that scene was Dumbledore’s hand and his interaction and the humor of it with the Dursleys. I would’ve thought that the most important part of that scene would’ve been Kreacher. They seem to be cutting him out entirely, which would make his placement in ‘Order of the Phoenix’ pointless, which was pointless to begin with, and his storyline in “Deathly Hallows” obsolete. J.K. Rowling recommended that he be put in ‘Order of the Phoenix’ as he would play an important part later, but I get the feeling that they are not going to use it in anyway for the ‘Deathly Hallows’ movie. What do you think? Keep up the good work, Melanie.”

Matt: I think they could actually put it in Deathly Hallows if they make it into two films, in fact.

Micah: Yeah. This all goes back to last episode and us talking about where the movie is going to begin and also how important we thought that this scene was going to be, and I think it really goes to the overall picture of a lot of stuff being left out of Half-Blood Prince. I know we mentioned before Fluer being left out, and what makes me wonder, you know, you see all these characters not being brought back for the sixth film, but that worries me in the sense of how they’re going to do Dumbledore’s funeral, if they’re going to do it at all, because there are a lot of people there that we haven’t seen yet been named for this film.

Matt: Yeah, we haven’t even seen Scrimgeour been casted yet.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: [sighs] Well, honestly, I think they will cut probably Kreacher from the sixth film, because basically, if you have Kreacher in the sixth film, you have to bring back Dobby as well, don’t you? Because aren’t they in the same scenes together?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Doesn’t Dobby bring back Kreacher when Kreacher – when Harry has to tell him something? Or ask a favor or something?

Andrew: Ithink so. Yeah.

Matt: It’s kind of – well – but – I don’t know. It’s…

Micah: Well, I think his role is bigger in Deathly Hallows and…

Matt: Oh, it’s definitely bigger.

Micah: To leave him out of that – I mean, that’s why J.K. Rowling said he at least needed to make an appearance in Order of the Phoenix. I think Dobby you can kind of dance around him a little bit because he’s not as integral to the story until, of course, Deathly Hallows again. I mean, it’s great that he’s there and he makes his appearances, but I can see how they could leave him out.

Matt: I can see them actually leaving out Kreacher and Dobby out of the sixth film, also. I wish they didn’t, but I don’t know. What do you think, Andrew?

Andrew: I don’t know. I just – I’m very skeptical of all of this because they have about four months left of filming and, you know, they’ve done six months.

Matt: How can they cut Scrimgeour out of this movie?

Andrew: I don’t know. This is – I don’t know. It’s somewhat worrying, but…

Matt: Yes!

Micah: It would be a great opening scene. I mean, we talked about this also last week and how the movie would open, and I can’t remember, Andrew, if you cut this out of the show, when Eric had the realization that the movie would open with Spinner’s End as opposed to this scene which we thought would end up being Harry and Dumbledore walking up the path to Slughorn’s house. But then Eric realized that Spinner’s End comes before that. But I think it would be a great opening to have that discussion between Scrimgeour and the Muggle Prime Minister, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s important.

Micah: You sort of learn…

Andrew: I think it’s a very ominous way to start. Although, it seems like…

Micah: I agree.

Matt: It’s also one of the last times you see Fudge.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: On her e-mail here, though – I mean, I know Kreacher is in this chapter that we were talking about, but, I mean, it can really just be overlooked by a conversation between Dumbledore and Harry, where Dumbledore says, you know, “Sirius left you Grimmauld Place, Kreacher, and Buckbeak.” And that’s it, you know? I don’t really know that he needs to make an appearance.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Do you think they’ll bring back Buckbeak in Half-Blood Prince, because it was a big project in Prisoner of Azkaban, and it seems like all the big projects – especially the characters that they CGI never returns unless it’s the biggest – unless it has a huge part.

Andrew: They do keep them though.

Matt: They do – I’m saying like with Dobby and…

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Micah: Which is disappointing to the sort of crazed fan, I guess, if you call them that, or the – kind of like you were just saying, I mean, we don’t want all these things to be left out because we’d like to just have that being in there even if it’s only there for 10, or 15 seconds, because it shows that they pay attention to the books.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And they’re not going to neglect the fans, and like, you know, David Barron’s quote, they cash in so, who cares? I don’t really think the cost should be an issue about them including a Buckbeak, or a Dobby, or a Kreacher. They make it seem like it, but yet these movies rake in so much money it’s a wonder why they use that as the excuse for not including them.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: But also each film does get more expensive than the previous one does too. We’re probably not really considering something that kind of makes a big deal.

Andrew: Yeah. It’s hard to say, like – I don’t even, like – okay, I’m not one to brag that I went to the set, but I went to the set and I don’t even know these answers, so I think we just have to wait and see what they’re going to do. Back to my original point though, it is worrying that they are six months into filming and we still don’t have a full list of casting announcements. I mean that doesn’t even make sense.

Matt: Yeah, and we haven’t heard many castings either. We haven’t heard any major casting since when? Since when? Since what? Would you count even…

Micah: Well, I think the last casting…

Matt: Would you count even Pansy?

Andrew: …we heard about was young Tom Riddle.

Matt: No, I think it was Pansy Parkinson.

Andrew: Oh, oh it was. Yeah, that was really recently, actually. Yeah.

Micah: We’re talking about big casting, I mean…

Matt: Yes.

Micah: Not since Jim Broadbent, I think. Well, to be honest, you’re talking about major characters? Not to belittle young Tom Riddle, or Pansy Parkinson, but I mean…

Matt: Lavender Brown, even.

Andrew: No, she was cast.

Matt: I know, that’s what I’m saying. She’s not really that big of a character.

Micah: You know, I’m not trying to diminish their roles, but we’re talking – I’m thinking more along the lines of for Half-Blood Prince Slughorn, Scrimgeour, the Gaunts, which are another group of people who haven’t been cast, and seemingly getting closer and closer to what looks like being cut from the film.

Matt: It does – it does – it does really kind of look like they’re centering a lot around the students around Hogwarts this time.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Like they said, it’s starting to be like a romantic comedy.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: And I just hope they’re not delving too much into that genre and kind go away from what actually the book is about.

Micah: Yeah, what about – which centaur is it that teaches Divination in this book?

Matt: Firenze.

Andrew: Firenze.

Micah: Firenze? Yeah. I mean, are they bringing him back?

Matt: They didn’t even bring him in in the fifth film.

Andrew: Let’s move on to the next e-mail now, though, because, you know, we actually did get a lot of feedback about, you know, that discussion about how the Half-Blood Prince should open up, so we’ll talk about it more next week, you know, maybe we’ll just talk about this little by little as the movie gets closer.


Muggle Mail: Grindewald Dueling Gregorovitch, the Elder Wand, and Andrew’s Fastest Show Close


Matt: Our next e-mail comes from Smee, 19, from flooded Australia. Is that really a name? Or is…

Andrew: No, I think she’s saying that Australia is flooded right now.

Matt: Oh!

“Hey guys and girl. Just wanted to correct you in on your discussion of Grindelwald acquiring the Elder Wand from Gregorovitch. You guys mentioned that the power of the Wand mustn’t have transferred to Grindelwald because he didn’t duel Gregorovitch. But that isn’t true. Right before he jumped out the window, Grindelwald shot a stunning spell at Gregorovitch, effectively winning the Wand from him because he had outsmarted Gregorovitch, winning him the Elder Wand’s allegiance. I had thought that you didn’t need to fight the person in order to get the Wand from them. You just had to outsmart them in some way, though as Jo writes in later chapters, the Elder Wand has a bloody history because everyone believes you must kill the previous owner in order to win the Wand’s power. Also, just a note to say that Jo described Grindelwald as having delight in his handsome face, and when he shot the stunning spell, he was described as handsome, not beautiful.

So, there.

By the way, whatever happened to the – whatever happened to the outcome of Andrew’s fastest show close? I was looking forward to finding out, but we never did hear anything on the next
episode. Anyway, look forward to next week’s episode. Love, Smee.”

Andrew: Well, about the fastest show close, I don’t know. We never got an email comparing the times, so I don’t know.

Matt: So what do you guys think?

Andrew: I don’t know. Micah, you want to field this one, because I wasn’t…

Micah: Because I was on last week’s show.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah. I – this all goes back to – we were having a debate or I guess Mikey and Eric were talking about how…

Matt: Mikey and Eric were talking?

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: No! No!

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Ohhh, yeah.

Matt: That’s bad. Take that out, please.

Andrew: No, that was funny! No!

Micah: That was funny. That was funny. I think the point that she’s trying to make is that last week we had mentioned that Grindelwald didn’t actually acquire the Wand in a dueling fashion. He just took it and so he was never the true owner of it, if that makes sense. And I think what Smee is arguing is that – well, he shot a stunning spell so that is how he was able to take the Wand. But I mean, I guess it goes back to if you know really how the ownership side of it works, because if you – if you look at what Draco did, I mean, he only disarmed Dumbledore. That’s how he became the new owner of the Elder Wand. And I guess that goes to her point about Jo saying that it had such a bloody history because the people thought that you needed to kill your opponent in order to acquire the Elder Wand, but in reality, if you look at it, I mean, with the Draco situation, he didn’t kill Dumbledore. He just disarmed him and then the power was transferred. So I guess something as simple as a stunning spell can transfer the power as well. I mean…

Matt: Well, that also goes back to…

Micah: I don’t know.

Matt: …the first book, too. When everyone had the assumption that since Dumbledore defeated Grindelwald that he killed him, but…

Micah: Right. Right.

Matt: …defeat doesn’t technically mean you kill.

Micah: Right.

Matt: It just means you overcome them in a battle or something.

Micah: Yeah. And it’s also why Jo was so quiet on the issue for so long, never really defining what she meant by the word “defeated.” And I guess now we all know why in this book.

Matt: Now vanquish! That’s kill. That’s kill.

[Micah laughs]


Muggle Mail: Ron’s Abilities


Andrew: Let’s move on to the next e-mail. It comes from Jordan, 16, of Roanoke, Virginia. He writes:

“Hey MuggleCasters. While listening to Episodes 130 and 131, I heard a lot of debate about Ron’s magical ability. One incident in the books has made me sure of Ron’s magical power throughout the series. In Chapter 7 of ‘Chamber of Secrets’ when Ron is puking up slugs after his wand backfires, Hermione says that the curse he used was difficult to work at the best of times. Ron cast the curse with a broken wand and, aside from it coming out the wrong end of the wand, it had the exact effect it was meant for. And he was only 12 at the time! Think of how much better his spellwork must have become over the years. I honestly think that Ron is the most powerful and useful to everyone, including himself, when he doesn’t think about what he’s doing. If he thinks, he second-guesses himself, which is the worst thing to do while under pressure. That’s just my two cents worth. Love the show and keep up the great work.”

I agree with that point. I think that’s a very good point.

Matt: I think that he’s the most powerful of himself. Let’s not go overboard here. I don’t think he’s the most powerful of all of them.

Andrew: But I do agree about – and I think maybe this is what Jordan’s getting at – when you overthink something, you can second guess yourself. And let me give you a real-world example and some people are going to relate and some people are going to think it’s really stupid. When you play “Dance Dance Revolution,” or “Guitar Hero,” you can’t think about what you’re doing. You just have to stare at it and just not concentrate. If you just let it – if you just don’t focus intently, you will play, or dance, much better than you would if you focus on it. And trust me on that because that happens to me all of the time and when I’m showing people how to play it, you know, that’s what I tell them to do, and it makes a difference. You just can’t focus on something or, like Jordan says, you’ll over guess yourself. Second guess yourself. Second guess yourself.

Matt: Third guess yourself.

Andrew: Good point. Yeah? No?

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah sure, it’s not that stupid.

Andrew: Okay, well, good.

Micah: Glad we agree.


Muggle Mail: Clear Sound


Andrew: Next e-mail I have to take from Christian Wagner, 17, of [imitating a southern accent] “Tennessee.” I’m just kidding, you guys don’t know all talk like that. He or she writes:

“Hey! How do you get such a clear sound from the conference call you use to record your podcasts?”

And my answer to that is that we’re actually awesome. Who wants to read the next e-mail?


Muggle Mail: Harry Potter on T.V.


Micah: The last e-mail comes from Jean Gray. Interesting…

Matt: [gasps] Didn’t she not die?

Micah: 39, from Lansing, Illinois. She says: “I’ve recently begun listening to your podcast…”

Andrew: Wait, wait, wait. For all of us at home, who’s Jean Gray? I don’t know.

Micah: X-Men.

Matt: She was in X-Men.

Andrew: Oh, I don’t know, sorry.

Matt: You don’t watch X-Men, Andrew?

Andrew: No, no…

Matt: And you’re supposed to be a nerd?

Andrew: No! I’m not a nerd.

Matt: Oh. Are you a geek?

Andrew: No. I’m cool.

Matt: Uh-huh….

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Anyway:

“I’ve recently begun listening to your podcast, so forgive me if you’ve already addressed this question. What do you think about turning the ‘Harry Potter’ series into a weekly television series, either in live action, or a cartoon format? Thanks. Love the show.”

Andrew: I put this e-mail in here, because we get this question from time to time, actually, and I just think we should go on the record with our thoughts about that. I mean, at this point, Harry Potter has sold out so much. Theme park, merchandising such as t-shirts, cups, mugs, book bags, blankets – you know, everything is Harry Potter now. You know, I think a T.V. show – with everything Harry Potter that’s out there today, nothing adds new plots or anything to the Harry Potter story, whereas a T.V. show would, unless you’re actually turning the books into T.V. shows, but then that rules out the movies, so, you know, it overlaps on the movies, so I don’t think this would ever happen. Ever.

Matt: Yeah. At least not with the already written Harry Potter series.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: I mean – because you read it to me yesterday, and I mentioned, well, if anything, they would have to probably do it with like a prequel to it, like Hogwarts with the Marauders or, you know, just something like that, but I don’t think that they would sell out Harry Potter that much to make it a television or cartoon series.

Micah: No.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Live action, I think, is going a little bit too far. I could see cartoon if anything. This way they don’t have to worry about cost of things like House-elves or things like that, which they seemed so concerned about.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: I can see a cartoon format, possibly.

Andrew: Of the plot that already exists?

Micah: Yeah, see, that’s – you could.

Matt: I can see like maybe an animated prequel. Honestly, I don’t think they’re going to remake anything that has already been done.

Micah: But to Matt’s point, I think it would be a Marauders-type storyline. Maybe they could tell the story of when they’re in school.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: I think that’s a possibility. I think maybe post-Deathly Hallows is a possibility. I don’t think that like – Andrew, you were saying before, I don’t think you can take the seven books and re-do them because you have the movies. Why do you need a T.V. series?

Andrew: Right.

Matt: I wouldn’t mind seeing an animated version of it, because it’d be a lot more easier to do. Won’t have so much limits.

Micah: Yep.

Matt: But yeah, I really don’t see them re-making anything.

Micah: Yeah, I agree.

Andrew: Well, yeah, okay. I agree with you guys. I just thought it was worth mentioning really quickly.

Micah: Don’t over do it.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, we’re not.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 15, “The Goblin’s Revenge”


Andrew: Okay, so let’s move onto Chapter-by-Chapter now. We were going to do two chapters this week but then we realized, “Ah, well, there’s only three of us. We’ll just play it on the safe side and do one chapter.” And that chapter is Chapter 15, which is called…

Matt: “The Goblin’s Revenge.”

Andrew: To kick it off with a short summary, basically the trio are continuing their search for the Horcruxes, and they’re spending more time in this chapter in the forest just camping out. And these scenes have been sort of criticized by a lot of people because it’s like, “Oh, they’re just hanging around camping, and it’s kind of boring.” So we’ll get into talking about that a little bit later, but at the end of this chapter is a very cool scene that at least Matt and I, probably Micah too, are really looking forward to see in the movie. And that’s the big fighting scene at the end between the trio. But first, Matt, you wanted to start off with Mad-Eye’s eye.


Mad-Eye’s Eye


Matt: Yeah, he chapter starts off with Harry waking up first before Hermione and Ron do, and he sets out looking for a place to bury Mad-Eye’s swiveling, whirling blue eye. And in the book it says – it describes the tree that he’s looking for – he’s trying to find “the oldest, gnarled, resilient-looking tree.” And I thought that that kind of described as what Mad-Eye Moody was as recognized by the Order. He was the older and more experienced one. He was kind of gnarled looking, and he was the most resilient of the Order, I would say. Would you say that?

Micah: Yeah, it’s a good catch. Yeah.

Andrew: That’s actually really cool.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Because Jo doesn’teven really point that out, you just sort of have to read in between the lines there for that.

Matt: That’s why I read really slowly, Andrew.

Andrew: I thought you were just dumb.

Matt: No.


Is This Chapter Boring?


Andrew: Hmmm. Learn something new everyday. So the next thing I wanted to talk about was just [sighs] I’m sorry, but we talked about this on the road tour a bit, we’ve talked about this on other episodes too. I just did not like how this chapter progresses in the beginning. They’re just spending time in the forest, going around to different locations, and nothing’s really happening until, of course, the little group shows up right by their campsite. But… Is this…

Matt: Well, that’s the whole point of this chapter…

Andrew: Well…

Matt: …is the fact that they’re not doing anything, and Ron and Hermione are starting to get doubtful of Harry’s ability to do this task.

Andrew: I know, but shouldn’t the trio had – shouldn’t they have had researched it a bit more? I realize they couldn’t have gone…

Matt: With what? They’re in the woods.

Andrew: What?

Matt: They’re in the woods.

Andrew: I realize they couldn’t have gone to Grimmauld Place, but this just should’ve all been executed better. And obviously, everything worked out in the end, but I just – I don’t like this part of the book, this specific area where they’re just going through the forest. I just think it’s too dull and typical.

Micah: I have to agree with Matt, though. I think it was put in here to show just exactly what was going on, and it’s sort of there to build up the whole fight that takes place at the end of the chapter, and the fact that they’re not getting information, that they’re not learning anything new, that there isn’t a plan and anything that – you know, Harry is just in a position now where Ron and Hermione are talking behind his back and they’re scared because they don’t really know if they can trust him in the sense of knowing what to do moving forward. They think that Dumbledore had this great plan that Harry is following, but it turns out that they were wrong. And I mean that’s why it shows the fact that they’re moving from place to place and the season is changing. It’s just to build up all this angst between them. And, you know, I don’t know, that’s just my thought on it.

Matt: Yeah, I agree with that too. I mean this is basically one of those moments where they realize that how much influence of information they had when Dumbledore was alive. They always had someone to go to, but now they’re realizing they have to do everything themselves. They have to be the clever, resilient ones and not rely on, at the last moment, someone coming in to help them with great information or something. They have to do it themselves. And I think this is one of those moments where Harry is the most alone out of everybody, because he’s always had Ron and Hermione always having his back, but now that he is seeing Ron and Hermione talking behind him, obviously not hiding the fact that they’re kind of doubting Harry a little bit. It makes Harry…

Micah: Yeah. For somebody who’s always shared information, every piece of information with them, he feels kind of left out. And obviously, you can always make it out to be these “useless chapters” or “useless scenes” where they’re just going from place to place to place. But I think it also shows you just the reality of the situation that they’re in. The reality of the war that they’re in – that they have to keep moving from place to place, that they have to cover their tracks. You know, make sure that nobody knows that they’ve been there. And every place they go, they have to put up new enchantments and it’s kind of just a necessary…

Matt: You’re constantly on the run.

Micah: Yeah, it had to be there.

Matt: It does take a toll on you.

Andrew: Okay, okay, okay. I guess you guys are right. I get it!

Matt: All right? [laughs]

Micah: [laughs] Nice.

Andrew: No, you bring up a good point. It’s all a part of a setup in the chapter.

Micah: Hey, Matt. You owe me ten bucks for making Andrew convinced.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay, this isn’t going to be in the movie though.

Micah: On that bet we had.

Matt: All right.

Andrew: Well, maybe one scene where they’re like in there, and you see Ron and Hermione talking behind Harry’s back. Maybe we’ll even get to hear what they’re saying.

Matt: That’s a huge slap in the face, too. I mean your friends – how can you talk behind their back? Although, it’s definitely the locket doing most of the work because Hermione isn’t really the one who’s really angry at Harry. She’s just kind of taking whatever Ron says. Because when someone rants to your friend, even if you don’t agree with them, you just sit there and go, “Yeah, yeah, I know. Uh-huh.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: “Yeah, pretty much. Yeah.”


Conversation Between Goblins and Muggle-borns


Andrew: Yeah, so the next thing we wanted to talk about was the conversation between the Goblins and the Muggle-borns. Big surprise here, Dean Martin makes a little cameo.

Micah: Dean Martin?

Andrew: Dean Thomas, sorry.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Dean Martin?! That would be quite the cameo.

Matt: It’s like, “Dean Martin, what are you doing here dude?” “I don’t have any movies going on at the moment, so…”

Andrew: Yeah, that would be…

Micah: Awkward.

Andrew: Plus, I’m pretty sure he’s dead. So, no Dean Martin. Dean Thomas, sorry, makes a cameo. And who else is there?

Matt: Two Goblins. One was Griphook and some other one.

Andrew: The other was an unnamed one, wasn’t it?

Matt: Oh, oh…

Micah: Gornuk?

Matt: Ted Tonks was in it.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Ted Tonks isn’t a Goblin.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, but he’s there. [laughs] I don’t know what the other guy’s name is.

Andrew: I think he’s unnamed. Isn’t he, Micah?

Micah: Gornuk? Gornuk? Something like that.

Andrew: Oh, or not. He’s unnamed in my mind.

Micah: Sure. Yeah, he…

Andrew: Go ahead.

Micah: No, I was just going to say, “Yeah sure, he’s unnamed.”


Ginny, Neville, and Luna Try to Steal Sword of Gryffindor


Andrew: So they we’re talking about three things in particular that we wanted to discuss. First of all, the trio finds out that Ginny, Neville, and Luna all tried to steal the sword of Gryffindor. Why? [laughs]

Matt: Why do they steal it? Does it ever get explained at the end of the book?

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t know. Micah, do you know?

Micah: You know, I’m afraid of saying something that’s going to be wrong.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I don’t know that it was ever explained. But this made me think, I mean, did Ginny…

Matt: Wait a minute! Wait a minute! I know.

Micah: Okay.

Matt: Dumbledore left it for Harry. Ginny probably told them that that is Harry’s and they want to steal it back for him.

Micah: Yeah, but how would Ginny know that – unless she overheard the…

Matt: Harry may have told her.

Micah: …contents of the will.

Matt: We don’t know everything that they do.

Micah: [laughs] That’s probably a good thing.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Matt: I don’t know. That’s my thought.

Andrew: So I guess that was a pleasant surprise. But just my immediate reaction to that was, “All right, come on guys. You’re not the new trio. Let’s just, you know, leave it up to Harry, Ron, and Hermione.” It’s a bold move, and I guess if I were Harry I would have really appreciated that, although, you know, I guess Harry and Hermione were pretty excited to hear that. Ron not so much because of the punishment, but…

Micah: Yeah. We’ll talk about Ron in a minute.

Matt: It just shows them there’s a revolt in Hogwarts from the students.

MuggleCast 132 Transcript (continued)


Snape Sends Them to the Forbidden Forest


Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, I guess so. Next thing: Snape sends them to – well, like we were just going to say, Snape sends them to Hagrid for a punishment, and it’s just to the Forbidden Forest. Originally, when you’re first reading this, you don’t know what Snape’s done. But then of course they do find out. Now Matt, did you think this was a clue for something?

Matt: When I read it, I definitely thought – because I was still on the fence if Snape was good or bad, and I thought since, I mean, since Snape is like the big representation of the Death Eater supposedly in Hogwarts, wouldn’t he do something worse than just send them to Hagrid in the Forbidden Forest? I mean, it just seemed like that was kind of a clue to where Snape’s loyalty did lie, because he knew that if he sent them to Hagrid they’d be – they wouldn’t get a bad punishment.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: They would probably just be over there feeding Buckbeak or something.

Andrew: So, yeah, I do think that’s an interesting little thing to note.

Micah: Which surprised me why Ron would get so upset about it, because if anyone knows – being with Hagrid is a safe place to be, even if it is in a place like the Forbidden Forest. That was kind of weird, but, I guess, again, it was the Horcrux around his neck.

Matt: I think it was definitely the Horcrux who blew it out of proportion. And yet also, you know, it is Ron does kind of has a little hesitation with Hagrid and the Forbidden Forest because of Grawp and the spiders.

Andrew: Right, right.

Matt: Yeah, I think it was definitely the Horcrux.


The Sword is a Fake


Andrew: And then another big holy bleep moment was that the goblins revealed that the sword at Hogwarts is a fake! And they were all proud and excited. They were like, “Pshhh, waste of time because it’s a fake.”

Matt: Yeah, why are they so happy it’s a fake? I mean, they don’t even know where the original one is.

Andrew: Well, I think they were so happy about it because the goblins think they own the sword. Well, they technically do. So they were happy that theirs – the real one – didn’t get stolen. Right?

Matt: I guess. Yeah.


Trio Discovers how to Destroy Horcruxes with the Sword


Andrew: And then the biggest development in this chapter is that they finally figure out how to destroy the Horcruxes with the Gryffindor Sword. This was revealed by Phineas Nigellus. [struggles with pronunciation] Nigellus? Phineas Nigellus?

Matt: Just say Phineas.

Andrew: Phineas. This was revealed by Phineas, of course, in the portrait. And this was a really exciting moment for two out of the three of the trio.

Matt: Yeah. I mean, it described Harry punching – well, what is punching the air? I mean, is it when you do a boxing move, when you start hitting just plain dead air?

Andrew: It’s when you go – I wish it was a video-cast right now, you go, “Yeaaah!” You just – like Mario. Like in some of the newer Mario games. He sort of – it’s just when you throw your fist up into the air.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: Just pretend like…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …there’s a balloon right above you and you’re just dying to hit it. So, you just look up and you punch it.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: That’s what punching the air is, only there is no balloon. Try it. Try it sometime.

Matt: And Hermione also says that not only is it made of Goblin armor, which only gets stronger as it gets beaten down – is that what it says? But also there’s Basilisk venom that’s pregnated into the metal.


Ron is Worried


Andrew: Yeah. Okay, so, let’s see, moving along here. So Harry and Hermione become very excited about this new discovery, because now they know how to destroy the Horcrux, which, let’s be honest, it’s a big development even if they don’t know where the sword is. This is the next step in the puzzle, I guess you would say. Ron, Hermione, and Harry get into a heated argument because Ron is very concerned that something else has happened to his family, because the people in the camp next to their camp were talking about, “Oh, the Weasleys don’t need another injury,” blah, blah, blah. So Ron – this worries Ron. And, you know, it should. I mean…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …any human would be worried that more of his family is hurt. So Ron explodes. Not literary. He just, you know…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: He metaphorically explodes. And do you think it was right, Matt, for Harry to not be concerned for Ginny, Neville, and Luna, first of all? First let’s get to…

Matt: Well, I don’t think he wasn’t unconcerned or anything. He was relieved more than anything. But he showed more excitement for the fact that they finally got a great piece of information that they’ve been looking for, that both Ron and Hermione have been – they’ve been… Shoot!

Andrew: They needed to know.

Matt: Yeah! Well, that they’ve been waiting for too. I mean…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …they were all – they – I don’t know the word. I’m sorry.

Micah: Well, I think you’re looking at two completely different types of people. Or maybe – I think Hermione and Harry are a little bit closer in the type of person that they are. Ron is somebody who’s probably never been away from home very much.

Matt: That’s also what he says! He said that in the book!

Micah: He never has been separated from his family. Yeah.

Matt: He singled Harry and Hermione out because they – what did he say, exactly?

Micah: Well, there was a part in the chapter where he was really eager to know if Harry was seeing anything through Voldemort about his family, which – if you think about it, is kind of stupid, because if he is seeing anything about his family through Voldemort, it’s probably not the best thing in the world for the Weasleys. So I think he was just trying to get any piece of information he possibly could. And with his family being in trouble – there was that one point where I forget what he says to Harry, but Harry talks about his parents and the fact that they’re dead.

Matt: Yeah. Actually, let me go to that.

Micah: If we could get the exact quote. I don’t remember exactly what he said.

Andrew: Oh yeah, right here. On pg. 309 of the U.S. edition, Ron says, “Oh, you’re sure, are you? Right then, well, I won’t bother myself about them. It’s all right for you two, isn’t it, with your parents safely out of the way?” This is Ron, and then Harry yells, “My parents are dead!” In italics, Harry bellowed. “And mine could be going the same way!” yelled Ron, which is a good comeback, I think. Score one for Ron. And then Harry goes, “Then GO!…Go back to them, pretend you’ve got over your spattergroit and Mummy’ll be able to feed you up and…” And then they both draw their wands and are about to fight, but then Hermione yells, “Protego!” and, you know, blocks the spells, whatever they were going…

Micah: Yeah, I mean…

Andrew: …to fire at each other.

Micah: …that’s a pretty ignorant comment on the part of Ron, you know, what he said.

Andrew: That they’re “out of the way.” Yeah. I mean, I think the point Ron is trying to make is that they don’t have to worry about their parents. I mean, whether they’re dead or in Australia or not, they don’t have to worry about them, so Ron has something else to worry about. He’s got this – he has people to worry about that are not with him.

Matt: He does have more to lose in that kind of aspect.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, but so does Harry, I think, in a way…

Matt: Well Harry has…

Micah: …because…

Matt: …a huge weight on his shoulder, but you got to think from Ron’s point of – from Ron’s perspective.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: He’s had a huge family that has been very close, and he is really…

Micah: Yeah, well, maybe they shouldn’t be in the Order.

Matt: They are.

Micah: They put themselves in that position.

Andrew: Right, but still…

Micah: In all honesty.

Andrew: But still, you still have family you have to worry about. It doesn’t matter, you know, what position they’re in, whether they’re, you know, whether they’re in the Order or they’re just not in the Order. It doesn’t make a difference. You still have to be protective. It’s like the motherly protection we’ve talked about so many times on this show. Ron’s got a family protection.

Matt: And he’s feeling…

Micah: Well…

Matt: …upset because he’s been sitting for a few weeks not actually getting anything done in this whole time. You know, he’s worrying about what his family is – what’s happening to his family right now, does he even have a family anymore? I mean, he doesn’t know anything, so he’s getting very anxious.

Andrew: Right. So it is justified.

Micah: Yeah. Not in the way that he does it, though. I mean, he’s essentially blaming Harry for all this and if you think about it, yes, it is his fault, but Ron also agreed to go and do this. So he’s got to realize that he made the conscious decision to go along with Harry, and that he’s in this position because he chose to do that, going back to the whole idea of choices. And I think Harry, for as, you know, nasty as the shots that he takes are, you know, saying, “Go back to Mummy,” blah, blah, blah, it’s true, because that’s the type of person that Ron is. And he doesn’t realize it until he goes back just how spoiled, in a way, he is.

Matt: Mhm. It also – I mean, I think the locket really just exaggerates and amplifies every emotion that you have, and he may not really be – he may be thinking this, but I don’t think it’s as blatant as he put it out when he argued with Harry.

Andrew: I don’t think so either. Do you guys think that if Ron took the locket off it would have made much of a difference? I really don’t think so.

Micah: No, I don’t think so either, and…

Matt: No.

Micah: …I think Harry recognizes that in the chapter too. He says, “No, this is the truth, this is what’s been waiting to…”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: “…come out for a while now.”

Matt: But he also – I mean, not to go ahead in the book, but it took a while for it to wear off. I mean, he started to realize – I mean, after Ron left, he started to realize what happened, so…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: And he realized all the things that he said and that’s not really what he was about.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Well, and I think the end of the chapter is relevant, too, because I’m sure that probably plays a role, and we see it later on with the Horcrux when it materializes more with Harry and Hermione, and the fact that Hermione chose to stay with Harry…

Matt: Mmhm.

Micah: …instead of coming with Ron.

Matt: Well, she said it too. She goes – she says that, “I chose to stay with Harry, and that’s what I’m going to do.”

Micah: Yeah. Yep.

Matt: What does she say… “Are you staying or what?” She goes, “Yes. Yes, I’m staying, Ron. We said we’d go with Harry, we said we’d help.” And then he goes, “I get it, you choose him.” Then there’s this love triangle that doesn’t really exist.

Andrew: But I thought this was really interesting because during this part you really see Hermione’s love for Ron. It’s – you can tell that she’s losing, what’s the best way to put – her love interest, I guess? It’s just the way that she left him.

Matt: Yeah. It does show what her feelings are for Ron in respect as her feelings for Harry as a friend.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because you wouldn’t see – I don’t think you would have Hermione screaming after Harry if he did that.

Andrew: Right. I agree.

Matt: At least not crying.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Because then she started bawling when she came back in the tent.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And I looked up the stuff on the sword. I can’t find a reason as to why they tried to steal it. So, if somebody knows, e-mail us.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Perhaps, perhaps there was – well, e-mail us if your name begins with one of the letters of the first half of the alphabet. That’ll help cut down a lot of e-mails. Seriously, though.


The Rain


Andrew: Okay, the last part we wanted to talk about in this chapter was the rain. The rain in this chapter is so movie-like. The rain begins with a soft pitter-patter. And then the argument slowly starts, then the rain gets heavier, and the argument gets heavier. Then the rain is pouring down, it’s raining cats and dogs, and they’re arguing like cats and dogs who don’t like cats and dogs. And it’s just bad and – you know, it’s great storytelling but it’s also very movie-like with how…

Matt: It’s very theatrical.

Andrew: I’m no film major, but I’ll tell you what. I’ve seen enough films to tell you in these movies – yes, very theatrical. The rain will start, you know, it will be cloudy and there’s sort of something ominous going on, and then it will start raining, and then something terrible happens. So, very good illustration of what’s going on. And I hope it’s carried over in the movie.

Matt: I think so. Especially with emotional scenes. And especially with rain. They will put it in. It’s just a lot easier, even for the actors. Because if they really can’t pull of that argument the rain will help bring out the feeling of the scene.

Andrew: The emotion, yeah.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: All right, so that’s it, I think. It’s time for Quote Quiz! Quiz…quiz…quiz…quiz…

Matt: Quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz.

Andrew: Whoa, whoa, whoa! It’s like a boomerang Quote Quiz. This week’s quote is: “Isn’t that a Death Eater idea? Why is that there?” Hmmm? That’s from my Chapter 16.

Matt: Why is it there? I don’t know!

Andrew: [laughs] We’ll discuss next week. Next week’s chapter is “Godric’s Hollow.” So, that will bring a tear to my eye. [fake sobs] Wow! Weird!


Least Favorites


Andrew: So, as I mentioned in the beginning of the show, we’re going to put a new spin on two segments we’ve been doing for a while. I’m really excited about this because they get a nice little refresh. The first one is Favorites. We’ve been doing Favorites for a while now. Gosh, I would say in the 60s. The episodes in the 60s we started the segment, and I could be totally wrong. So, we’ve always been talking about our most favorite, so this week we’re going to play Least Favorites, where we talk about what our least favorite of something was. And this week we’re going to talk about an e-mail sent in from Emily, 14, of Arlington, Texas. She actually gave us this idea. She says:

“Hi! I’m a big fan of HP but not a fan of the movies. I was just wondering what you guys’ least favorite HP movie is. Thanks. P.S. You guys are doing a great job.”

Ummm, who wants to start? What is your least favorite movie? Micah or Matt?

Micah: I’ll go first. I want to give a pass to the first two just because they needed to be the way that they were, kind of more light-hearted and childish in a way.

Andrew: Yeah, I agree.

Micah: Because it was about them being introduced to the Wizarding World. Of the other three, I have to say – and Laura would disagree – Prisoner of Azkaban. I was a big fan of the book. And while I know Alfonso did a lot of good things with the movie, the fact that the Marauders were left out and not explained kind of ruined it for me. If you were a non-book reader, you probably had a lot of questions at the end of this movie. As far as who these people were and how Lupin knew any of them – although, it was kind of explained at the end. That would be my answer.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Matt, your least favorite?

Matt: Well, I kind of agree with Micah saying that we should leave the first two – leave them alone…

Andrew: I agree with that too.

Matt: …even though I really did not like the second movie at all. But I’ll let Chris Columbus go with that. I would have to say that my least favorite so far is Movie 5. Only really because it’s my favorite book. And I think that happens with a lot of people. Like, their favorite book, they have such high expectations. And they’re usually let down with that, especially with the Harry Potter books. Like, every single person I know whose favorite book is usually their least favorite because they left out so many of their favorite moments. And that is no exception to me. I did not like Movie 5 very much because it left out a lot of things that I really wanted to see. And they left in – oh, they just left out so much crap!

Andrew: Yeah. I think this is a hard decision. After listening to you guys, I still don’t know. But I think I agree with Matt that Order of the Phoenix – well, I did love it. I really did love Order of the Phoenix. I just think it was biggest letdown in terms of what to expect. With just – the build-up of that film with the trailers. It was my favorite book, too. And I loved it, but at the same time, I didn’t like some of the transitions with going through the newspapers. And the flashbacks were just – all the flashbacks were just a real turn-off to me. And the scene at the end with Dumbledore and Voldemort fighting – I was so looking forward to – I was…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …really, truly believing that was going to be the most amazing scene in a Harry Potter film thus far. And it was just a letdown.

Matt: Well, they left off so many things in that scene. They left off…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …the statues coming to life. They left off Fawkes coming to Dumbledore’s aid, which was my favorite part of that entire scene. And [sighs] and they really messed up the whole Harry being – when Voldemort came into Harry, when he was being possessed.

Andrew: Yeah!

Matt: There was nothing like…

Andrew: It was just so different from the books. It’s like, ugh! What are you doing?!

Micah: Yeah, and I guess the one that we really haven’t touched on at all would be Movie 4. I just thought that with the way they cut it down, they did a good job with Goblet of Fire.

Andrew: They did!

Micah: I mean, Mike Newell did a really good job – we talked about this last week.

Matt: Hindsight, they did, yeah.

Micah: You know, basically the first hundred pages of the book going by in about five minutes.

Andrew: Yes, that was the thing! They did a great job compressing that darn movie down to…

Micah: They did.

Andrew: …something that covered everything. But it got the job done.

Matt: Mhm. I mean, granted, they took out a few characters, but they knew what characters they really needed to keep. And, yeah, I didn’t like Goblet of Fire after I saw it. But then after I saw it a few times, it starts to grow on you. But so far, Order of the Phoenix hasn’t grown on me at all.

Andrew: Yeah, same here.

Micah: Yeah, I think in Goblet of Fire, the other thing I would say was, they went a little bit overboard with the whole trying to make sure the audience knew that Moody wasn’t really Moody. Just, they dropped way too many hints…

Matt: They did.

Micah: …throughout the course of the film.

Matt: And they didn’t kill Barty Crouch Jr. at the end with the Dementors. So, most of the fans…

Micah: Right.

Matt: …think that he’s still alive. Pretty much.

Andrew: Yeah. Don’t get me wrong, I do love Umbridge. Like, I loved her in the book. But…

Matt: Well, she made the movie.

Andrew: Oh yeah. Oh yeah. Without her that – yeah, totally. Did a fantastic acting job. If you have an idea for Least Favorites, maybe we’ll try to do Favorites and Least Favorites. But with different subjects each week. To really mix things up. Let us know. Send in some Least Favorites. Try to come up with something creative, since we’re talking about our least favorites. It can’t be like least favorite soundtrack song because there’s so many, you know? You just…

Micah: Or book.

Andrew: Or least favorite book?

Micah: I guess you could.

Andrew: Yeah, there’s lots of these we can do. So, send them in. mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Make it easy for us. Put “Least Favorites” in the subject line, please.

Micah: Least favorite character. That’s a good one.


Make the Music Connection


Andrew: Yes. The next segment we’re going to put a new spin on this week is Make the Connection. But instead, it’s going to be Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection! Do you like that intro?

Micah: Sure. That’s…

Andrew: I’m going to start animating all of our new segments.

Micah: It’s different.

Andrew: I’ll do it again for all you at home who don’t want to rewind. [clears throat] Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music – I’ll practice it more.

Matt: Why don’t you just add a sound clip? You know, a song that has music in it?

Andrew: Because I don’t have that sort of technology yet. Well, I do but…

Matt: You’re lazy.

Andrew: Actually, no. Well, yeah, it’s partially that. But no, I just like having it all set up for live shows.

Matt: You like to hear yourself.

Andrew: I do. Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-mu-mu-music. Okay, so anyway, what we’re going to do – well, I’ll explain it to you – this was actually sent in by John Curl, 19, of Mendham, New Jersey. I’ve actually never heard of that town. But this was his idea. He writes:

“I have a cool idea for a new segment. It came to me when I was listening to the latest episode of MuggleCast during the Make the Connection segment. You basically take any song and either, a) Connect it to ‘Harry Potter’ in some way, or B) Find the spot in either the movies or books where it could be used as a soundtrack. Like, for example, the song ‘Bring Me to Life’ by Evanescence would be perfect for the ‘Final Battle’ in DH. Let me know what you think, Andrew. Love the show, and you are my idol.”

Awww, that’s sweet. From John Curl. So, I actually just realized I didn’t even really prepare any.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: But here, I’ll do this. Matt, for the final scene in Order of the Phoenix, where Harry and – we’ll focus on Order of the Phoenix today. When Harry – oh, sorry, when Dumbledore and Voldemort are dueling. If you had to pick one song to fill that gap, instead of those cheesy sound effects they had in there, what…

Matt: Hmmm, any song?

Andrew: Any song.

Matt: Ummm, oh okay! How about “The Saints are Coming” by U2 and Green Day.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right. [sings] “The saints are com…” See we might have to set this, this is just the test run this week. But…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe we’ll set it up so we come up with music ideas ahead of time, then we can play them or something. I don’t know. Okay, and, Micah, we’ll stick with Order of the Phoenix. If you had to insert a song in the scene where Umbridge gives Harry his first detention, when he starts writing with the special quill, what song would you add there? When – specifically, when Harry’s first discovering what it does – what the quill does to his hand.

Micah: Wow, ummm. Oh. I got a good song. I think I do. How about “An Innocent Man” by Billy Joel?

Andrew: Oh, yeah! That’d be good!

Matt: Oh! Yeah, that’s pretty good.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s good. Well…

Micah: Thanks, guys.

Andrew: …if you guys have any ideas for Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection, just send them on in to mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. With “Make the Music Connection” in the subject line. And, like John said in his e-mail, you can either: A) Connect it to Harry Potter in some way, or B) Find a spot in either the movies or books where it can be used as a soundtrack. We’ll read them here, or we can quiz each other. So, send them in. Thanks, guys.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


Andrew: Let’s wrap up the show today with a Chicken Soup…

Matt: .For the MuggleCast…Soul.

Andrew: Are you mocking me?

Matt: No.

Andrew: All right, Mr. Smarty-Party-Pants, why don’t you read it from Kristen, 19, of Penn State University.

Matt: This Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul comes from Kristen, 19, from Penn State University, which is in Pennsylvania. She writes:

“Hey MuggleCasters. First off, I love your podcast. I started listening from the beginning but then stopped over the summer. So now I’m catching up since last year. I just wanted to say that I don’t know what I would do without the episodes of MuggleCast. I go to Penn State University, which is quite a big campus, making me walk long way to class every day. It’s so awesome to listen to you guys talk about ‘Harry Potter’ on my walks around campus. You guys totally make my day and I think you’re great, so keep up the good work. Oh, and I think Eric lives in Reading, right? Well, I live about an hour and a half away! Well, thanks for being my Chicken Soup for the Penn State Student Soul.”

Andrew: Yay! Matt and I thank you, Kristen. The reason I picked this was just because Matt and I were actually at Penn State.

Matt: Oh, that’s right!

Andrew: Yeah, it was cool.

Matt: Didn’t we see her there?

Andrew: Did we? Hopefully not because that would be awkward if we didn’t remember.

Micah: Go visit Eric. He’ll love to have you over to his house.

Andrew: Well, funny story.

Matt: Ummm… [laughs]

Andrew: I don’t know if Eric wants to announce this to everyone yet, but he’s not actually in Reading anymore. So… But, I don’t know. He can talk about that if he wants to.


Show Close Announcements


Andrew: I think that just about does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. I just want to say real quick – got a little book update. Or reading update or whatever. Matt and I actually just both bought Twilight today. We’ve talked about it on the show a couple times. It’s going to be turned into a movie. Three books in the series are out right now and the fourth and final one is due out in August. And we haven’t started reading it yet, but I’m actually really excited to read it because all we hear is good things about it. Right, Matt?

Matt: Yeah, sure.

Andrew: So, I don’t know, maybe we’ll talk about it on a future episode. Apparently it’s a nice, easy read, so I’m looking forward to it. I just wanted to say that.

Matt: It does have very nice cover art.

Andrew: What’s that?

Matt: It does have very nice cover art.

Andrew: It does. I’m very excited to start reading, so see how that goes. Maybe we’ll give it a little review. I think that’s about it. One other thing I did that I actually want to say was just a quick thank you to everyone who goes on our MySpace and leaves messages for us. Or even if you e-mail us through mugglecast at staff dot mugglecast dot com, or even through our feedback form – I just want to say thank you for taking the time to write to us. Unfortunately, we can’t get back to everyone, we can’t reply to everyone. Especially on MySpace. We do read the messages that are posted there, but we don’t have the time to write back. Especially – MySpace is so complicated with their – everything that they do. It’s kind of hard to get to everyone, but…

Micah: Just to reiterate, we do read the messages.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: So if you think you’re going to get away with a comment, we usually respond to those people.

Andrew: When people send something negative – yeah, we do feel tempted to respond. But the funny thing is – and let me just say this real quick – you guys who write into us and complain are – complain, complain, I’m not talking about little, like, “Uhhh, show sucks this week.” I’m talking about, “You guys are dead in the water! Why do you continue going on!?” Blah, blah, blah. What’s funny about these guys is that they’re so scared of getting a reply back, they don’t even give us their e-mail address. So, if you’re going to write to us and complain, at least have the courage to include your e-mail address so we can write back a nice, adult, serious letter. We’re not going to post your e-mail address, but come on. You’re so scared of our response? That’s not cool. If you’re going to voice your concerns, at least give us the opportunity to write back with our side of the story. But at any rate, thank you, everyone [laughs] for writing to us.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: We do read all your messages, and we thank you very, very much for taking the time to write to us. I just feel bad when people write to us and we don’t give them a response. We do read them and we do thank you for taking the time to write to us. So, I think that’s it for this week’s episode. Love MuggleCast. It was a good one. We hope you enjoyed the new segments and our news discussion, and, of course, Chapter-by-Chapter. We’ll be back next week with more hosts, hopefully. Laura actually was supposed to be on this week’s episode but then she bailed on us last minute because she had school work. [makes a sound]

Matt: Geez, her priorities are so out of order.

Andrew: I know.

Matt: [with English accent] “She needs to sort out her priorities.”

Andrew: Ha-ha-ho!

Matt: Ha-ho! Look at that.

Andrew: I love that scene. That’s one of my favorite little quips in the movies.


Contact Information


All right, so this does it for us this week. I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: You didn’t close.

Andrew: Oh, shoot, I almost forgot our contact information!

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Man, I’m getting so old. Well, there are numerous ways to contact us, of course. We’ll give you the information now. We have a P.O. Box down in Georgia. The address for that is:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

You can send us anything, but Laura is hoping nobody sends her pickles. Send us gold or something like that but not pickles, please.

You can also call in to the MuggleCast hotline to leave us a
voicemail. To do that we have a few phone numbers. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re in Australia you can dial 028-003-5668.

[Show music begins]

Andrew: If don’t prefer that you can also Skype the username “Mugglecast.” No matter how you call us just remember to keep your message under a minute, eliminate as much background noise as possible. Send us a question that you have about the books or series, the movie, the fandom, whatever you want. And we’ll address those in the up-coming show, if it’s a good question.

You can also visit MuggleCast.com for a handy feedback form to contact anyone of us. You can also just directly e-mail us at our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com, with the exception of Matt who is matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Don’t forget to also visit MuggleCast.com for a variety of community outlets, including our MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.fm, and our ever growing Fanlisting and Forums run by the wonderful Alice and all those who do that over there.

You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and rate and review us at Yahoo! Podcasts. Whew! That was a mouth full.


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening this week. Once again, I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: We will see you all next week for Episode 133. Bye-bye!

Micah: Bye!

Matt: Bye!

[Show music ends]


Blooper


Micah: Uh, no.

Andrew:: Yeah, that was Eric’s…

Micah: Laura couldn’t manage the words to intro me.

Andrew: Intro you.

Micah: …in the news center, so I just…

Matt: Oh, yeah!

Micah: …intro-ed myself.

Matt: That’s right.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Actually, I heard the uncensored version of the bloopers. That was even funnier.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Yeah, you got to keep it G-rated.

Andrew: Sometimes it goes uncensored accidentally, too.

Matt: How is it that out of all of the hosts on this show, Laura is the only one that gets to actually slide through all the censored versions.
And she’s the girl.

Andrew: Because I’m so used to hearing her curse…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …that I don’t even pick up the bad words. It’s just, “Oh, Laura’s just saying another word.” Like, you know, like the word “the.” It’s just – you don’t pick up on it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: And we can pick on Laura because she’s not here this week.

Matt: Right, Laura ditched us today, again.

Andrew: She’s going to hate me for that.

Matt: Yeah, this is all Andrew telling us to say this, Laura, too.

———————–

Episode 132: Betting Man

  • This week’s show brought to you by Audible.com!
  • Jim Dale picks up Grammy for Deathly Hallows. We celebrate.
  • More evidence of Deathly Hallows being split and an imminent announcement.
  • Micah is sad at the idea of no Fleur in HBP.
  • Spielberg confirmed to not direct DH, and we make a DH Director Checklist.
  • Andrew’s Wizard Rock single LIVE on YouTube.
  • Our plans for future tours.
  • Listener Rebuttals look at last week’s show.
  • Chapter 15 of Deathly Hallows: The Goblin’s Revenge.
  • Was the walking-through-the-woods plot necessary?
  • Why were Ginny, Neville, and Luna stealing the sword?
  • The group discusses Rons anger and if it was called for.
  • Least Favorites: Least favorite movie.
  • Make the Music Connection: Drawling parallels between DH scenes and real music.
  • Chicken Soup.

Download Now

Running time: 1:28:41, 40.6 MB

Transcript 131

MuggleCast 131 Transcript


Show Intro


[Music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew, I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I’d guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus, enter code “MUGGLE” when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the internet at
GoDaddy.com

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because Voicemails have finally returned, this is MuggleCast Episode 131 for February 10th, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Mikey: “Hey guys. As much as I generally love you both…” – meaning myself and Eric – “…since I’m not going to be on the show tomorrow, I just wanted to say, can you please stay focused with the topics at hand while recording. I ended up cutting most of the off-topic stuff out of the show last week because it was long and the listeners really don’t want to here about ‘Star Wars’ and other movies, etc. Feel free to draw parallels, but don’t dwell on them. I’m not trying to lecture or anything, but just please keep in mind tomorrow because it’s what’s best for the show. Thanks, love you both, Andrew.” Can you believe that, Eric? He doesn’t want us to talk about what we feel like.

Eric: It’s just – I don’t know, man. He’s been censoring these since Episode 3, so, I just…

Laura: I wouldn’t…

Eric: I’ve learned to live with it. You know? I mean, he makes good decisions, usually.

Mikey: Usually.

Eric: It just means that we can’t – I don’t know. I don’t know, Mikey. You’re the movie guy and you get really enthusiastic about it.

Mikey: He’s telling me not to do it and I know. I agree with you. Well, welcome to this week’s Andrew-less show we have. I don’t know, that was a really bad segue, but I’m trying to move this along.

Laura: [laughs] All right. Well, we’ve got a pretty good show for you guys this week. We’re going to be talking about Chapter 14 in Deathly Hallows. This is also featuring the return of Voicemails, once again. I know you’ve heard that umpteen times during the life of this show, and we also have part two of our interview with Freddie Highmore. So, with that, I’m Laura Thompson.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

[Show music continues to play louder]


News


Micah: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Micah?

A few weeks ago we told you about two Deathly Hallows rumors: It could be split in two, and Steven Spielberg is being considered to direct. The latter item has picked up an extra piece of evidence after Richard Griffiths (who plays Vernon Dursley in the Potter films) reportedly told TeleText that Spielberg is a candidate. He said, “Being in a Spielberg film is a pretty good place to be. My agent had conversations with him, so anything is possible.” He is further quoted in saying, “I’m not in the sixth film so I want bigger roles. I asked J.K. Rowling if she could write Vernon a bigger part and she said ‘no,” so there you go.”

It is important to remember that nothing is confirmed. This should not be taken seriously until more solid sources come forward.

Spanish publication XLSemanal conducted a special interview with J.K. Rowling a few months ago, although it has only now emerged online. In a preview of the article, Jo discusses Minister for Magic, Cornelius Fudge, likening him to English Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain. Jo was quoted to saying, “My model of the world after Voldemort’s return was, directly, the government of Neville Chamberlain in Great Britain during the Second World War, when he tried to minimize the menace of the Nazi regime for political convenience.”

In the interview the author also talks about her personal life and relationships, as well as politics. The full interview is now available online.

And Half-Blood Prince filming in Gloucester Cathedral is well underway. Cast, extras, and crew are now all present at the Cathedral. ThisIsGloucestershire.co.uk has plenty of new photos.

Finally, the Literary and Historical Society of University College Dublin will present J.K. Rowling with a James Joyce Award on Tuesday, February 12th.

That’s all the news for this February 10th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


News Discussion: Director of Deathly Hallows


Micah: Thanks, Micah. Oh, you’re welcome.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Thanks, Micah.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Okay, so we’ve had some pretty good news this week. It’s been better than some other weeks, right? What do you guys think?

Mikey: Oh, yeah. No, I’m excited about our first point that we’re going to talk about, Laura. What do you think?

Laura: Yeah, and I mean you’re the film guy here, Mikey, so why don’t you start us off on that?

Mikey: Well…

Eric: But don’t talk about film.

Mikey: [laughs] All right, Andrew.

Eric: Only because Andrew warned us.

Micah: Well, he can bring up the topic, but only Laura and I can discuss it.

Mikey: Okay. But I’ll read it off. Spielberg rumors again have emerged. What do you guys think about that?

Laura: You know, I’m not sure what I think about it. Because I feel like Spielberg has done some really great stuff, and then I feel that he’s done some really awful stuff. So, I don’t know. If he directed the film it could be really good or it could be really bad.

Mikey: Well, all right, my question is, what did you think that he did that was really bad? That’s one of the questions, you know, like, what was really bad?

Laura: Well, I mean, what immediately springs to mind is just that I feel like he’s kind of got that Chris Columbus quality of kind of making everything happy and light.

Eric: Because, clearly, Schindler’s List

Laura: No! But that’s not…

[Mikey laughs]

Eric: …was a very happy film.

Laura: That’s not what I was referencing, though. Like – Clearly, Schindler’s List was a very, very well done movie. I don’t know if Spielberg has any specific producers he works with regularly – maybe Mikey can tell us about that – but I just know that there are certain films that he’s been very much complimented on, whereas there are other films that people are just like, “what is this?” Like, I don’t know.

Eric: It’s true. There are critics of Spielberg films.

Mikey: My biggest thing is, Spielberg really hasn’t done a horrible movie in quite a while. Like, you know, just looking at his last movie. I’m on IMDB right now. His most recent movie that’s coming out is Indiana Jones and the Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, which I’m super excited about. But his last films Munich – which did great – War of the Worlds, I was kind of iffy on, but it was still, you know – I think it had too much Tom Cruise, not necessarily his directing. I think he did a great job on it.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: [laughs] We’re not even going to go to the Tom Cruise story. But Terminal, Catch Me If You Can was a great movie. I thought Minority Report as direction was great too. AI I thought was an amazing film, obviously didn’t do really good. You know? But a lot of his stuff I – as a director, I like Spielberg. There’s really not much of his stuff that I don’t like. He doesn’t direct as much anymore. He really doesn’t, he’s been producing a lot. So…

Eric: It’s true. And his movies, in my opinion, are always so – I want to say heartful. You know, very hearty movies. He kind of creates how stories should be told. You know, he’s obviously the big-name guy. He’s the big guy who does this sort of thing. He makes these movies that are classics, like E.T. And he really makes – He’s a movie-maker storyteller. He basically writes these – He does movies, he’s how movies should be made. You know, because he has such creative control in them. And I just – there’s something that connects with how he tells his stories with me. I love all of Spielberg’s films.

Mikey: I agree with you. What do you think, Micah?

Micah: I’m just wondering, though, would he be the right person for Deathly Hallows in the sense that – and I’m not saying the directors that have come before him aren’t big-name directors – but they seem to have kind of found their place a little bit with the Harry Potter series. And I’m not sure that bringing in such a big name to do the final film would make it any more impactful than if somebody else who had worked on the films previously would have come around and directed. You know, like an Alfonso Cuaron, like a – maybe even a David Yates again. I just – I’m afraid that this is a story that’s sort of being over-sensationalized, like it has been in the past, and I’m not really sure that you would need to bring in Spielberg. Would it be cool? Yes. But – and it even goes to some of what Eric was saying before. You know, he’s kind of this great storyteller, but kind of in his own way. I don’t know how well he would work off of other people’s work, you know, Mikey, if that makes sense.

Mikey: No, no, I agree. I can see where you’re coming from.

Eric: I get that.

Mikey: I don’t know if I would say that he couldn’t work on someone else’s work. Again, looking at War of the Worlds I think he did a phenomenal job with that, and even Jurassic Park, that was a Michael Creighton novel, and I think he did a great job with that film. Directing it.

Eric: It’s a great movie.

Mikey: It’s one of those things like, the score – obviously John Williams did the Harry Potter score, but you know, John Williams did Jurassic Park, too, and I could just hear those notes right away, and I know it’s Jurassic Park. I know it’s Harry Potter. I know it’s Star Wars. I had to put John Williams in there with that stuff. But…

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Well, see, that’s the thing, yeah, because Spielberg and Williams work so well together.

Mikey: Yeah, and I would love to see Williams come back for the last Harry Potter movie.

Eric: That’s exactly the thing I was thinking, is if Spielberg comes back, does John Williams come back?

Mikey: Yeah, that would be a cool thing, especially like – here’s one thing. I’ll give you a little bit of film stuff – is people are more forgiving of bad video or film quality versus music, and the reason why is, film is at twenty-four frames per second, so half the time, in between each cell or frame, there’s a little black bar, and so that’s playing through as we’re watching our movies. So half the time we’re sitting in a theater, we’re sitting in pitch black. We don’t see it being black, because our eyes keep memory of the picture, but music and sound, we’re hearing everything. And I would love to hear – not saying that the other scores, like I love the Order of the Phoenix score, and I really like the music for Goblet of Fire. Obviously, these weren’t done by John Williams, but I would love if Spielberg brought back Williams to do the last one, have this amazing just big, Hollywood-style, just really big score for the last movie, just give it a big send-off that I think it really would deserve, because it’s the final chapter in this huge – you know, for Warner Brothers this is a huge franchise. And for us, this a huge, you know – it’s the final movie of the book series. I remember finishing reading the book, and I was sad, and I’m going to be sad watching the last movie in theaters. Now, I’m going to be the first one to buy it on DVD, but it’s the last thing. It needs a good send-off, and I think…

Laura: Well said, Mikey.

Micah: You can have John Williams back. I mean, you don’t need to have Spielberg to have John Williams there.

Mikey: No, I know, but…

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Which is another thing…

Micah: And this kind of leads into the next point, but this is a semi-reliable source that at least we’re hearing these rumors from – in the form of Richard Griffiths talking about potentially being in a Spielberg film. We know he’s not going to be in Half-Blood Prince, but he is definitely going to be in the final film, so, I mean, what do you guys think? Do you give any more credit to the rumor that it’s coming from somebody like him, as opposed to just some tabloid?

Eric: I do. Just the idea that Richard Griffiths thinks it’s possible is – I think it gives a little extra credit to it. I would like to see Spielberg have his hands on the material, is kind of what it is. Most of my urge for Spielberg – I think it would be really cool if he directed the movie of Book 7 because, obviously, they’re really convinced that they’re going to do it quite big, possibly two films, as we talked about last week, and it’s just – I would really like to see Spielberg have his hand in the material. So, just the idea that Richard Griffiths is saying, “Well, you know, it might be really interesting to do a Spielberg film, and I think it’s possible,” then I think it does give credit to it, and I think it’s really one of those interesting rumors that’s going around about the seventh movie.


News Discussion: Privet Drive Scene Cut from Half-Blood Prince


Micah: Right. And I think we’ll hear more as time goes on, obviously. There will be more and more rumors as we get closer to something being announced. But speaking of Richard Griffiths, he also brought up the fact that he is not going to be in Half-Blood Prince, and I really can’t remember if this was made public, and if it was, I don’t think prior to this we ever discussed it. And to me this is kind of disappointing, because the whole scene that takes place on Privet Drive in Half-Blood Prince was really one of my favorite scenes in the book, and now we learn that it’s not going to be there. What are you guys’ thoughts about this?

Laura: Well, first of all, I wonder how they’re going to tie in Dumbledore. It would just seem weird if they had Harry leaving Privet Drive and joining Dumbledore without even seeing the Dursleys, you know? So I really wonder how they’re going to set that up.

Mikey: I could tell you. I see it now as a filmmaker.

[Micah laughs]

Laura: This is what it is: Opening, you know, you see the Warner Brothers thing, the camera pans down onto the street as Dumbledore and Harry walk up to go find Slughorn. They’re going to have to cut things out.

Eric: We know that’s going to happen, because…

Mikey: And we know that’s kind of a bummer, but, obviously I don’t know anything about the movie, so it’s not like that’s what is going to happen in the movie, but it’s like, that’s – you know, basically, if the Dursleys aren’t going to be there, what’s the next logical step? And it’s going to go straight to Slughorn. And actually, it might even go to the interior of the house, because, you know, the last ones kind of started out kind of dark, so it might be the house with blood on it, and then it pulls out and there’s Harry and Dumbledore on the step going in going, “Oh my gosh, what happened?” And then they find Slughorn, you know what I mean?

Eric: Do you think he’ll be turned into a couch, and then Dumbledore will prod the couch, and then the couch being like, “Ouch!” [laughs]

Mikey: That’d be kind of cool, I hope so. I actually – I’m a little sad they’re not going to do the scene. Like Micah said, it’s one of my favorites just because…

Eric: I am too, it’s such a great – and I think what it is too is that it’s a big distinction between book Dumbledore and movie Dumbledore, obviously. You know, if you read the books and you get this really great sense of how J.K. Rowling writes Dumbledore in the books, and it’s a really great scene with him taunting, sort of trespassing on their hospitality, as Dumbledore himself says.

Mikey: Exactly, and the best part is he says, like, he offers them drinks, and what do they do with the drinks? The drinks just keep hitting their heads.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: It’s like, I would love to see that!

Eric: And they won’t accept it, you know?

Mikey: That’d be ridiculous, just to see these – I can see how it doesn’t really add anything to the movie or the story, but like it shows you a little bit more of Dumbledore’s character. Like, “Yes I’m going to pour drinks for everyone,” and then the Dursleys are just so frightened and refuse to touch anything magical that’s just hitting their head, you know, juice or whatever spilling out and hitting them, and they’re just like, “Will you stop this!?” You know, Vernon getting upset with the big old vein and all that.

Eric: I’m disappointed with how little the Dursleys are in the films. It’s not a big concern of mine, but I really like seeing it done, I really like the actors doing it, and you can kind of tell that they kind of enjoy doing it. But obviously Richard Griffiths is getting – I don’t want to say, well, he’s very concerned. He – in this article that we have, he says he asked J.K. Rowling to write a bigger part for Vernon. That seems like – that seems quite interesting. You’d say, “could you write me a bigger part for the movie,” and she said no, and rightfully so. I think that the Dursleys have always served a particularly significant – a certain function. They serve a purpose in the books and then they’re gone, that’s it, you know? But there’s always been the sense of returning to Privet Drive and it seems so upsetting to me. It just upsets me a lot that the Dursleys aren’t even going to be in Half-Blood Prince.

Laura: Yeah, but I mean…

Eric: It’s another opportunity missed.

Laura: Honestly, thinking about it though, I mean, just thinking about the way Mikey described it, there were a couple of important things that happened in the Dursley scene, like Harry noticing Dumbledore’s hand, but that’s all stuff that they can do like as they’re walking down the road or whatever. Like, “Oh, Professor, what happened to your hand?” and, you know?

Mikey: And he’s like, “Not now, Harry,” you know, it’s like one of those brush off things.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: You know, like again, the Dursley scene – everything important that happens there we can live without, because we can pick it up again.

Micah: Yeah, you’re right.

Mikey: The only – and I’m thinking about it again, I haven’t read the book in a while – the only important thing is the hand, and he says, “Not now, Harry.” And again, if it starts on the street or starts in the house, that could be picked up right away, you know, where even if Harry doesn’t notice, maybe Slughorn notices it in the house and, “Dumbledore, what happened to your hand?” and he’s like, “Had a little run in with Voldemort,” you know? There’s so many like, little things.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Like again, the screenwriter is re-writing a book that we’ve memorized, in a sense, so we know what’s supposed to happen and a screenwriter is taking their liberties and they’re not really necessarily – I’m sure all the screenwriters have read the book. You know, we know some actors haven’t – Michael Gambon – but it’s one of those things that they also have to look more at the movies, because this is a movie version so they have to make sure that everything in the movie is kind of – kind of continues the story from the movie standpoint, not necessarily the book standpoint.

Eric: If you guys remember, Goblet of Fire obviously begins with the murder of Frank Bryce, but then Harry wakes up and he’s at the Burrow and immediately they’re on, I think, it’s on Stoatshead Hill. They’re on the hill where they meet Cedric Diggory right in the very beginning of Movie 4 after Harry wakes up that morning. It’s just in a few quick scenes they’re already being transported to the Quidditch World Cup.

Micah: Yeah, I mean that…

Laura: No, no, no, that’s like eight chapters in, too.

Micah: The beginning of that movie went very quick.

Mikey: Yeah, that’s like a hundred pages. It’s a hundred pages worth of Quidditch.

Eric: That’s easily a hundred pages.

Mikey: And it’s done in like, five minutes. It’s like, done in five minutes.

Eric: And that was when the twins were – they blew up the fire place in the Dursleys. There was – the Dursleys have a pretty big scene in Book 4, which was completely gone from the movie. So, it’s possible to do it without. It’s just, you know…

Micah: One could argue that the other thing that’s missed in this whole thing is the relationship that exists between Dumbledore and Petunia, or Petunia and the wizarding world, and, you know, Dumbledore kind of takes a swipe at them when he makes that comment about Dudley, saying something along the lines of that they neglected in their raising of him, how he turned out. I forget the exact quote, but…

Laura: Yeah, he said they’d done more damage to Dudley in the way they that raised him.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, that’s quite interesting. You’re right. The relationship between Dumbledore and Petunia, or particularly any reference to Harry’s parents – any kind of thing like that seems to be absent from the movie. Except for Aunt Marge in Movie 3 – that was kept in, a little bit about bad parentage sort of thing. But it’s just something that – I think what it is, is that you’re in this film with all these British actors and they’re so good at what they do, and even things like watching David Bradley is fun to do, so you always want parts for it and it’s just the time of the film overall won’t permit all of this. It won’t permit you do to do everything you want to do with these great actors.

Micah: I agree with you, but at the same time, I mean there’s so much that’s probably able to be cut from this film in particular that leaving something like that in – I think – you could probably do. So, I’m just a little disappointed.


News Discussion: Cornelius Fudge Related to Neville Chamberlain


Laura: Right. Now, we probably need to move onto the next piece here. Actually, there was a new – and it’s not really a new interview – but it just came out with J.K. Rowling by the Spanish publication XLSemanal, and she actually talked about Cornelius Fudge, and she likened him to English Prime Minister, Neville Chamberlain [pronounces it Chamber-layn]. She actually…

Eric: Chamberlain [pronounces it Chamber-lin].

Laura: Chamberlain [pronounces it Chamber-lin]. The quote is actually, “My model of the world after Voldemort’s return was, directly, the government of Neville Chamberlain in Great Britain after the Second World War, when he tried to minimize the menace of the Nazi regime for political convenience.” And this is pretty interesting considering some of the ties to our Nazi World War II parallels we brought up with Deathly Hallows. What do you guys think?

Eric: I think it’s interesting. I think not having grown up in that time, or not being familiar with that era of British history, I can still say that’s really cool. I can still say it’s cool that J.K. Rowling had someone in mind. And we knew that she kind of did when writing a satire, political satire, as she has done, taking some things satirically in government. It’s good to know specifically though, what she was thinking about and I’m interested now to read up a little bit of history and figure out what kind of guy he was.

Micah: Well, basically, he was a guy that just had a policy of appeasement towards Hitler.

Laura: Yep. [laughs] Pretty much.

Micah: I mean, he turned a blind eye to Hitler in order to advance his own political career, which, if you think about it, sounds a lot like Fudge, you know, turning a blind eye to Voldemort and…

Eric: Hoping he would go away?

Micah: …hoping that the things that were starting to occur around him wouldn’t fully materialize, and really acts out against Dumbledore, thinking that he’s just out on a quest for power, but, in fact, Fudge – and I know I’ve said this episodes ago. I really hated Fudge when I was rereading Order of the Pheonix because I thought ways he was just as worse, if not more horrible, than Umbridge.

Laura: Oh yeah. I mean, essentially acting as an enabler. Really. Whether he meant to or not, you know? Just completely useless.

Eric: She spoofed that guy. Ha-ha.

[Eric and Laura laugh]


Announcments


Laura: All right, well, Micah do you want to move us onto some announcements for this week?

Micah: Yes. [chuckles] Just a reminder to vote for us on Podcast Alley. We are in the new month of February, and we are currently number six over at Podcast Alley, so just remember to go ahead and vote. And I think that’s the only announcement, right?

Mikey: Well, Andrew sent me and Eric the e-mail, but I think he left you a statement – “Andrew’s Statement to the Fans.” I think you need to read that, Micah.

Micah: Do I really have to is the question. [laughs]

Laura: Uh, yes…

Mikey: Yes.

Laura: You need to read it.

Eric: Let’s just pretend it doesn’t exist.

Laura: No, no, read it.

Micah: Okay.

Mikey: Guys, come on. Andrew took all this time to write up a nice statement to the fans…

Laura: I have to say, it’s like New York Times Bestseller worthy.

Micah: Oh, really?

Laura: This is the best writing I have ever seen.

Micah: I guess I have to read it.

Mikey: Have you read it all the way through? Have you read it all the way through?

Micah: I haven’t yet.

Mikey: It’s pretty…

Laura: It’s massive. Oh my goodness.

Mikey: I was like, “Wow.” Okay, Micah, you do the honors. Please?

Micah: “Dear Loyal Listeners, I regret to inform you my poor puppy dog is suffering from a severe case of kitty cooties. It happened whilst I walked my dog through the local PetSmart just about ten minutes from my home. I’m only at his bedside for the next few days and will be back on the show next week. Back and better than ever. Actually, you’ll hear me in a little bit when I conclude my interview with Freddie Highmore. Laura, Micah, Eric, and Mikey smell.” That’s nice. “Moreover, I just lied to you all. I have no dog. There’s no such thing as kitty cooties, and there isn’t a PetSmart ten minutes from my home. I still stand by the fact that Laura, Micah, Eric and Mickey all smell. Matt and I will see you next week, lovers.”

Mikey: Wow! Andrew Sims.

Laura: Wow! My life is so impacted.

Mikey: My life is now complete. No Spielberg doing seventh movie? I am happy now. I’m happy without a sixth movie now.

Laura: I have to go out of my way to say that Laura doesn’t smell.

Mikey: Neither do I.

Laura: Laura actually wears a very nice perfume, and actually, it’s pretty cool, because when you pick it up the bottle purrs. Listen.

[Perfume bottle purrs]

Micah: Do you shower, or do you just put on perfume?

Eric: Oh, wait. You have a purring bottle of perfume?

Laura: Yeah, listen. Here, listen.

[Perfume bottle purrs]

[Micah laughs]

Laura: Isn’t that awesome?

Eric: Do it again! Do it again!

[Laura laughs]

Laura: No, they have already heard it twice, but yeah, I do shower too – daily actually, Micah.

Micah: Well, that’s good. That’s good.

Laura: I know that must be a shock.

Micah: I was just wondering why…

Mikey: I do too. I shower daily too.

Micah: …Matt got thrown in there.

Mikey: That’s why I don’t smell.

Eric: Well, what exactly was Andrew – so, Andrew was walking Matt, right?

[Mikey laughs]

Mikey: I know he is his puppy dog.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: And they were at PetSmart? Or was Matt? Matt was walking – I’m confused here, ’cause Andrew was walking his puppy or…

Laura: Are you saying Matt is Andrew’s puppy? Is that what you are saying?

Eric: What? Is he not?

[Laura laughs]

Mikey: Oh, no, no.

Mikey: Lets move on.

Laura: Okay. Apologies, Andrew.

Mikey: Let’s go to Muggle Mail.

Micah: Muggle Mail!

Eric: Matt was walking Andrew and…

Mikey: Muggle Mail! Muggle Mail. Let’s go.

Laura: Yeah, take it off, Micah.

Mikey: You guys can stay back there. Micah and I are going to Muggle Mail.


Muggle Mail: Commission versus Committee, Mad-Eye’s Eye, Picture of Dumbledore and Grindewald, the Imperius Curse, the Locket Enhancing Umbridge’s Evilness, and Last Week’s Make the Connection


Micah: Yeah. Okay. I’ll take the first one. This is about the chapter title I guess you guys were discussing last week, and this person stresses that it’s not the Muggleborn Registration Commission, it’s the Muggleborn Registration Committee. Come on, guys! What were you thinking!

Laura: Sorry!

Micah: God forbid you say the wrong word every once in a while. I mean there’s not people out there listening to every word that we say. All right. But anyway…

Mikey: I apologize for everything I ever said.

Micah: You better apologize.

Mikey: Mm-kay.

Micah: I really don’t care if you apologize.

Mikey: [whispers] I do.

Micah: “Do you think that Mad-Eye’s eye could see through walls etc., when it was in the door? I would assume so, because it worked with Imposter Moody, but if the door is an inanimate object…” I think these are all points that this person is trying to make.

Laura: Yeah, I think that was the reason it was there. I was almost under the impression that it was being used like it was a peep hole.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: In fact, there was a telescope type thing attached to it on the other side of the door…

Micah: Right.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …which Harry specifically had to pull off and get the eye out of. So…

Micah: Right. Yeah, and in this chapter that we’re about to discuss in a few minutes, he even references it. He says that’s how they knew that there were intruders was from the eye.

Eric: Well, the eye was missing.

Micah: Right.

Mikey: Yeah. But again, that still brings up question. Where did Mad-Eye get this magical eye that no one else can recreate? You know what I mean? I mean if it can see through walls, then why didn’t everyone just replace their eye with like a magical eye, you know what I mean?

Eric: Yeah, it seems like everybody wants one. You know, it would be like the Tickle-Me-Elmo of the wizarding world.

Laura: Oh, geez.

Micah: He was powerful. Maybe be created it himself. You never know.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Mikey: Yeah, maybe.

Micah: All right. Next point: “Mikey I love your theory about rain cloud frizbees.”

Mikey: That would be kind of cool, right? I don’t know. L-O-L.

Micah: And this all, by the way, is all coming from Esther, 15, in Jerusalem. So thank you, Esther, for sending in all these points. The next thing she says: “The picture is Grindelwald and Dumbledore. When Harry sees the thief through Voldemort’s mind, he realizes later that it was in the picture in the book about Dumbledore.”

Laura: Did we not…

Eric: We were confused. We thought it was like Dumbledore’s brother or something.

Mikey: The picture on the cover of the book. We didn’t know who it was at the time.

Eric: Yeah. It was just a teenage boy. And it wasn’t introduced, but later on it’s revealed to be Grindelwald.

Micah: Next point: “Pius Thicknesse was under the Imperius Curse by Yaxley. The Imperius curse doesn’t allow people to read minds, and even if it did, Voldemort wasn’t the one who had cast the curse on Thicknesse.”

Eric: That was the conclusion we reached.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So, that’s all good.

Micah: Okay. And then: “Like Eric said, the locket probably did have an effect on Umbridge. She was just so much in her element being evil that the locket enhanced her evilness.” And she thinks that Jo said something about that as well.

Mikey: Yep. That’s what Eric said.

Eric: So the last point…

Micah: Why don’t you handle that, because I wasn’t here for that Make The Connection.

Eric: Okay, so the last point here is the Make he Connection for Andrew, re: furry hat. She says, “What about Crabbe or Goyle’s furry hat in Movie 3 in the Shrieking Shack scene, the one where Harry cries.” Or tries to – the one where Harry throws snow – oh, yeah, the one where Harry cries. Okay, he does cry. “What about Crabbe and Goyle’s furry hat in Movie 3, the Shrieking Shack scene?” I completely forgot about that, but that’s probably true. Didn’t he have like a sort of hunting, moleskin, sort of beaver hat?

Laura: Yeah, he did. Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, but I think they all had kind of like a furry type of hat still. Like, I know Malfoy’s wasn’t – no, Malfoy didn’t have a hat. Someone had a hat that had earflaps and it wasn’t necessarily a furry animal on the outside, but it was all furry on the inside like sheep’s – like wool or something. They were all furry at some point. Plus, you know, also the Book of Monsters is also furry. You know, lots of different things are furry in the movies and the books.

Eric: But you don’t wear that on your head.

Mikey: Neville kind of wore it on him at one point.

Eric: Neville kind of… [laughs]

Mikey: Neville wore the book at one point because it was eating him, but, you know, beyond that.

Eric: That was awesome.

Laura: All right, is that it?

Mikey: That’s the end of the end of the e-mail from Esther.

Eric: Oh and Esther, and she signs, “Gold, quacks and pickles.”

MuggleCast 131 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Privet Drive Scene Cut from Movie 6


Eric: Okay, so the second Muggle Mail here is from Nora, age 18 from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Subject is the Dursleys in Half-Blood Prince.

“Dear MuggleCasters, I’m writing about a question I have concerning the upcoming “Half-Blood Prince” movie. Since the Dursleys are not appearing in this film, I was wondering how you guys think the movie is going to start out. Okay, so, as we know in the book, Dumbledore pays the Dursleys a visit and picks Harry to escort him to the Burrow. Do you think the Dursleys’ absence would mean that this scene is going to be cut? It just seems a little weird to me if Dumbledore picks Harry up from Privet Drive and the Dursleys aren’t there. I would be absolutely devastated if that entire scene with Dumbledore is cut because it’s one of my favorite parts in the series, and my favorite scenes tend to be left out of the movies. Just wanted to hear your opinions on that, and love the show, thanks.” So, Mikey, we did talk about this and you think that it’s possible they’re going to start with Harry and Dumbledore walking down the lane to Slughorn’s house?

Mikey: Or straight into Slughorn’s house with all the blood and everything on the wall, you know, and then you see Dumbledore and them come running in going, “What’s going on?” You know, just – it’s like one of those things where it’s like, the Harry Potter movies, none of them have really had a real slow start. You know? They’ve all kind of – except for the first one, and even then it wasn’t slow because it was kind of slow, and then you saw the magic happen and stuff like that. You know what I mean?

Eric: Well, you see the magic happen, yeah. You see McGonagall turn from cat into woman and, you know, Richard Harris was like, [impersonates] “I should have known that you would be here, Professor McGonagall.”

Mikey: You know, and then also you see a flying motorcycle. So right away stuff happens kind of big, and I can see them just walking up the street towards the house, or running in the house, and then Harry and Dumbledore going, “Ha-ha! I’m here to help you!” And not obviously that comical, but…

Eric: And to make it perfectly clear, they did film that scene where they’re walking up the lane. If you recall.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: There used to be a lot of news stories about Slughorn and the actor who plays Slughorn and them filming those scenes, so there is a lot of – and they chose a little town square, a small town square to do that in. So, it seems like there will be outside scenes and it won’t just be inside Slughorn’s house and then somewhere else kind of random. So, I think you’re probably right, Mikey, that might be where they swoop in for the opening credits.

Mikey: And you know what? It’s going to fit with the rest with how the other movies have started. You know, all of them have started at night. Not all of them, but…

Eric: No, no, not all of them. The second one hasn’t.

Mikey: Well, most of them have. And they fly through the clouds, and you get the title, and you get the Warner Brothers thing, and, you know, right now I’m thinking right away for this fourth movie where it’s like the music [imitates music] and then you push through the Warner Brothers thing and then you go up the little thing, and it’s all night. And again, that’s a night scene, outdoors. They’re going to fit the color scheme they’ve working with. The nice, metal Warner Brothers logo. So they definitely can do it, and the camera just drops down, see them walking up, and then Harry and Dumbledore can have that little event.

Micah: Doesn’t he have the Dark Mark above his house, also?

Mikey: No, he didn’t. That’s why Dumbledore knew he was in no real danger, because there was no Dark Mark. Because Slughorn set up his entire house that way, really quick, you know, with all the stuff there.

Eric: Wait, are you sure there was no Dark Mark?

Mikey: There was no Dark Mark, and then Dumbledore specifically says to him, “The only thing you were missing was the Dark Mark.” He was like, “Yeah, sadly, I’ve never learned that.” So he couldn’t pull it off that something had happened to him, because he never learned the Dark Mark, because he’s not a Death Eater. Guys, you should know this! That’s an easy one. Yeah, we knew it, Morsmordre. You know we know it.

Eric: We know what the incantation is: Morsmordre.

Laura: All right, well, Mikey, do you want to read the next one?


Muggle Mail: Last Week’s Chapter-by-Chapter


Mikey: From Antoine, age 18, from Los Angeles, California. California, here we go. So his message is:

“Hello, Mugglecasters. Just started listening to your podcast very recently, even though my friends told me to listen to you guys ages ago. I have some comments to make about last week’s Chapter-by-Chapter. First, regarding Ron’s spell work. Like someone said – sorry, I can’t tell your voices apart…” and so on. Actually, I should read that whole thing, huh? I shouldn’t just paraphrase, huh? Let me go back for a minute. “First regarding Ron’s spell work. Like someone said – sorry, I can’t tell your voices apart from the others except Jamie and Laura – Ron was under pressure and had no idea what spell to use. Plus, when had Ron ever been known to solve a problem like getting rid of a raining cloud? He’s pretty incompetent when it comes to spell work. Second, I liked the name Undesirable Number One. It’s very wizard-like, and Ministry-like. They have funny names like that, and like Arthur’s enormously large department name title, which I believe is called Head of the Office for the Detection and Confiscation of Counterfeit Defensive Spells and Protective Objects. Trying to say that five times fast. Third, regarding the voices of the actors in the film during the Polyjuice scene, it annoyed me a bit, as well, that Harry and Ron’s voices were dubbed over Crabbe and Goyle’s, but looking at it from the viewer’s point of view, and to introduce Polyjuice Potion, they had to have their voices that way to establish that, within the facade of Crabbe and Goyle, were Harry and Ron. In “Deathly Hallows,” though, the voices will probably be kept to the original actors, like with Moody’s, and the only changes will be when they become their respective Ministry workers, and when they begin to change back into themselves. For seven Potters, it can go either way.” Ron’s spell work? What do you guys think?

Laura: I mean, I honestly agree. He was probably under pressure. I mean, I don’t know. I think – and I mean, I think a lot of people get this impression from me, that I hate Ron or something, because I’ve mentioned…

Eric: You do, don’t you?

Laura: No, I don’t. I…

Mikey: You don’t like him because he’s got red hair. Come on, we all know this, Laura.

Laura: No, red heads are very attractive.

[Mikey laughs]

Laura: But the thing – my thing with Ron is mostly, sometimes, he’s just very daft, and I get annoyed with that, but I really do love Ron as a character. He’s actually my favorite of the trio. So I think a lot of the time people sit around and say, “Oh, Ron’s dumb. Ron would be nothing without the other two.” And I don’t think that’s true. I think he’s just a different person. And he operates in different ways. So, he…

Micah: What exactly was his relation too, though? I mean, I know you were talking, obviously, about him in the chapter, but is it just that he doesn’t seem smart enough to be able to try and get rid of something like that on his own? Or…

Laura: I think – I think there was a debate going on. I don’t remember specifically about whether Ron was under pressure, or he just didn’t know. If he was just dumb, or whatever.

Mikey: Yeah, I’m the one that said like, “”Come on, Ron was the one…” I kind of stood up for Ron, saying that he was under pressure. You know, if you were under that much pressure – Ron doesn’t do well under pressure. We’ve kind of seen that historically through the books and the movies. And that’s where we kind of stepped up, and I kind of stepped up for him. But the last part of the comment from…

Eric: Antoine.

Mikey: …Antoine is that he’s pretty incompetent when it comes to spell work. And I don’t think Ron’s incompetent. I just think he’s not, you know – Hermione is the bright one.

Eric: His wits get in the way.

Mikey: Yeah, he thinks too much for a lot of things, and Hermione – it doesn’t look like he does, but he does on a lot of things. He’s a powerful wizard, and we see that by the end of the book. I mean, come on, he was able to come back and destroy the first Horcrux that they destroy together, you know what I mean?

Eric: Yeah, and he was able to open the Chamber of Secrets, which is…

Mikey: Which is pretty awesome.

[Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: But it’s one of those things where, yes, he was under pressure, and I don’t think he’s incompetent. I think it’s – you know, we’ve constantly seen him compared to the brightest wizard of their age, which is Hermione, and, come on, Harry Potter is Harry Potter. The book’s titled after him. Harry’s got to be cool. You know what I mean? So…

Laura: Right.

Mikey: So yeah, other than you just not liking red heads, Laura, I agree, you know?

Laura: Mikey…

Mikey: Sorry.

Laura: I dyed my hair red three months ago.

Eric: Okay, okay, okay.

Mikey: Oh yeah, I forgot, okay. Moving on.

Laura: I love red heads!

Eric: Oh, I forgot about that. I love that too. That was really nice.


Muggle Mail: Umbridge and the Locket


Eric: Okay, fourth Muggle Mail from Rachael Walsh, age 32, from San Antonio, Texas. She says: “I don’t think the locket bothers Umbridge, because it knows that she reveres the locket. It knows she’s not trying to destroy it. She thinks that the locket is very similar to the one ring, and how it affects the wearer when it knows it’s in danger.” That’s a good comparison between the one ring and the Horcrux.

Laura: Right, and we actually have that as one of our discussion points for Chapter-by-Chapter, which we’re going to be getting to, but first we have the second and final part of our interview with Freddie Highmore, so, Andrew, why don’t you take it away?


Second and Final Part of Interview with Freddie Highmore


Andrew: Now how about those magical creatures? That must have been another challenge. Was it hard acting with these – what were they? You said ping pong balls. And I think I looked in a picture book in the bookstore the other day, and they were – they were just props. Is it hard acting with those?

Freddie: I guess it’s a bit harder than just having an actor there, but they did quite a lot to make it easier, and they had the actors pre-record some of the voiceovers for the animated characters, and they were played over a loud speaker, so we had something to – to react to.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Freddie: And also, we were shown pictures and various animations and they had big cardboard cutouts of the – of the creatures, so we knew what we were looking at. It wans’t just, like, going at it blind.

Andrew: Right, right. Now, what was your favorite scene to film?

Freddie: Favorite scene to film. I think it was kind of fun doing the scene on the gryffin. There’s a gryffin ride towards the middle of the film.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: And it was kind of fun. We did it all on – all on blue screen and, basically, it was like a – almost like a bucking bronco kind of thing that you sit on, and it moves around. They have big wind machines in your face and Mark Waters, the director, was always trying to call out, and we couldn’t really hear him, but it was – it was a great scene to film.

Andrew: Cool. I know a lot of fans are going to be coming to this movie already having read the book. My brother actually just started reading Spiderwick a few weeks ago and he loves the books, and he loved you in Willy Wonka. Are these book readers going to – those who have read Spiderwick, do you think they’re going to really love the movie?

Freddie: Yeah, I think so. I think it’s – it hasn’t changed things too much, which, I think, you know, sometimes films can do with a book. And it’s kept with all the – all the magical creatures that are already written in there and, I mean, I know there are other things that you can get with the books before, like field guides…

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: …and stuff, and that all matches in with the film quite well.

Andrew: Okay, great. Great. Now, moving on to your career.

[Freddie laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] Have you always wanted to be an actor?

Freddie: It’s always been something I found – like it would be fun to do, you know, and have a go at. And when I was younger, I was just got lucky, really, as I say to everyone, I’m just a pretty lucky guy.

Andrew: Uh huh.

Freddie: And I started by doing some smaller parts and they got bigger and bigger and that’s how it really was. There was never one moment when I said “Oh, I’d really – I’m just going to go for being – being an actor now and that’s what I want to be for the rest of my life.”

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Freddie: Because – I don’t know. I guess I can still change my mind, you know, and wake up and say, “Oh, I’d love to try something else.” So…

Andrew: Right.

Freddie: Just keep my options open, but, as I said, at the moment, it’s – it’s just a great thing to do.

Andrew: Great. And do you want to continue it as you get older?

Freddie: Yeah, definitely, at the moment. But keep going at school at the same time, so…

Andrew: Right.

Freddie: You can change your mind…

Andrew: Well…

Freddie: …if there’s an issue or something terrible.

Andrew: Yeah. While you’re filming, are you being tutored or do you just take breaks from school?

Freddie: No, we have a tutor that always comes out with us.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: I mean, that’s kind of the law. You have to keep going with school, I’m afraid.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Freddie: And so, we normally do – it’s three hours a day you have to do.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: I mean, it works quite well. The school can e-mail out the work and we – you know, I do it with my tutor and go through it and we e-mail it back and they mark it, you know, within 24 hours or so, so…

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: …with the time difference, it’s almost like I’m still at school.

Andrew: Yeah. Now, do you want to continue on taking films such as Willy Wonka and Spiderwick, which are sort of fantasy, or do you prefer roles like August Rush?

Freddie: I think it’s nice to do different things every time.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: And, you know, not just do – I mean, like, I think I’ve managed to do that. I’ve done one with twins.

Andrew: Mhm.

Freddie: And then there was Charlie and August Rush, where I played the guitar and was like, you know, a musical person.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: And I think it’s kind of interesting not to have to play the same character every time and be able to create a new one and work with them in every way so it’s new every time. You’re not playing the same person and the same old emotions.

Andrew: Right, right. And do you have any other movies lined up in the future?

Freddie: No, not at the moment.

Andrew: Okay. Are you going to take a break?

Freddie: I’ve got GCSC’s, which…

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Freddie: …are big exams here that we’ve got to do.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Freddie: So, I’m working towards them. I just did my mock exams last week. So that’s practice for it and they went quite well, actually. Hopefully, in June, the real ones will be a success, but…

Andrew: Oh, great.

Freddie: …I don’t know, I’m just preparing for them.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: But maybe in the summer or something, if anything came up.

Andrew: Okay, cool. So what we’re going to do now is Freddie is going to ask you guys a question related to Spiderwick, and if you don’t know the answer you can always check SpiderwickChronicles.comfor the answer. Freddie’s going to ask you a question and then the first 15 people to sent their contact information and the correct answer to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX. So, Freddie, what is the question this week?

Freddie: The second question is: What are the two distinct varieties of trolls?

Andrew: All right, so once again, send your correct answer and contact information to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com. That’s K-A-I-T-L-I-N at staff dot mugglenet dot com. And the first 15 people to send in their correct answers will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX.

Freddie: Thank you !

Andrew: Thank you very much, Freddie, for joining us.

Freddie: Yeah, it was great to talk to you.

Andrew: It was great talking to you, too, and we’re definitely looking forward to seeing Spiderwick when it comes out on February 15th. Thanks very much!

Freddie: Perfect, yeah. I think you’ll have great fun.

Andrew: Yes. We will. Bye!

Freddie: See you!


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 14 – The Thief


Laura: All right, well, thank you, Andrew. That was a really, really good interview. Very interesting. It’s always good to hear from Freddie Highmore. He’s a good kid. So we’re moving on to Chapter-by-Chapter now for Chapter 14: The Thief. Just for a brief summary of this chapter: It’s right after Harry, Ron and Hermione infiltrate the Ministry and they’ve Apparated. They tried to go back to Grimmauld Place but Yaxley, I believe…

Mikey: Yep, Yaxley.

Laura: …was it? That like grabbed Hermione’s sleeve? So they’ve had to abandon Grimmauld Place. They can’t go back. So now they’re in the forest where the Quidditch World Cup takes place, and Harry actually sees into Voldemort’s mind when he’s using Occlumency against Gregorovitch to find out who took the Elder Wand.


Secrets Under the Fidelius Charm


Laura: So just looking at some of the points here, what I found interesting, towards the beginning of the chapter, Hermione talks about how you can actually give away the secret under the Fidelius Charm without meaning to, because she said, “I gave away the secret, didn’t I?” Because he was holding onto her. So, theoretically, let’s say if somebody followed someone else under an Invisibility Cloak into a place that was protected…

Eric: Mmmm. No, no, no, no. No, that won’t actually work.

Mikey: No, no, no, no. I caught it right away, too, Eric.

Eric: Yeah. I think that was a very – unfortunately for Hermione and everyone else, it was a very specific way of telling the secret to Yaxley. The fact that they Apparated into the place – if – the way magic works in Side-Along Apparition, I assume it would be as if Hermione were taking Yaxley there to invite him in for a cup of tea. To, you know, to take him and show him, so – because they Apparated into, or onto the front doorstep, you know – they Apparated to a part that was underneath the Fidelius Charm. That was Hermione basically telling Yaxley the secret by taking him there. Even though she didn’t want to take him there, she did, and that was what she meant.

Laura: So this was – you’re basically saying this was a cause of almost a flaw with Apparition, because you can actually potentially take somebody somewhere with you even if you don’t want to if they touch you. Right.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: If they were to grab hold, yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: Yeah, same thing. And a big thing is the wording for it, I believe – because I read it last week and I haven’t reread it again – but it was like, “I took him within the Fidelius Charm’s…”

Eric: Bubble.

Mikey: “…power”.

Laura: Yeah, that’s right.

Mikey: Yeah, within it. You know what I mean? And it was because it was within it that she kind of brought him in, and since Dumbledore died, everyone that knew was now Secret-Keepers. And I’m sure Voldemort probably asked Snape, “Well where was the Order of the Phoenix?” They probably all left and I wouldn’t be surprised if, you know, Snape had said, “They’re all gone. They’re not that stupid, so it doesn’t matter.” But if Yaxley was like, “That’s where Harry Potter is,” I’m sure they’ll – you know, Yaxley is not a Secret-Keeper because he wasn’t told, but Snape was, so Snape could actually go ahead and say, “Hey, this is where it is,” and get all the Death Eaters in, so, you know?


Abandoning Kreacher


Eric: Well, they wrote in the book as well. She wrote then that at that very moment Yaxley could be Apparating people into Grimmauld Place now that he knew where it was, now that he was able to see it and the charm – he was basically told, either the charm itself broke, or Yaxley knows where Grimmauld Place is. When I was reading that the first time, it was very emotional for me because I was getting very attached to Kreacher, and just the idea that they paint Harry as thinking about Kreacher, who was making steak and kidney pie for them, you know, well, what would happen to Kreacher? Should we call him or not? And they decide that they shouldn’t actually call him just in case Yaxley can trace where Kreacher is going. So they had to abandon Kreacher in this scene and I thought that was particularly emotional.

Laura: Right.

Micah: It was, but the thing that I didn’t understand about that, you know, you could argue either way on their decision. But I don’t know that Kreacher wouldn’t have been able to come without any sort of problem because he’s under the control of Harry. It’s not like he would just allow Yaxley to do anything to him.

Eric: Or to grab hold, or he would be smart enough, I think. See, the other thing I think about Hermione – she panicked, you know? It all happened so fast. Yaxley grabbed hold of her while they were Apparating, you know, and it all happened so fast. I think if they did – if they did want to call Kreacher, he would’ve been able to – or, you know, you could say, “Kreacher, come here when you’re safe,” you know, sort of thing and Kreacher would hear that and then wait to Apparate. That sort of thing I think could happen. But then again, we’ve seen even Mundungus Fletcher – we’ve seen him sort of dodge Kreacher when Kreacher was searching for him. So there may have been a risk involved in either tracing Kreacher, and I think they were right because they don’t – the thing about the trio is that they don’t actually really know what’s going on. They don’t know – it’s not even revealed to them yet that there is a taboo, as they call it, on the word “Voldemort.” They don’t know how the Death Eaters found them last time. They really don’t want to take any chances.


The Trio Not Thinking Ahead


Micah: Right, and I think a lot of it goes back to…

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: …this idea of just being rushed and being completely moronic in some ways in how they go about it. I mean, going into the Ministry of Magic, and I didn’t get to weigh in on this last week, but going in there dressed up as three officials and just kind of thinking that there would be no consequences whatsoever, that they wouldn’t get caught in any way, shape, or form – it was just unreal. And you think about Harry feeling the need to go down to the trial that was taking place because – and I can’t remember who brought this up – but he has a thing for saving people. And it’s just – it gets in the way sometimes. And I know that they had to go down there to try and…

Eric: Get Umbridge’s necklace.

Micah: …get the locket.

Mikey: Well, he had to get Hermione out. No, I agree with you, Micah, and even it’s brought up in the book. Harry is in Umbridge’s office by himself and he’s like, “I can’t believe…” – I don’t remember the exact wording, because, again, it was last week but it was along the lines of he can’t believe that they spent all that time planning how to get in but they didn’t have a single plan what to do once they’re in if they got separated.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: They didn’t think about that at all. And that’s one of those things. It’s like, “Okay, we’re three random people.”

Micah: Exactly.

Mikey: What are the chances if some Death Eater, Rancorn – Ranhorn, or whatever Harry was – Sorry, I don’t know it off the top of my head.

Eric: Rancorn.

Mikey: Rancorn, yeah. Rancorn and the guy that Ron was, he’s from Magical Maintenance, and these people probably don’t hang out.

[Micah laughs]

Mikey: They’re not arriving at the same time. So there’s not a really good chance that they hang out together. How would these three people walk around together inside the Ministry of Magic? And Hermione’s smart; she should’ve realized this. But they didn’t think about it, and so they definitely get in over their head with that.

Laura: And not to mention, Harry actually tells them that the reason that they knew there were intruders was because he took Mad Eye’s eye off her office door. And it’s like, you know, I understand that it’s infuriating to see that they’ve taken this. But the thing is, Mad Eye’s dead now, you know? And it’s just – I understand that there’s a certain amount of closure they would gain from that, but it was really a stupid move.

Micah: It really was.

Eric: What just shocks me is that if they had planned it for months, which they had, Hermione makes a duplicate locket, which is something that I was particularly proud of her for doing. Last week, I mentioned, “Wow, that’s so cool. Hermione made a duplicate,” so I think if they would’ve talked a little bit or if Hermione would’ve spoken the plan, she would’ve told Harry how to make a duplicate. And if he wanted to take Mad-Eye’s eye, he could of at least put something back in its place instead of being that obvious by just taking the eye. It just seems like a not very well coordinated plan, which is just – we’re not bashing the trio, necessarily. I mean I particularly enjoy how the mystery unfolds as to whose identities they did take, but it’s still a bit of a leap and it’s a bit of a just sort of – they fall into the Ministry and don’t expect to get caught. It’s no wonder they’re in over their heads. They’re just kind of still blundering.

Micah: It’s almost like it’s one of those scenes where you see Mad-Eye banging his head against the desk if he was still…

Laura: Yeah.

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Micah: …alive, because he would just be so infuriated that Harry would do something like that.

Eric: Well, same thing happens in Gringotts, doesn’t it? Don’t you remember? They just sort of blunder in, you know, with no real plan.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: You know what, though? It’s who these three characters are. It kind of shows you that they’re still kids, you know what I mean? They’re kind of bumbling through this, trying to defeat the darkest wizard ever, and they really don’t have that good of a plan. I remember reading the book, my first time reading through, when Lupin shows up at Grimmauld Place, I was excited going, “Yes, now they can finally do what they need to do because they have someone helping them.” And come on, Lupin. He even says, “I was your teacher,” and then Harry goes off on him. And I’m like okay, I understand why Harry did this, but it’s one of those things where it’s like, now they’re still on their own, though. And they got in there. And what was Hermione doing? Polyjuice Potion only lasts for so long. She’s going to be sitting there taking notes and turn back into Hermione Granger. You know what I mean? And Ron is drenched. Harry’s running around – it’s ridiculous. But they’re still kids, you know?

Micah: And not only…

Mikey: They’re not even adults. Well, they’re seventeen now. So…

Micah: Yeah. Not only did they not consider who they were, they didn’t consider what their jobs entailed. You know, what you just said – that she was going to be sitting there taking notes. It was just very rushed but let’s, I guess, get back to – Eric, you brought up earlier the whole taboo. Did you want to go into that a little bit more?


The Taboo That is Voldemort’s Name


Eric: Yeah. It’s interesting because in this chapter, they pitch the tent, obviously, which is the same tent as they had in Book 4, when they were at the same place they are now basically, in the same woods. They pitch the tent and they’re beginning to discuss what has just happened to them, and Harry is about to say Voldemort’s name when Ron stops him and says, “Don’t say the name!” Of course Ron then says, “Show Voldemort a little respect.” [laughs] But basically speaking, Ron has sensed, sort of precognitively in a way, that they shouldn’t be saying “Voldemort.” I mean, and he makes a great point and he says, “Look at where that got Dumbledore.” He just says, “If it really doesn’t matter that much to you, just please don’t say the name.” And, so he stops Harry from saying “Voldemort,” and I think it’s two or three times it happens where Ron quickly tells them not to say the name “Voldemort.” So Ron, in a way, even without knowing it, saves them, and I thought it was interesting, kind of cool, how Ron is piecing things together and preventing his friends from doing that.

Mikey: It’s also Ron who – because he leaves and storms out, he’s also the one that comes back and let’s them know about what’s going on when you say Voldemort’s name and that’s how they track you.

Eric: Ah.

Mikey: So, it’s him that lets them know that, and it’s kind of nice that it’s Ron throughout the entire time who says, “Don’t say it,” and we automatically assume it’s because Ron just hasn’t got enough courage to actually speak this guy’s name.

Eric: Yeah, right. We assume it’s a lack of courage thing.

Mikey: Yeah, and it’s because Hermione and Harry have, but Ron hasn’t. But then when we find out, it’s like Ron – it feels like a jinx to him. It’s one of those things where it just didn’t feel right to say, and the minute – as soon as he said it that’s when…

Eric: Now it is a jinx.

Micah: Well, he does say it in Grimmauld Place.

Eric: He does.

Micah: He says it I think it was two chapters ago or three chapters ago – but he doesn’t say it after that and you have to wonder – I know you said “precognitively,” but, you know, it’s almost like maybe he knows something or thinks he’s onto something and just what he learns while he’s away kind of confirms that. But…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Well…

Eric: Another thing as far as the courage flaw, is that – he was raised in a wizarding family (unlike Hermione and Harry), so he’s been raised to fear the name. He has been. None of his family would say the name either, so…

Laura: Yeah, and in relation to that, I was kind of going to say, you know – Eric, you just brought this up. Ron, out of the three of them, has had the most exposure to the wizarding world throughout his entire life. And I think this could really say something about how intuitive he might be. How he might have that over the other two, just knowing how things work and just having grown up there. Maybe he might not be able to explain why something is, but he knows somewhere deep down that they shouldn’t be saying it. And I just think it’s really great, I think it lends a great amount of credibility to Ron’s character, because people are so ready to bash him any chance they get.

Eric: Because he has red hair.

Mikey: It’s because he has read hair!

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: So…

Mikey: I think that’s the title of this episode.

Eric: No – hairist or something. Instead of racist. You’re racist if you…

Laura: Haircist.

Eric: If you’re prejudice against someone’s hair, what does that make you? A hair-racist?

Laura: Well, hair is not a race.

Eric: Well, what would you say?

Laura: I would say you’re prejudice against people with certain hair colors.

Eric: We need to come up with a word. J.K. Rowling would be able to do this.

Laura: Hairajudiced?

Eric: Hairacide?

Laura: Anyway.

Mikey: Whatever. Anyway, continue on.


Harry versus Frodo


Laura: Anyway, now that we’re done kind of discussing this whole taboo thing, I want to go back to a point that was actually brought up during our Muggle Mail. And it’s the idea of Harry wearing the locket around his neck so that it falls over his chest and that connection to Frodo wearing the one ring over his chest, and the very similar effects it has on both of them. I personally have not read Lord of the Rings in a very long time. I’ve only read it once. Mikey, I think you’re a pretty big fan, aren’t you?

Mikey: Yeah. Matt’s really the one who should really be here. I’ve only read the books, the Lord of the Rings trilogy plus The Hobbit. I haven’t really gone any further because I know there’s a lot of other books out there, like fandom type stuff.

Laura: Right. Yeah, same.

Mikey: But I’ve only read those four books about maybe two or three times, which is a lot for some books but they were really good stories. But no, I agree with you totally. There’s a huge parallel. Same thing with, you know, when Frodo first puts – wears the ring, not necessarily wearing it around his neck. He feels, you know – I think even the movies show this. It’s a totally bizarre and kind of a cold experience to him. Same thing with Harry, you know, it’s not warming up from his body heat. It stays cold. It’s this object that’s just kind of almost like pure evil, and the ring is not – the One Ring in Lord of the Rings is not considered pure evil; it’s one ring to control them all. But it’s like, you know, it’s one of those things where – I’m trying to stay away from a Star Wars parallel here, but it’s one of those things where it’s just so, like – it could be abused. Same thing with, you know, splitting your soul. That’s an abusive thing to yourself. It’s just really bad and that’s why it stays cold and…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: And again, you see it in Ron really how it makes him just feel bad. You see it in Gollum, too, where it’s like he’s obsessed with it and it’s like it totally warps him. Same thing with Ron, it totally makes him not the same character. So, there’s definitely a parallel there.

Micah: Isn’t this where he starts to think about things happening to Kreacher…

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …at the hands of Yaxley? So, I mean, we start to see it begin to take effect on him in very small ways and, you know, we start to get that idea that maybe there’s more to this Horcrux (or Horcruxes in general) that we end up learning about later on in the book, that they can sort of have this negative effect on you.


The Locket’s Effect


Laura: Yeah. What about this idea of the Horcrux having that kind of effect because it knows it’s in danger? Like the one Muggle Mailer brought up.

Eric: Well, I could swear I’ve seen it before or something, but just the idea that the Horcrux itself – that the locket has a little beating heart in it – like, if you were to open that locket and it would just be this little beating heart inside detached from everything – I could swear that that was so familiar to me when I read that. That just the idea of a little beating heart – and I don’t know what that’s from, it could be from another series, maybe something else I read, but it…

Laura: Pirates of the Caribbean?

Eric: Maybe.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Davey Jones?

Eric: Maybe.

Mikey: Davey Jones’ heart. “He who holds his heart controls Davey Jones.”

Eric: But no, it just seemed so familiar that it would be a little beating heart in this evil – just this thing. It was such a good – just the idea, the imagery that there would be a little beating heart inside this little locket is just really kind of creepy, and eerie, and it’s really good stuff.

Laura: Yeah. I really liked the way she described the heartbeat, too. Because, generally, when you think of something human or something good, it’s described just as a heartbeat, you know? But she actually called it a ticking.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Which I found interesting. Almost like – I mean, I was thinking something almost along the lines of a ticking time bomb.

Eric: Exactly.

Laura: Essentially, so…

Eric: Well, she says – she says, “Is it ticking down to how many days I have left?”

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: She…

Laura: It’s very interesting.

Mikey: That whole thing reminds me of the R.L. Stine Goosebumps – that whole, like, imagery you get.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: It’s something you’d read back in first or second grade about the R.L. Stine Goosebumps.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: It was a ticking heart inside this locket and it was just eerie.

Eric: Yeah. Totally. And she uses, sort of, descriptors like irregular. Like it was an irregular ticking, or it wasn’t on time with his heartbeat. You know, you sort of think of something – if it’s sapping him it would sort of join his heart, become warmer, but it stayed cold and it stayed, you know, sort of an offbeat of Harry’s heart. It’s just this separate thing – this separate entity that’s just there and it’s sort of – it’s damning, and it’s an evil, evil thing.

Micah: What I thought was kind of cool was during this whole scene with the Horcrux, J.K. Rowling, a couple of times, uses the word “mastering,” and that Harry tries to master himself, his fear, his exhaustion, and I just thought, you know, kind of going back to the whole idea of him being the Master of Death in the end of the book, that she was dropping these subtle clues very early on.

Eric: Okay, so, there are some things we didn’t mention.

Laura: Well, do you want to bring those up, Eric?

MuggleCast 131 Transcript (continued)


Ron Got Splinched


Eric: Yeah, just a few things we didn’t mention. Ron got splinched.

Micah: Yeah.

Laura: Right.

Eric: Do you guys want to talk about that at all? How interesting that was to see Ron splinched?

Mikey: That was actually really kind of a funny thing to do, because Ron got splinched and, you know, he was the one who was so worried about being splinched and, again, it kind of goes back from he knows what it is. You know what I mean?

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Whereas the other two didn’t grow up with the horror stories of getting splinched. Plus, they also didn’t have two older brothers kind of harassing them. But he’s the one that got splinched, and it’s not his fault. It’s Hermione’s fault that he got splinched.

Eric: Yeah, because she couldn’t really concentrate.

Mikey: Because he didn’t do the Side-Along Apparation with her.

Eric: Yeah. It’s just – it’s one of those things, too. I mean, it’s written Harry always thought it was a comical thing, but seeing it on Ron, it’s obviously horrific, you know? And…

Mikey: The amount of blood and everything.

Eric: Oh, yeah. Just a piece of his arm is gone! So…

Micah: It said she was shaking. Ummm, so…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Well, yeah, I mean how would you feel if there was some person who you were highly attracted to and, because of you, a huge chunk of their shoulder is cut off?

Eric: He might never forgive you. [laughs]

Laura: Exactly! I think if that happened to me…

Mikey: Well, at least it was a part of his shoulder, not something else.

Laura: Oh my gosh Mikey! [laughs] Getting racy on the show, geez!

Mikey: I was thinking about something like his head, what are you talking about? Can you imagine, like, part of him is missing – or his brain is like, missing? Come on, that would’ve been ridiculous!

Laura: Yeah. That would suck. I think if that would’ve happened to me I would go bury my head somewhere and just – I would never come out.

Mikey: I couldn’t resist, come on.

Micah: Laura wouldn’t care if he had red hair, so…

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: No, Laura would make sure that she splinched his hair off, so he grew something else back.

Laura: I like redheads! I think red hair is pretty. Leave me alone. God!

Mikey: Uh-uh, all right, Laura. Pretty. Sure, whatever you say!


Harry’s Vision


Eric: Okay, let’s talk about this Grindelwald thing, or this Gregorovich thing, this vision Harry sees. The – this is obviously – Voldemort wants something from Gregorovich…

Mikey: This is huge, this is huge.

Eric: And obviously, he doesn’t get it, but he performs Occlumency on Gregorovich to figure out what’s going on. Now, we don’t know at this point that it’s the Elder Wand. And we’re made to wonder what it could be. But this man here, the man who stole the Elder Wand from Gregorovich, who Voldemort sees when he uses Occlumency, is described as being a bird, like bird-like, a very bird-like, golden, you know, described as being perched on the window sill. That sort of thing. Now, Voldemort is the only one who can fly. But this bird-like appearance, it really threw me off when I was reading about it.

Laura: To me, when I was reading it, I just thought of him being beautiful, really.

Eric: Ah.

Laura: It wasn’t like she was describing him as being handsome. It was that he was very elegant-looking.

Eric: Yeah, kind of like a…

Laura: I don’t know. I thought of this one, and I don’t want to take it too far off-topic. I don’t know if any of you ever read Dr. Jekyll and Mr Hyde. But there is actually one point in the book where – and I forget his name – Carew, I believe, who’s a member of Parliament, is out walking and he’s described as being a very beautiful man. He’s not – all of the words associated with him are not masculine at all. There is actually one part where he encounters Hyde and Hyde kills him. But before that, he’s propositioning him to do something, and it’s debated that it was related to homosexuality. And I just find that whole thing very interesting because, clearly, Dumbledore loved Grindelwald, and just this whole idea of him being described as beautiful…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: …when there’s that sort of relationship going on just kind of interested me.

Eric: Yeah, I think there is a very majestic quality about being described as bird-like even if, you know, just being perched. As if you can have that sort of balance to be perched somewhere, you know? Yeah, you’re right, it does command a sort of elegance, an elegant quality, to Grindelwald. But we don’t know who he is and we don’t know what Voldemort’s doing with him. So it’s a very interesting scene, I think.

Laura: Right.

Eric: Another one of those interesting visions that Harry is having.

Mikey: Well, Harry also remarked that Grindelwald had a – again, he didn’t know it was Grindelwald at the time – had a very Fred-and-George-like quality to him, kind of a mischievous thing.

Eric: Mmmm.

Mikey: I would assume. And…

Eric: Well…

Laura: Mhm.


The Elder Wand


Eric: Well, my question – what would stealing the Elder Wand do? Beause wouldn’t the Elder Wand not – we’ve realized this later – the Elder Wand is kind of stubborn. It will not transfer ownership to a person just if you steal the Wand, is that correct? Because you have to sort of…

Laura: Right, but you can still physically steal it. It’s just not yours. You know what I’m saying?

Eric: Right, but that’s the whole thing. Even if Grindelwald just steals it, he would’ve had to duel Gregorovich for it to actually change ownership or something.

Laura: Yeah, but did he know that?

Eric: Well, I’m not sure. It just seems like stealing the Wand is the thing to do, but then you won’t be the one or whatever was emphasized later.

Mikey: But, you know what though? I think it goes back to kind the story – this where it is – this is how Dumbledore was able to beat Grindelwald, that the Elder Wand was not Grindelwald’s.

Laura: Right.

Mikey: But because the Elder Wand saw Dumbledore defeat the person who had it in possession, the Elder Wand passed to Dumbledore. And Dumbledore was its real owner.

Laura: That’s what I think it is too.

Mikey: And that’s how I see it happening. So, I don’t think Grindelwald was ever the owner of the Elder Wand. I think he just had it in possession, and then the Elder Wand skipped over Grindelwald and went to Dumbledore. Even though it’s the same thing. Again, we see Harry defeated Malfoy. Malfoy didn’t actually have the wand, but it followed it that way, you know what I mean?

Eric: Mhm.

Mikey: Because it was Malfoy that defeated – because it actually – you know, it was in the essence of actually following the owner, who defeated who, you know. Dumbledore was disarmed by Malfoy; Harry disarmed Malfoy. Whereas even though, you know, Voldemort killed – or just pulled up the wand – he’s like Grindelwald; he had it in possession, he never owned it. You know what I mean? And then he killed – he killed Snape, but Snape was never the owner, you know what I mean?

Laura: Right, exactly.

Mikey: Snape didn’t have anything, so it’s one of those things where maybe Dumbledore said to Gregoravitch, “I have the Elder Wand and I’m going to keep it safe. Let me disarm you and I win,” or something. It could have been something so simple like that. But it skipped over Grindelwald and that’s how Dumbledore got it.

Laura: Yeah. I agree with your theory about just the wand recognizing that it was just in his possession, it wasn’t necessarily – I don’t know. The way I view it is…

Mikey: That’s what I always thought…

Laura: …more like…

Mikey: …it was one of those things where like…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: …the wand – again, it’s like again, going back to the first book, it’s the wand that chooses the…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …wizard. And I think the Elder Wand recognized that Dumbledore – and again, the wand was not made for someone to be powerful and cool. It’s not like the one ring, you know? It’s a great thing, but it was made for someone to use it wisely. And I think Dumbledore used – you know, the wand knew that Dumbledore was a great wizard. He defeated the owner who had it, he received the wand, and I think the wand picked Dumbledore to use it and…

Laura: Right.

Mikey: …vice versa, the same thing, you know, even though Dumbledore was defeated by Malfoy, it also picked Harry to use it. And Harry decided not to use it, but to repair…

Eric: Just a quick question.

Mikey: …his old wand.

Eric: So here’s a questions. If Dumbledore had the Elder Wand, which we know he did, did he have that at the end of Book 5? Did Dumbledore have the Elder Wand when he was battling Voldemort? Because it always seemed…

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: It would seem like that took things away a little bit with how powerful Dumbledore was in comparison with Voldemort, because…

Micah: He had it until Draco took it away from him…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …on the top of the tower.

Laura: He’d had it for quite some time.

Eric: So he had had it the whole time. So he was actually – so Voldemort was defeated by the Elder Wand. You know, in a way…

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: …which is kind of cool, when Dumbledore and Voldemort were dueling at the end of Book 5. That’s kind of cool. And…

Mikey: Yeah, and you got to remember, though, Dumbledore is like 150 years old…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …and he’s getting on in age, and he’s still dueling like he was against the most powerful dark wizard around…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …when he – and on top of that, Dumbledore knew he had no way of being able to beat Voldemort. Something’s going to happen where he wouldn’t be able to.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Because he knew it, because it was Harry’s destiny.

Eric: It’s true.

Mikey: Him – and on top of that, Voldemort had gone to all these processes that Dumbledore already knew that…

Eric: That Dumbledore wouldn’t use.

Mikey: …you know, he had Horcruxes.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, so he knew there was no way he would be able to defeat Voldemort at the time. And he was just protecting Harry and everybody else.

Eric: Oh that’s a really good point, Mikey. That’s a really good point.

Mikey: So I don’t want to say that, you know – I think the only Elder Wand – I think personally – I think if Dumbledore knew there were no Horcruxes, there was none of that, I think he would have tried to finish off Voldemort. But he knew it had to be Harry, and he had to destroy all the Horcruxes.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: That’s why he went out and he hurt his hand. He was trying to destroy the Horcruxes so Harry can do it. And he knew somewhere along the line, he would end up losing it. And actually, we find out that he had planned it, that he was going to give the Elder Wand to Snape. He was going to lose the Elder Wand so that way no one else could use it and be, you know, bad with it.

Eric: That’s really cool.

Mikey: You know what I mean?

Laura: Right.

Mikey: So, you know, Dumbledore, in all his infinite – you know, mass amounts of knowledge – he knew what was going to happen. Not, maybe, exactly how it was going to happen, but, you know, in the end, he knew Harry – you know, he knew Harry had the Cloak from the Deathly Hallows. He knew he was going to get the ring, because he – that was a Horcrux. And you know what? He knew eventually he would get, you know, the Wand, if not through Snape, he still got it, though, through Malfoy.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: So it’s one of those things – he knew Harry was going to get all those things and he knew he was going to defeat Voldemort somehow, and he had already decided not to go with all those things to defeat Voldemort, because it was too much of a temptation. That’s why he hurt his hand. He saw the ring and he wanted to bring back his sister, his mother, everyone.

Laura: Right.

Mikey: And that’s why he put it on without destroying it first. And that’s how we found out that he hurt his hand. So I think the Wand, you know, seeing it being stolen by Grindelwald (and we don’t know it’s Grindelwald at this time) – I think it’s one of those things where we find out what happens to it, and it’s just a huge, huge turning point. Like the Elder Wand, it was a contender for a title for the book. This is like a huge thing, and it’s so kind of nonchalantly – like this is what Voldemort’s after, and then let’s move on. And I think it was really nicely downplayed in the book, that this was kind of like – this is what happened, Hermione kind of scolds Harry for, “I’m going to take over,” you know? She’s says, “You’re too tired if you’re falling asleep,” and he’s like, “I can’t control a dream.” I think it’s really well downplayed so it kind of gives us enough information that way if we were really looking for it we would’ve figured out what was going on already, but since it’s really downplayed by Hermione’s scolding Harry like we always see, we don’t think about it until – like now we can talk about it and go on and on about the Elder Wand.

Eric: As we have.

Laura: Right, yeah. We certainly could, but I really…

Mikey: That’s why – see, I was trying to wrap it up, guys, okay? Okay, it’s going on…

Eric: Yeah, let’s move on to voicemails.

Laura: Yeah, we do need to move on. So, okay.

Micah: Well, before we do that, we mentioned, right, I mean, Gregoravitch was killed by Voldemort.

Laura: Oh, that’s right, yes.

Eric: Oh, now we got to – okay, I came up with a song. Micah, you asked me…

Micah: Did you?

Eric: Yeah. You asked me to come up with a song.

[“Take My Breath Away” plays]


Voicemail: Old Actors in Half-Blood Prince


Laura: All right, now moving on to voicemails. We just got a few of them here, but Andrew actually picked these out, and he wanted to show all of the listeners at home what some good questions are, even if they’re not necessarily questions that are going to facilitate, you know, a twenty-minute long discussion, because we do get a lot of calls and it’s like ten seconds of people yelling, “Pickles!” or, “I love you [insert various male host’s name here].” So…

Micah: Jamie.

Eric: Laura’s jealous.

Mikey: My favorite is the Mickey Bs. I love the different people saying, “Mickey B…”

Laura: No, I don’t want girls to say they love me. Ummm, so basically what we’re saying is…

Mikey: “I love Laura Thompson.”

Laura: …please, please call with actual questions. Please! This is all we ask for. All right, so rolling the first one.

[Audio]: Hey, MuggleCasters. In the upcoming film, Half-Blood Prince, there’s a scene where Dumbledore has to swim across the lake with Harry to get to the cave. Also, two chapters later maybe, Snape is running from Harry, sort of, at the end, trying to get out of the Hogwarts grounds so he can Apparate. I just wanted to know what you guys thought about Michael Gambon having to swim [laughs] – he seems like a pretty old man, I don’t think he’s too in shape. And also, Alan Rickman having to really run. Because, I don’t know, those two are rather old. No offense, I mean I think they’re both great actors, but I just wanted to know what you guys thought. Love the show. Keep up the good work.

Eric: Well, I’m pretty sure Snape can run. You know?

Laura: Well, no, no, no. She’s talking about Alan Rickman, is what she’s saying, because he’s in his sixties. He’s playing a character half his age.

Eric: It may be one of those things they work around with the way they film it, sort of thing. I don’t think it will be too terribly, physically demanding. For instance, they won’t have Dumbledore, sort of, with this raging current, sort of tidal wave avoiding, sort of Dumbledore – they would have him sort of wading through the waters, you know, and I think it’s all in how they film it, you know, but I don’t think that things will be too physically demanding for the actors. I think it’s a fair enough question to ask, but I don’t think they’ll be doing anything terribly physically demanding.

Laura: No.

Micah: Well, can I ask a movie related question to Mikey here? I mean, you’re talking about Gambon swimming, but couldn’t they essentially give something to Dan Radcliffe that he would be swimming with, and they could sort of digitally enhance it, or is that not possible?

Mikey: You know, truthfully, right away my first way to do this is – the swimming part – he’s not swimming through the lake, just to clarify. I know the voicemail says swimming through the lake. It’s – he’s actually – she’s actually – I don’t know who the voicemail was from, but they’re actually referring to when Harry and Dumbledore swim to before they go into the cave where the lake is.

Eric: Yeah, that’s what I’m thinking.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Like the ocean before. Just to make sure, because they say “lake,” but it’s in the ocean before. What it could be is – this is how I would do it is one, we can’t have Gambon do it, he’s too old. He’s probably physically fit enough to do a lot of things, but we don’t want it to be this big old ocean, you know, where it’s gusts in the water. Well, what we’ll do is, we’ll have a body double who’s a lot younger. Put on some clothes, and swim through it, and it’s a big high camera shot, we never see the face. And then we have Gambon and Radcliffe get out of the water together and it’s like, “Oh, it was him the whole time.”

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: The magic of movie making is – you can fake a lot of things. Same thing with Rickman running. If they do a long running scene – like I can imagine Rickman running twenty feet every ten, fifteen minutes, while they set up a shot. I would be surprised if he couldn’t run twenty feet.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: But if they had a long, you know – I would be surprised if he couldn’t! You know, I’ve seen some of his other work.

Eric: It’s not this decrepit sort of, falling apart…

Mikey: People, yeah. You know what I mean? I could be surprised if Gambon couldn’t, you know, go, you know, waist deep in water, you know, where his entire clothes is looking wet, and he gets out from waist deep and it’s like, okay. But same thing with Rickman, you know, if they shoot it from behind, they put somebody else who’s the same height as him, younger, with a Snape wig, same black cloak and black pants and boots, and you’re not going to know it’s not him.

Micah: That’s true.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: That’s the magic of editing.

Micah: Yeah, no, you’re right.

Mikey: You know, it’s the same thing as if you’re not seeing their face, how do you know it’s them? And again, these things where they’re physically kind of, you know – if they were going to do like a big, “Swim Dumbledore, it’s hard!” Yes, maybe you need to do some of it.

Micah: Well, he does have to get in that line on the way out, about him feeling safe with Harry.

Eric: “I’m with you,” yeah.

Laura: Yeah, well, and I mean also, it wouldn’t be five minutes of them swimming across the ocean. It’s going to be a few split seconds.

Mikey: Right. The camera panning overhead, you see the cliff drop, you see them in the water, and then it goes to them getting out.

Eric: Okay, you’re getting pounded by a wave, action, pshhhh, okay, cut. That sort of thing.

Laura: Yeah, there you go, it’s done.

Mikey: Yeah, it’s going to be so…

Eric: Yeah, they can make it look like – but I like this voicemail because it was very – sort of it was a very good question, you know, you sort of think about that kind of stuff.

Laura: Right.

Mikey: Yeah, and it’s kind of harsh for me when people ask about movie stuff, because I do this for a living.

Eric: Yeah, you shot them down. You were totally like, “That’s crap.” [laughs]

Mikey: Yeah, no, it’s not crap, it’s a good question. It’s just, for me, the magic of movie making…

Eric: You know how fake it is.

Mikey: My girlfriend makes fun of me all the time because, like, I could do that. Like, I could do a lot of the stuff we see in movies. I don’t do a lot of the 3D stuff, but I can do a lot of the things, and the magic of movie making – it’s kind of gone for me.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: I love movies, though, so when people ask questions like this, it’s one of those things where it’s like, I know how they did that, you want to know? I can tell you and I can spend hours talking about film, but we’re not going to do that.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: That’s what is so cool about it. Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, we know.

Micah: I think in a way, you’re taking away the realistic aspect of it, being that they’re not just going to keep filming if Rickman runs out of breath or something like that, you know?

Laura: Okay, let’s move on to the next voicemail, you guys.


Voicemail: Regulus Black’s Murderer


[Audio]: Hey, MuggleCasters. I’m calling in reference to Episode 129. You guys keep saying over and over that Death Eaters killed Regulus Black, but in the fifth Harry Potter book, doesn’t Sirius tell Harry that Voldemort killed him himself? Love the show, keep it up. Bye.

Eric: No, in Order of the Phoenix, in Order of Phoenix

Micah: Okay.

Laura: Yeah, that is what Sirius says.

Micah: No.

Eric: No, it’s not.

Micah: It’s not.

Laura: But I think… I thought…

Micah: I have the quote, I have the quote.

Mikey: No, it’s not, it’s not.

Micah: I did research on this question, okay?

Mikey: Yes! Micah, you’re the man.

Micah: So, we have an actual answer. Order of the Phoenix, okay? Page 112, Sirius says “No, he was murdered by Voldemort, or on Voldemort’s orders more likely. I doubt Regulus was ever important enough to be killed by Voldemort in person.” So, that’s the answer to the question.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And that’s him underestimating his brother. Now, Regulus obviously really died by getting pulled into the lake after he replaced the locket with the, you know, after – from drinking the potion and needing water. But nobody knows that.

Laura: Right.

Eric: But Sirius tells Harry that Voldemort – that he doesn’t think Regulus was important enough to be killed by Voldemort directly. But, you know, it’s possible that – either way, Regulus tried to back out; you can’t back out of the Death Eaters, and boom.

Laura: Okay, all right, next voicemail.


Voicemail: Being Sorted Into Slytherin


[Audio]: Hey, guys, my name’s Amanda and I’ve been a listener for like a couple of weeks now so, but I have a question about the Sorting. If Slytherin actually stressed to the extremes the whole thing of Pureblood, Pureblood, Pureblood, why were Harry, Voldemort, and Snape considered to be put into Slytherin, if neither of them are pureblood? And then there must be – why would that even come up? Okay, thanks, guys, bye.

Eric: Good question.

Laura: I really hate to draw this parallel again – well, it’s not that I hate it, but I feel like sometimes it’s kind of overdone, but if you look at certain – oh gosh, I don’t want to say the Nazis again…

[Eric laughs]

Laura: …but basically, [laughs] if you look at the Nazis during World War II, which is all we’ve talked about for the past two episodes, they also had people in their ranks who didn’t fit the Aryan description, and their explanation for that was, that while over the many centuries past, their lines had become “impure,” they still were honorary because they held those “values.” And I think the reason the Sorting Hat would want to put Harry into Slytherin was because of the reason we’ve been given all along – because there was a little bit of Voldemort in him and it sensed it, and of course Voldemort and Snape also held those values of Purebloods being superior, so..

Eric: I think it’s one of those things where that’s why the Sorting Hat chooses Houses – that’s why the Founders aren’t still alive or not why, but because – I mean, Slytherin was very adamant that only Pureblood wizards should be trained, so he took those kinds of wizards into his house. He got upset with the other founders and left Hogwarts. And in his absence the other founders were able to make it a little bit more, I think, well rounded. I think they were able to make the four Houses a little bit more well rounded and just sort of allow Slytherin to include non-Purebloods, but who sort of practiced the other skills – the secondary characteristics of a Slytherin, of being whatever those may be.

Micah: I think even if you go back to Goblet of Fire where that was the Sorting Hat’s song – talked about the four Houses, specifically with Slytherin it talked about great ambition, and all three of those characters, regardless of bloodline, were highly ambitious individuals and it’s possible the Sorting Hat saw that in them.

Eric: But it does seem that – and it is true that Slytherin was very important – you know, he did think only Purebloods should be educated, but I think because he left, you know, Hogwarts, then everyone else was able to make Slytherin a more fair House.


Voicemail: Was Umbridge Possessed by the Locket?


Laura: Yeah, I think that’s a really good point, Eric, actually. So, are we done with that one? Yes? No? Okay. Next One:

“In ‘Deathly Hallows,’ Hermione is explaining how to destroy Horcruxes. She said that reason Ginny was possessed by Tom Riddle’s diary was because she grew attached to it. Do you think Umbridge was also attached to the locket and thereby possessed as well?”

Eric: I don’t like excusing Umbridge’s actions because she was possessed, I think – we talked last week about how I think the locket enhanced Umbridge’s sort of – it allowed her to be more comfortable to do things – well, not even that, but just sort of gave her the – gave her an edge, you know, that she wouldn’t – but I don’t think she realized that the edge existed, I think she just felt particularly full of malice and I don’t think the locket ever made itself aware to – or made itself obvious to Umbridge, for what it was. I think she was just really proud to have the locket. I don’t think it possessed her, necessarily, but I do think there was some kind of power relationship going on

Laura: Yeah, I agree with that.

Micah: Well, I don’t know if I agree with that. I mean, I think Umbridge is internally just a nasty, nasty person, and I – this kind of goes to what – I don’t know who said it earlier – but I feel like the locket would only act when it felt threatened upon, so you have the locket sort of knowing that Harry, Ron, and Hermione meant to do it harm, whereas Umbridge wasn’t going to be doing anything like that to it. She actually liked it and kind of wore it as a prize.

Eric: So, it didn’t need to be special or anything. It didn’t even need to…

Micah: It didn’t need to change her.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: I think she already possessed a lot of the qualities that the locket itself would have, you know, displayed or, you know, something along those lines. And I think in Book 7 we’ve just gotten to the point where Umbridge has elevated herself so high within the Ministry, which probably was always in ambition of hers that she feels in a way – I mean, just look at why she’s acting the way she’s acting. She comes up with this false heritage to sort of secure her Pureblood nature to all these Death Eaters that are around her, and that in a way makes her feel more comfortable. And if she acts upon those insecurities and makes it seem as if she’s this all-powerful, you know, Ministry official, then she can sort of do as she pleases without anybody asking any questions. And I just think that that’s her character, that’s who she is. She’s a horrible, horrible person, and it just goes to show you that not all – it’s not just the Death Eaters you know, there are people out there that aren’t Death Eaters that are just as mean and vindictive.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: I agree with you, and also one thing we need to kind of look at that right away struck me. When Ginny was possessed by the diary – 1) she blacked out. And on top of that, Voldemort wasn’t back yet, he wasn’t corporeal. He wasn’t there. He was just kind of vapor, and he actually tried to come back – he tried to come back through the diary. Whereas when Umbridge actually had the locket – yes, it was part of his soul and his Horcrux, but it wasn’t trying to become a second Voldemort, you know what I mean? So, I think we really need to learn more how Horcruxes work to really kind of define any of that because…

Micah: Yeah.

Mikey: …again, they’re completely two different situations where Ginny told her most secret – you know, her deepest secrets into the diary and the diary absorbed them and got a little bit more of her each time she did that, whereas the locket kind of sat on the side, there was no way for it – you know, Umbridge to kind of feed it other than feeling good and kind of, you know, thriving on it a little. Plus…

Eric: And that’s the thing that was so special about the diary was that it was – that’s what Dumbledore was so shocked about, was that it was disposable, but that the diary had a special function. The diary was supposed to possess whoever wrote in it, or whatever, to open the Chamber of Secrets. That was a purpose. So, it was different than the locket Horcrux because it just – in it’s whole design it was actually made to be sort of a symbiotic sort of a thing, as opposed to the locket which is just sort of, you know, more of your standard Horcrux, which is just supposed to preserve your soul.

Mikey: And on top of that, it was also – I believe the diary was probably one of the first Horcruxes Tom Riddle, Voldemort, made because it – I feel it was stronger than any of the other ones. And we know he had already started making Horcruxes with the ring after he killed, you know, his parents when he was a sixth year. So, I think there’s a lot of things to kind of look at with that one and, two, we can kind of see more into, you know, with whatever book Jo might release regarding Harry Potter, you know. We need to find out more about Horcruxes because they’re – you know, we could have a whole other show on Horcruxes and just talk about…

Eric: Yeah we could.

Mikey: …each one in detail and it’s one of those things where there’s a lot to discuss about that. And again, Voldemort is back already and she has a Horcrux that’s just kind of sitting there and not in use until he dies again and needs to be brought back with one of them or something.

Laura: All right. Really long and difficult subject, but…

Eric: Okay.

Laura: …I do believe that’s going to wrap up….

Eric: That’s the end of the show. Bye. [laughs] Then we just leave.

Laura: …this week’s show. [laughs]

Mikey: Yay! No, Andrew.

Laura: It’s time to leave. We’re not even going to do the closing announcements.

[Eric laughs]


Contact Information


Laura: No really, we are. So, don’t forget you can always send letters, postcards, and gold to…

[Show music plays]

[Eric, Micah and Mikey laugh]

Laura: …P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028 Please don’t send pickles. I’m so sick and tired of pickles. You can also call and leave us a voicemail. If you’re living in the U.S., that number is 1-218-20-MAGIC. Or if you’re in the United Kingdom, please call 020-8144-0677. And last but certainly not least, all of our mates down in Australia can reach us by calling 02-8003-5668. [laughs] My roommate is cracking up laughing right now and I don’t know why. You can also Skype the… [laughs] Shut up, Julia! You can also Skype the username MuggleCast; however, please keep all messages under a minute and do eliminate as much background noise as possible. If you’d like to e-mail us just us the Feedback Form at MuggleCast.com or write to the hosts individually by contacting us at any of our first names at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

You can also visit one of our several community outlets: The MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and the Fanlisting and Forums

And finally, don’t forget to vote for us on Podcast Alley, Digg the show at Digg.com, and rate and review us on Yahoo! Podcasts.


Show Close


Laura: And with that, I’m Laura Thompson.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

Laura: We’ll see everybody next week. Buh bye.

Mikey: Bye!

[Show music ends]


Bloopers


Laura: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry’s Potter‘s news [stumbles over her words] Okay, let me try that again.

Micah: Wah-wah. [laughs]

Laura: [bleep] you. Okay.

[Micah laughs]

Mikey: Wah-wah-wah-wah.

[Micah and Mikey laugh]

Eric: That was really intense.

Mikey: That needs to stay in.

Eric: Is Micah really standing by or is he sitting by? Is he kneeling by?

Laura: It sounds much better to say standing by. It’s like we’re CNN almost.

Mikey: You should – okay, can we go?

Laura: Yeah, okay, hang on.

Eric: It should be – say leaning by.

Laura: What?

Eric: Say, “Micah is leaning by.”

[Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: Floating in the abyss that we call the MuggleCast News Center.

Eric: Levitating by.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: Okay. Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the top – oh god, I can’t do this.

Eric: With this week’s…

Micah: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the…

[Laura laughs]

Micah: See, I can’t even do it.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Micah, you do it! Micah, you should do it.

Laura: Okay, one, two, three.

Eric: “I am standing by…”

Mikey: You say, “Micah, I’m standing by in the MuggleCast News Center.”

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Do it.

Laura: I’m going to get it this time!

Mikey: Micah, you do it. Please.

Micah: Let me – I’ve just got to get it right. Micah Tannenbaum…

Mikey: “I’m standing by…”

Micah: No, no, no, this will be funnier.

Micah: No, no, no. Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Micah…

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Eric: Thanks, Micah.

Micah: Thanks, Micah. Oh, you’re welcome.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Eric: Ah, so funny, Micah.

Mikey: This is going to be great. Anyway.

———————–

Episode 131: Internal Memos

  • *Gasp* No Andrew or Matt this week!
  • Spielberg rumors still cropping up – Mikey and Eric provide a strong case for him.
  • Jo compares Fudge to Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain.
  • What will happen in HBP since the Dursleys are cut?
  • Micah says the word “lovers”.
  • How does Mad Eye’s magical eye work on a door?
  • Was Umbridge influenced at all by the locket?
  • Part Two of our interview with Freddie Highmore.
  • Chapter By Chapter: Chapter 14, The Thief.
  • How does Hermione give away the secret?
  • Ron saves the trio unknowingly.
  • We have some in-depth analysis on Grindelwald’s depiction in Gregorovitch’s memory.
  • Can older actors perform stunts?
  • If Slytherin only wanted purebloods, why did the sorting hat want to put Harry in Slytherin along with Voldemort and Snape, who were also half-bloods?

Download Now

Running time: 1:35:20, 43.8 MB

Transcript 130

MuggleCast 130 Transcript


Show Intro


[Music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh, yeah Andrew, I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus, enter code “MUGGLE” when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Show music begins]

Micah: Because Matt can feel it, this is MuggleCast Episode 130 for February 2nd, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: I have a story that I thought I could kick the show off with this week. I was in the bathroom the other day and I was using Neutrogena Facial Scrub for acne for my face…

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: …and I’m putting this scrub on my face and I’m rubbing it and it gets in front of my nose. And I breathe out of my nose, and I actually created an air bubble in my right nostril as I blew because the soap was right in front of my nose so I blew this huge bubble. I was like, “Whoa! This is cool. I’m going to talk about this on the show.” And then it popped.

Matt: Are you serious?

Eric: First time listeners we…

Laura: Wow.

Eric: …welcome you to MuggleCast, a Harry Potter related discussion podcast.

Andrew: I thought it was a good story, and I thought it was funny.

Laura: No, Andrew.

Matt: Well, you need to think harder.

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Laura: No.

Eric: But Andrew, you have some how tie that. You have to some how Make The Connection, even though Jamie’s not here, you have to – Like if it were Jamie, say, [In fake British accent] “I was shaving and I blew this bubble…”

Andrew: Well, it was unexpected and surprising. Just like everything in the Harry Potter books. And it was fun. I wish I could have taken a picture.

Eric: Well, it’s a good story, I wish I shaved.

Andrew: You don’t have to shave. Jamie doesn’t have to shave. Eric doesn’t have to shave. I have to shave, like, hourly my facial hair has grown in so quick. I’m so manly.

Matt: You are such a liar.

Laura: Oh my god.

Eric: You’re very manly, Andrew.

Andrew: Laura has to shave like once a week.

Laura: Oh, yeah. That’s right.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I forgot about that.

Andrew: Yeah. How about that. Yeah, so we have a good show this week. We are going to talk with Paul DeGeorge of Harry and the Potters. He has a new charity effort out, and we are going to talk to him about that, and also he is going to reveal a new MuggleNet demo, well, actually its not new, it’s been around since 2005, but it hasn’t been released to the world until now. It’s a demo song about MuggleNet. It’s fantastic. So, I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: I’m Matthew Britton.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

Andrew: And Mikey B’s here!

Laura: Yay!

Mikey: Yay! Wooo!

[Show music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast news center with the past weeks top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right. Thanks, Andrew. Although he has shown an interest in working on the much anticipated final installment of the Harry Potter film series, it has emerged today that Guillermo del Toro will not be directing Deathly Hallows since “he’s rather busy,” as put by producer David Heyman. In fact, it seems that he will instead be taking the reigns of The Hobbit and its sequel film. Since Deathly Hallows is set for release in 2010, and principal photography for The Hobbit begins in 2009, he would not be able to work on both projects.

Harry Potter author J.K. Rowling has been awarded with an outstanding achievement prize at the UK’s The South Bank Show Awards, which recognize British achievement in music, theatre, television and the arts. The awards will be broadcast on February 3 on ITV1.

As we told you earlier this week, filming crews are preparing to start shooting scenes for Half-Blood Prince at Gloucester Cathedral. (If I get one more e-mail, I swear, I’m going to go crazy.) As you can see from the photos, preparations are clearly underway. We’ll update you as we know more.

And those of you in Canada will get a chance to see James Runcie’s documentary J.K. Rowling: A Year in the Life this Monday, February 4th at 10:00 p.m. easter on CBC Newsworld. The documentary originally aired back in December on ITV. We will keep you posted on any plans for it to air here in the United States.

Finally, there will be a new face to the character of Pansy Parkinson in Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince. A&J Management is reporting today that Scarlett Byrne has been cast in the role of the sixth-year Slytherin in the upcoming Potter film. The part was originated by Genevieve Gaunt in Prisoner of Azkaban.

That’s all the news for this February 2nd, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.

[Show music starts to fade]


News Discussion: Movie 7


Andrew: All right, thanks to Micah for that. Once again it was another one of those slow news weeks, but there’s going to be some interesting news coming out within the next couple of months, concerning the 7th film, but we haven’t really – There’s no official, official, official, official, announcement yet. So, we’ll have to wait for that, but in the meantime this week, we find out that, what’s his name, del Toro is directing The Hobbit.

Matt: Well, not technically directing, just yet.

Andrew: What do you mean?

Matt: He’s in talks with them right now.

Andrew: So, he…

Mikey: So, he hasn’t signed his contract yet.

Matt: No, Andrew.

Andrew: Oh, I thought he was signed.

Matt: But he’s showing very much interest and Peter Jackson and apparently – It’s going to happen, but it’s just official yet.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right.

Mikey: Wait, you know what? Honestly, it’s going to happen ’cause del Toro is just amazing, and him directing The Hobbit because Jackson doesn’t want to right now. Jackson has so much on his plate, it’s ridiculous.

Eric: He does! And I love all the films he’s doing right now.

Mikey: He’s producing so many films right now. He’s also doing the Halo movie, too.

Eric: Oh right. But…

Mikey: And he’s…

Matt: Tin Tin. He’s doing the Adventures of Tin Tin with, possibly Rupert Grint, that they were talking about.

Eric: Yeah, that’s…

Matt: A long time ago.

Eric: That’s true, but what would Peter Jackson just – now he’s having, obviously, some creative control of Hobbit, isn’t he? I mean, I…

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Eric: It just shocks me…

Mikey: Well, yeah. He’s a producer…

Eric: …that he wouldn’t be directing.

Mikey: He’s a producer so…

Eric: Well, that’s why I was asking.

Mikey: Well, a producer doesn’t have as much creative control as a director or even, you know, people that are going to be storyboarding it for him in general.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: Deciding where things are going to go. But, he’s definitely going to be there to collaborate. Because, truthfully what’s going to happen is any director, especially if you have someone that talented as your producer, you’re going to ask what does he think about what’s going on. Just like, my biggest concern last summer. Michael Bay did Transformers, and I was a huge fan of Transformers when I was younger. But I hate Michael Bay as a director. Not anymore.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: I think he did good on that movie. I really hated a lot of the stuff he had done. A lot of stuff he had done was bad. But, he had Spielberg as his producer on that movie.

Andrew: Matt, does this come as disappointing news to you? Because I know you were hoping for del Toro to direct.

Matt: It’s kind of bittersweet, I guess. Because…

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: …I mean, I really like del Toro as a director. I mean, I love, I absolutely love Pan’s Labyrinth. But, knowing that he’s going to direct The Hobbit, which I’m a huge fan of the book also, I really can’t complain.

Andrew: Okay.

Mikey: Now Matt, I know you’re a del Toro fan. Are you excited for Hellboy II as much as I am?

Matt: Yeah. A little bit.

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: Come on. Have you seen the trailer? Del Toro, he like, when he released the trailer…

Matt: I was being sarcastic.

Mikey: …and he’s like, “Everybody, this is Hellboy II.” Like, he was so excited to do Hellboy I and Hellboy II. And I just think everything del Toro does is…

Matt: Everything he does is good.

Mikey: …pretty amazing. As of, like, recently.

Andrew: Well, we’ll wait for more developments about the movie. But, it should be very interesting to see how they’re going to, you know – of course, there’s still the rumors going around about Deathly Hallows being split into two movies and then of course we’ve still got to hear about the director. So, we’re hoping for an announcement about all that soon. If I was a betting man, which I’m not, but if I was I would say that Deathly Hallows is definitely going to be split into two.

Laura: Hmmm.

Andrew: But that’s just if I was a betting man.

Mikey: Do you think it’s going to be split into two or just, like, a long movie?

Andrew: No, I think it’s going to be split into two separate films.

Matt: I hope so.

Eric: Why would they do that, Andrew?

Matt: Because they want it…

Andrew: Money.

Matt: …to be good, I guess.

Mikey: Money. [laughs] Well, no. Money. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah, exactly.

Mikey: That means they’re going to get all of us to go twice [laughs] to see the movie. And buy two different DVDs and then when they come out as the combined DVD, buy the combined DVD one.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s…

Matt: Yeah.


Announcements


Andrew: That’s true, too. Well, we’ll have a really good – I’m sure we’ll have a really good discussion once there is an announcement made about, you know, the film being split into two. Of course, if that happens. Okay, so moving on, announcements real quick. It is a new month. Happy February everyone, it’s the month of love. Vote for us on Podcast Alley; get us up there in the top ten. We already are now, on February 1st, but there’s only a handful of votes. So thank you for placing your vote over there. I know I voted earlier today, place my vote.

Mikey: So did I.

Andrew: Good, good.

Matt: You liar. You did not.

Andrew: I did too. I have the confirmation e-mail to prove it. It’s easy, it’s very easy. You just go to Podcast Alley. You hit “vote,” for us, obviously. And you put in your e-mail address and you click the link they -email it to you and you’re done. Also, just a little update on the little east coast tour we’re hoping to put together. One bookstore chain turned us down because they would rather we do a tour in the summer around Harry’s birthday or the Book 7 paperback release. But, of course we can’t. We don’t really want to do it then, it’s too late. We want to do spring break. So, we’re looking at other options right now, and hopefully we’ll have something more firm to announce within the next few weeks. But we are still working on it, just so everybody knows. But let’s get right into Muggle Mail now, because we have a lot to discuss on this week’s show.


Muggle Mail: Helen McCrory’s Pregnancy


Eric: Okay, our first one comes from Emily Kate, age 16, from Bangladesh. She says:

“Dear MuggleCasters, I was sitting in study hall listening to MuggleCast and I had made it through almost all of Episode 129 without my study hall supervisor noticing that I was listening to my iPod (which I’m technically not supposed to listen to in class). There was about a minute left in the show when you guys were talking about Micah’s “pregnant comment” and I started laughing so loud the supervisor came over and I didn’t notice. I had my iPod taken away but I got it at the end of the day. But it was a great episode. So worth it.”

Matt: Awww.

Andrew: Thanks.

Laura: Awww.

Mikey: You know, I’ve actually done that before, too. I was listening to an episode – I don’t know, I think it was an early episode of MuggleCast. And I’m just, like, sitting there. And then I start cracking up out loud. And I’m sure it’s something Ben or Jamie did when they yelled at each other.

Andrew: No, I’m sure it was my joke.

Laura: I’m sure it wasn’t.

Mikey: Actually, you know what? It was right, I think it was the “Yeah! Yeah! Yeah!”

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Or something like that.

Andrew: Thanks.

Mikey: Something like that. Or Simmsy or something like that.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Pickles.

Andrew: Yeah, we get e-mails like this from time to time, saying that we do that. We get people in trouble in science class and whatnot. But, yeah, that’s funny.

[Matt laughs]

Mikey: But you should be paying attention to your classes because education…

Andrew: Yes, you should.

Mikey: …is for the future. It’s for the future.

Eric: Well, it was study hall. It was study hall.

Mikey: Oh.

Andrew: That’s not important.

Eric: I always used to sleep in study hall.


Muggle Mail: Tracking Umbridge and Voldemort’s Mind


Andrew: The next e-mail comes from Jeff, 23, of Connecticut. He writes:

“In regards to tracking Umbridge to the Ministry, I believe it was said in the book that only top officials were allowed to directly apparate inside the building. Umbridge, being undersecretary to the Minister, would most likely have been one of said “top officials.” Therefore, it probably would not have gone unnoticed if Kreacher showed up in the middle of the atrium and apparated away with one of the top officials. Unless they were able to somehow track down where Umbridge lived, the Ministry seems to be the only way of finding her.

Next, as far as Harry once again seeing into Voldemort’s mind, not only was it useful, but in the book it also stated that Harry gained control over the visions while burying Dobby after their escape from Malfoy Manor. On page 478 in the American edition it says,’His scar burned, yet he was master of the pain; he felt it, yet was apart from it. He had learned control at least, learned to shut his mind to Voldemort, the very thing Dumbledore had wanted him to learn from Snape.’ I think this was useful because after this he seems to be able to invade Voldemort’s mind whenever he wants. I think this was crucial to the book because it was probably the only instance in the whole series where Harry seemed to have a true magical talent over Voldemort. This may not be very relevant to the chapters you were discussing in your last episode but I think they were nonetheless important to the story. But to conclude, maybe Hermione was right to tell Harry he should block out those visions, because in the end it gave him the control to look into Voldemort’s mind whenever he wanted, which Hermione even encouraged him to do during the Battle for Hogwarts.”

So, yeah, that’s basically the point I was making. It just works to their advantage. It’s not necessarily a bad thing.

Eric: Harry won the argument when he was talking to Hermione in the bathroom. He was like, “You know, I’m totally going to do this, and I want to know what my enemy is doing.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And Hermione was like, “whatever.”

Matt: This is probably why I like…

Mikey: Don’t argue.

Matt: …Book 7 so much for Harry. It’s because he’s just so certain now, you know? He actually knows more than a lot of the people who are trying to inform him on.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Right, yeah.

Andrew: He’s very confident.

Matt: Yeah, he’s the most confident in the series.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Like I just read the Lupin scene today, and even though you’re shocked about how Harry acted, it’s just – it’s so well done, and then Harry’s like, you know, his own person. It’s really cool.


Muggle Mail: Nazi Germany Comparisons


Laura: All right, this one comes from Alexis from Westchester, New York. She writes:

“Hi everyone. I just listened to Episode 129, and was particularly intrigued by the lengthy discussion about parallels between Harry Potter and the Holocaust. As Laura said, Buchenwald and Auschwitz were Nazi concentration camps in Germany created and used to, in essence, exterminate European Jews. Nuremburg and Auschwitz had the words ‘Work Makes Freedom’ carved into its front gate. Nurmengard was a prison that housed Grindelwald’s opponents, and its entrance bore the slogan, ‘For the Greater Good.’ As also stated during the show, Dumbledore defeated Grindelwald in 1945, which is another parallel to the Holocaust. The prejudice demonstrated by the Holocaust still haunts us today, by way of racism and genocide in our world. In the wizarding world, Grindelwald’s ideas are projected through Voldemort and the pureblood/Muggle-born prejudice we’ve seen since ‘Chamber of Secrets.’ Just wanted to add to the Harry Potter/Holocaust discussion because I’ve spent years learning about the Holocaust. I love the show and I hope to meet up with you at the New York live podcast.”

Andrew: If we do it.

Laura: [laughs] Yeah. Yeah, it is really interesting that you bring up that point that Auschwitz had the “Work Makes Freedom” sign. You can actually read that in Elie Wiesel’s Night, which is an account of…

Eric: Elie himself.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yes. He was a Hungarian Jew who spent time in Auschwitz.

Eric: I read that book in, I think it was seventh grade, and it was a really powerful book, and also, though, I’ve been to a concentration camp. I went to Dachau when I was in Germany, and that also has the sign above the entrance. It’s – I believe it translates to “Work makes one free,” or “Work makes freedom,” same deal. “Work makes one free” is pretty much kind of ironic, but that’s what the Nazis put on the gates of the entrance of the work camps.

Andrew: Interesting.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: So, I’ve been there in person. It’s a really somber, solemn place.

Laura: Well, and it’s just interesting that Jo kind of used that whole “For the Greater Good” thing, because that’s a lot of what the Nazi propaganda was based on, just this idea that they were going to purify Germany and keep the evil, dirty Jews out and the perfect, wonderful Aryans in, and it’s just – it’s awful.

Eric: Yes. Absolutely. And last chapter, you guys, did you guys talk about the throne of Muggles? The throne made of Muggle bodies?

Andrew: Yeah. Yes, we did.

Eric: Yeah, because that was really – there’s something, there’s a structure in Dachau like that, and it’s a bit sickening.

Andrew: Really? Is it the same thing?

Eric: It’s not a throne of bodies, but I think it was a wall made of impressions of bodies, or something. It was actually of all the Jews and stuff. If was actually quite grotesque, but I think it’s inside Dachau.

Andrew: I bet.

Eric: So there’s something quite very similar that I’ve seen in real person, and it’s just really, really strong parallels in Jo’s book, and earlier I questioned, and this relates to this chapter, too. Earlier on the show I questioned some of the parallels. I said, “Do we really need a Nazi parallel in J.K. Rowling’s works?” I think reading these chapters, I think, really it sort of made me rethink that comment, and I’m really happy with this parallel because in a way, just the way that we see the Ministry befallen in these past few chapters, and now, with what Lupin is telling them, and all this stuff, of how the tabloids are taken, and all of this stuff we’re seeing, it’s good to have it in a children’s book.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Because all these kids who read about the Holocaust are seeing it also happen in their favorite – to their favorite boy wizard, to have it happen to Harry Potter. So I’m really proud of Jo for this, and I retract what I said before about it not really being needed. I think it’s really good.


Muggle Mail: More on Nazi Germany Parrallels


Matt: Okay, and our next e-mail comes from Emily Rowe, 18, from Rockaway, New Jersey, and she writes:

“While listening to last week’s Episode, 129, I noticed that you guys also recognized the parallel between the Death Eaters and the Nazi Party of Germany. If you will, let me throw in my two cents about this parallel.

One, Hitler’s main focus of prejudice during the Holocaust was the Jews when he himself had Jewish blood in him. Voldemort thought that Muggle-borns and half-bloods were unfit to practice magic, when he himself was half-Muggle. And even if he resents that part of him, it does not take away the fact that he has Muggle blood in him.

The next point is the one I stress most. The Swastika had been used for thousands of years as an Asian symbol for peace and prosperity. If you take a look at artifacts from India or anywhere else in Asia, you will see the swastika carved into them. Then Hitler got a hold of it, flipped it around and tilted it on its side to associate it with the Nazi party. This is similar to Grindelwald’s situation with the Deathly Hallows symbol. He posted this symbol on the walls of Durmstrang and it became negatively associated with him considering that he became a notorious Dark Wizard. But was the symbol for the Deathly Hallows really that bad? Did it really represent something evil like destroying Muggle-borns?

That’s all I have to comment on that subject. I love listening to you guys, and it really makes my day! Keep up the fantastic work. Emily.”

Andrew: Thanks!

Laura: Can I first interject something? About the Hitler is Jewish thing, that’s actually not proven. No one knows for sure. Where the theory comes from is Hitler’s grandfather, they believe Hitler’s grandfather may have been part Jewish because his father was an illegitimate child and so it’s possible that his grandmother, they know that she worked in the home of a wealthy Jew, so it’s possible that the son of the household got her pregnant, but no one knows for sure. But everyone does know that Hitler did not practice Judaism. So, just to clear that up.

Matt: No, I’m sure he didn’t.

Laura: Yeah.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Laura: So it’s – I don’t think it’s really fair to say that he was Jewish, because..

Matt: I do agree though with her second point, though. I think that really is a…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: That’s a very nice connection.

Matt: It’s a good parallel between Deathly Hallows.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I actually said that over the tour. I said that over the tour once.

Andrew: Did you?

Mikey: Yeah, but we kind of skipped over it.

Eric: That Deathly Hallows symbol, we talked about it. I remember talking about it when we did the chapter “The Wedding,” and just saying about it. We don’t actually know, you know. Krum said that it was Grindelwald’s symbol, and Krum was sort of really adamant that Grindewald killed a lot of people. We don’t really know exactly what Grindelwald did, do we? You know, as of the end of the seventh book? We just know that he was all about sort of wizard above Muggle. And that’s sort of how that worked.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: But you know, we can’t really just – it can’t be really a World War II Nazi comparison, too, because it happened way down in the past, too, like with the Devil’s Pitchfork, it’s actually a triton from Neptune, I think it was.

Eric: Yeah. Well religious symbolism, yeah. It was actually from – the Pagans used that symbol too. And so it’s…

Matt: Right, and the Pagan witch hat too. They associate that with evil.

Eric: Yeah, yeah exactly. All this, it’s actually called iconography, I think. Or religious iconography.

Matt: Oh, of course.

Eric: Or something like that. There’s a bunch of names for it.

Mikey: No, that’s actually what it’s called. That’s what it’s called.

Eric: That’s what Robert Langdon studies, I think. Isn’t it? In Da Vinci Code, and in Angels and Demons?

Laura: Yes.

Matt: Da Vinci Code? Yeah.

[Eric makes happy noise]

Mikey: Yup. And Angels and Demons.

Eric: There’s all sorts of talk about it. It’s really fantastic, the history of symbols and stuff like that. That’s all in that book.


Harry and the Potters Interview


Andrew: Well let’s just keep rollin’ along here. Right now we’re joined by Paul DeGeorge now who is Harry, Year 7 in Harry and the Potters. Paul, how are you doing today?

Paul: Hi Andrew, thanks so much for having me on. This is my first MuggleCast appearance, I’m really pumped.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Yes. Well we wanted to have you on for a couple reasons today. First of all, we want to talk about Harry and the Potters though, because essentially it was the first wizard rock band, right? I mean, do you like to take credit for it, or do you give it to, what is it, The Switchblade Kittens?

Paul: Well, you know, I don’t mind taking credit for it if you’re going to give it to me.

Andrew:[laughs] Uh huh.

Paul: Sure, I mean really like Joe and I, I guess, were the first ones to sort of like do something so conceptually consistent, where we sort of adopted the characters of Harry and created our own band around it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Where we’re exclusively doing like, Joe is Harry, Year 4 and I’m Harry, Year 7, and through the magic of time travel we’re able to start a band together, you know. Kind of just assuming that if Harry had that ability to travel through time, that’s what he’d choose to do with it. I guess.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Why did you do Harry, Year 7 and Harry, Year 4?

Paul: Well, at the time we started, which was almost six years ago now, Joe was about 14 and so we thought, well that’s about Year 4, right?

Andrew: Ohhh. Right.

Paul: He was just about to turn 15. So that put – that’s where Joe goes, and I was a little older, like I was in my early 20s, so I was like, well you know all those characters on Beverly Hills 90210 were like in their 20s playing high school kids.

Andrew: [laughs] Right.

Paul: So we decided to go for that. Like I’d be Harry, Year 7, and since then we’ve taken a kind of Simpsons approach to it, where we don’t ever age.

Andrew: You never age.

Paul: Yeah.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Yeah, as is the case with most TV shows these days. Why did you start the wizard rock band? Why Harry and the Potters? Why Harry Potter music, since there was nothing at the time.

Paul: Yeah, well you know, Joe and I had played in bands, but we’d never played together. We’re brothers, but there’s eight years between us, so we never played in a band together, and we kind of – the idea just came to me one day like, what if Harry Potter had a band? You know? And I thought, well that’s something so cool to do with my younger brother, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Is to do this goofy, silly, fun band, and what really appealed to us about it was, you know, these Harry Potter books had had such a huge affect on so many young people’s lives, you know? Inspiring kids to read, and getting so many kids involved in literature. We thought well maybe we can sort of take that to a new level and you know, if we start this band and write some rock and roll songs about these books, maybe we can convince libraries to let us come and play in their library. Play these rock shows and get younger kids involved in rock and roll and seeing live music.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And that’s what it was like at first, you know? We would be playing in these libraries around Boston, and a lot of parents would take their younger kids like between 8 and 12 years old to come see us, and it was great. We had no audience established, and we were playing to rooms of 50-100 young kids and eventually, this was back in 2003, we noticed over the course of the summer that year as we had played in all these libraries around Boston more kids were coming regularly, and they would start to know all the words to our songs like they’d gotten our CD or something at a show.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Paul: They were coming, and they’d know all the words to the song. I was like, “This is incredible!”

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And then shortly after that, the Harry Potter fan community sort of caught wind of us, and that’s when things just kind of got crazy for us. We honestly at the time had no idea that such a thing existed- that there was this incredibly cohesive and enthusiastic online fan community, and it was actually, oddly enough – a post on MuggleNet at some point in the fall of 2003 that really slammed our web server, and…

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: …shut us down for a few days, I think. And that’s when our band sort of took a national presence, I guess.

Andrew: Yeah. You know, it’s funny you say that because for the past couple years now, we’ve been – we always thought that we were the first ones to post about you guys. And then Melissa came to me – Melissa Anelli from Leaky came to me a few months ago and said, “Could you find the post where you guys made the Wizard Rock, where you plugged Harry and the Potters?” And I looked it up, and I found it, and we actually credited Veritaserum for tipping us off.

Paul: Oh. Okay, okay.

Andrew: [laughs] So we were like, whoa! It actually wasn’t MuggleNet, but yeah, we did post that because I remember. I think it was Ben who posted it, or maybe Emerson. Do you remember who it was?

Paul: No, I can’t remember.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: I just remember being like, “Whoa! Look at all these websites. They’re all about Harry Potter!” [laughs] So that was my introduction to the online fan community. It was around that, at the same time, maybe just a few days before, it was really the Live Journal community that created a buzz about us. Some fan fiction writers and stuff just started mentioning us, and that kind of took off.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: All of a sudden I had a 400 dollar bandwidth charge for the month, you know?

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Right. And now you guys are on Trivial Pursuit cards. [laughs]

Paul: Oh man. [laughs]

Andrew: Do you want to tell this story? [laughs]

Paul: Yeah. I guess we’ve come a long way in these last few years.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: We got on a – that’s the most incredible thing that’s happened to us, I think.

Andrew: Mhm. [laughs]

Paul: Just a couple weeks ago, somebody sent in a JPEG, and it was a photograph of a Trivial Pursuit card from Sweden.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: And the question reads, “What do brothers Paul and Joe DeGeorge call themselves when rock out?”

Andrew: That is amazing.

Paul: Yeah, but the most amazing thing about it is that there isn’t even a context for it.

Andrew: Right. [laughs] Right. Right.

Paul: They’re just assuming that Joe and I are household names in Sweden.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: Which I think is kind of an outrageous assumption. I think it’s probably considered a difficult question in the game.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s like something you would expect for Bruce Springsteen. I know you guys are big Springsteen fans. [laughs]

Paul: [laughs] Yeah, right.

Andrew: Like U2 or something. But yeah, that’s awesome. That is so cool.

[Paul laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] I wonder if – I bet you guys would love to see the reactions of some people playing that game. They’d be like, “Paul DeGeorge? What?”

Paul: I know, right? [laughs] It’d be amazing. Hopefully somebody’s going to send us the card. I think the girl who notified us is going to send us the actual card, so we can frame it.

Andrew: [laughs] Oh yeah, of course.

Paul: That’s the kind of thing that you don’t even dare to dream about. I mean, what kind of jerky kid says, “Someday I want to be on a Trivial Pursuit Card.”

Andrew: [laughs] Right. Like, “What the hell are you thinking?”

[Paul and Andrewlaughs]

Andrew: So, now today, there are literally hundreds of wizard rock bands out there and…

Paul: Yeah, my last count was 420.

Andrew: Oh my God! You count? Where do you count?

Paul: No, I just look up on…

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Paul:Wizrocklopedia. Then I copy the entire band list into Excel and…

Andrew: Oh, good idea. [laughs]

Paul: …and let that count for me.

Andrew: That’s a good idea, actually.

Paul: So there’s a lot.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: There’s a lot of wizard rock bands. It’s incredible.

Andrew: Do you have any thoughts about this? Just how it’s grown so much since you guys started this? I’m sure you’re supportive of all these bands, and really it’s like, how I see it is it’s a great way for anyone interested in music but doesn’t know how to get really noticed, it’s a great place to start because there’s all these Harry Potter fans that are dying to just try out all these new bands.

Paul: Yeah. Well, honestly the way I think of it is it’s almost like the beginnings of punk rock, you know? The whole thing about punk rock is that it’s the kind of music that anybody can play. And there are these stories about people just grabbing guitars, and drums, and bass for the first time and just playing songs, you know? Whatever came to mind.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: Like bashing it out on a few chords, and that’s kind of like what I see in Wizard Rock. It’s these kids that are so pumped and amped on Harry Potter that they’re just looking for another way to express that love and that passion.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: So they’re grabbing instruments and starting bands for the first time, and it’s really wonderful. And the cool thing about it is that it allows for such a diversity of music out there. There really is something for everybody in the Wizard Rock community.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: There’s all sorts of stuff out there, and there’s plenty of like, you know, it get’s as abrasive or as pop friendly as you want it to be, you know? There’s like, a metal band in Holland playing songs about Voldemort, you know?

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: There is black metal…

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: …and there is ultra poppy stuff and dance pop and all that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And so it is all there and that is the most amazing thing to me, is what a diverse and welcoming community it’s become where kids feel free to really experiment and try things out, and the unreal thing is that there is a community there for them to do it with.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And to get that feedback and support from. Whereas if it was a different situation, maybe these kids are recording in their bedroom and playing for their friends or something.

Andrew: Right, right.

Paul: That’s possibly what this would have been like ten years ago, but with the advent of technology and MySpace, it’s so easy for a band to become legitimized by MySpace. You just throw up a profile and all of a sudden you have a band.

Andrew: Exactly. [laughs]

Paul: Throw up a profile and a song and you are a band.

Andrew: Go to MySpace, create an account, boom – you’re done.

Paul: Ten minutes. You got a band.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: For real.

Andrew: MySpace really is where every wizard rock band is, right?

Paul: Well, yeah.

Andrew: Why does everyone go to MySpace? Just because it is great to host your songs and all that?

Paul: Well, the thing about MySpace is that – and it’s not just wizard rock bands anymore.

Andrew: Oh yeah.

Paul: As far as the music industry, it is where everybody, like if you’re going to the concert and you’re like, “Who is the opening band?” And they’re like, “Oh, I don’t know, whoever.”

Andrew: Oh that’s a good point.

Paul: If you go to their MySpace, you can listen to their songs. You know? And then if you went to their website then maybe you would have to dig around to find their songs.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: But you just go to MySpace and the songs are right there and you just listen real quick.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And so it is just sort of that accessibility of the music that has made MySpace so prevalent in our habits now-a-days.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s interesting. And then all your fans can comment on them. Do you guys base – I’ve always figured this, I don’t know if this is how you guys think of it – do you guys base the popularity of all the bands based on how many friends each you have? Because I mean if you look at the list, you guys have a gazillion friends and then everyone is lower from there. How do you guy – do you guys base popularity or does it not matter?

Paul: Yeah. Well, I don’t ever measure anything by popularity.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: That is not really a concern of mine, so I just think that I don’t really have any comment on that, I guess.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: It is not even something I think about. I mean, who cares what’s popular. Just find what you like.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s very true. Yeah. Now I guess we will talk about Wizard Rock EP of the Month Club, now.

Paul: Yeah.

Andrew: This is your big thing. You started it last year. Now you have got Matt Maggiacomo from The Whomping Willows helping you out. What is the Wizard Rock EP of the Month Club?

Paul: Well, the whole idea behind the EP of the Month Club is that it is sort of modeled after these old record clubs, where you would join up, like Subpop used to run a Subpop singles club, and they would release, they started it in the early ’80s and the first Nirvana single was released through the Subpop singles club and stuff like that.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: So the idea is that you sign up for a year and it costs like fifty or sixty bucks and every month you get a new record in the mail. It is a seven inch, you know back when records were cool.

Andrew: Right.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: And so it’s sort of modeled after that idea, and what we did last year was, we got together – I got together twelve bands that I thought were a good sampling of bands in the community at that time.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: At the time there was far less than 400. There were a hundred or so, so I just picked a bunch of people who I thought would be fun to work with and over the course of a year we released 12 different CDs, and people who subscribed to the club would get a couple CDs at a time in the mail, and we had stuff like Harry and the Potters released a CD and Draco and the Malfoys and The Parselmouths and The Remus Lupins and all these bands were contributing CDs worth of material, usually between five and ten songs that were all made just for this club. They were all exclusive CDs and we pressed a thousand copies of them and sold about 750 subscriptions and each band got a couple hundred copies that they could sell on their merch table, but otherwise all the money from the subscriptions went to an organization called “First Book,” which is a national nonprofit that donates new books to children from low income families.

Andrew: Oh wow, that’s great.

Paul: So, it is trying to promote literacy at an early age in communities where kids don’t often have access to that sort of thing.

Andrew: Yeah. Right.

Paul: Think of the joy as a little kid how pumped you were when you got a new book, or mom brought home something new to read to you at bed or something like that.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Paul: And that is the whole idea behind what they do, and they have been a great organization to work with, and so in 2007 we had the club, and we sold subscriptions and eventually the club sold out. We sold over 750 subscriptions and so far we have raised over $13,000 for “First Book” through subscription sales.

Andrew: Wow! That is incredible!

Paul: Yeah and this year we are doing it again with a whole new set of bands. Harry and the Potters are staying on as a flagship I guess.

Andrew: Of course. [laughs]

Paul: So we will be releasing another CD this year through the club and…

Andrew: All new music, too?

Paul: All new music.

Andrew: Wow! Sweet.

Paul: Yeah, Joe and I, we had a really fun time with it last year, where Joe and I kind of set aside a weekend, and kind of wrote and recorded all the songs that weekend.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs] Cool, cool.

Paul: Like, as fast as we could.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And we came up with like 14 songs and I think our CD is just under 14 minutes, you know. So, it’s just really a quick thrill ride…

Andrew: Uh huh. [laughs]

Paul: Of Wizard Rock.

Andrew: Cool.

Paul: But it was super fun for us to do and I had a blast sort of overseeing the club.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And helping each band put their CD together, like the artwork and all that.

Andrew: Mhm. Yeah, the albums look really cool. They’re nice and organized.

Paul: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, you have that certain theme going on with each album cover. It was very nice.

Paul: Right. We tried to have it – give it a consistent feel.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: It feels like you’re getting – at the end of the year, you have a collection. You have 12 CDs that all go together in some way and we’ll be doing that again this year. We have a different artist on board to handle the overall look of the club.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Paul: And it’s going to look really cool. It’s going to look, you know, really wonderful. I’ve been working with them in the past few days on getting stuff together for this year.

Andrew: Sweet.

Paul: And this year I got Matt Maggiacomo on board and he’s kind of helping. We’ve been throwing ideas around, you know, and we kind of picked out the bands together.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: We’ve got a great new troupe of bands, you know, of people. Well, I should mention who the bands are so the people can get excited.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Matt’s band, The Whomping Willows will obviously be contributing an EP, and rumor on the street is that it’s going to be the big Whompy EP, so Matt’s sort of been teasing everyone with certain big Whompy, like hip-hop style tracks for the past few years.

Andrew: Nice. [laughs]

Paul: And this time he’s going to make do on a whole EP’s worth, so that’s going to be pretty exciting.

Andrew: Awesome. His shows are always fun. I regret to say I haven’t been to a Harry and the Potters show yet, but The Whomping Willows – Matt’s a really fun guy. He’s just playing there with his acoustic guitar. He really interacts with the crowd.

Paul: Yeah, yeah.

Andrew: Sorry, go on. [laughs] Just had to say it.

Paul: Okay. Yeah, no problem. You’ll have to come see us some time, Andrew.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: I’ll put you on the guest list at the library.

Andrew: Yes!

Paul: That doesn’t actually exist.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: Those shows are free.

Andrew: I didn’t think so since it’s a public library.

[Paul laughs]

Paul: Uh, no. So we got The Whomping Willows and Gred and Forge.

Andrew: Okay.

Paul: Which is this guy Jared from North Carolina. I’m really excited about him. He actually just put out one of my favorite Wizard Rock CDs, which is called “Half the Band I Used to Be,” which is both a brilliant title and…

Andrew: Cool. Yeah, yeah.

Paul: A brilliant album. Really fun, like poppy, punky stuff, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Think of a really awesome Green Day songs.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Paul: And that’s the kind of stuff Jared’s doing with Gred and Forge.

Andrew: Uh huh.

Paul: We’ve got Catchlove, which is our favorite – one of our favorite Wizard Rock activists. Chase is an awesome dude and he’s all about promoting good causes and that sort of thing. He sort of uses his band, Catchlove, as a forum for Darfur awareness which I think is incredibly wonderful.

Andrew: Okay. Yeah.

Paul: He’s become a really great member of the Harry Potter Alliance and stuff. And we got the Hermione Crookshanks Experience from California and a couple really fun acts. We’ve got Tom Riddle and Friends, who are these two hilarious dudes from the Cincinnati area, I think. They’re just kind of – the way Matt described them was he said they’re like if Ben Stiller and Owen Wilson started a band about – from Voldemort’s perspective, which is really hilarious.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: I totally, totally suggest checking those guys out. Their MySpace has some really fun stuff on it. And The Giant Squid

Andrew: I have the list right here if you want to…

Paul: Oh, yeah. Okay. Well, I’m going off of the top of my head, but…

Andrew: Okay.

Paul: We got The Giant Squid Extravaganza. He’s really pro-environmentalist Wizard Rock, sort of. And this is along the same lines as, you know, The Whomping Willows are pretty heavy on the environmental stuff.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And so is The Giant Squid. He likes to plug that. He’s got some good stuff planned for sure.

Andrew: Cool. Uh, The Nifflers?

Paul: Yeah, The Nifflers: Canada’s first representative in the Wizard Rock Club.

Andrew: Oh, cool.

Paul: Yeah. They’re – I’m such a sucker for these sibling duos, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Like Draco and the Malfoys. The Nifflers are a brother-sister duo from the Toronto area. Super nice folks.

Andrew: Gryffindor Common Room Rejects.

Paul: Yeah! Oh man, they’re great, too.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: They’re like a pair of high school girls who produce really cool, low-fi punk rock on keyboards and stuff like that. It’s really, really, really fun stuff.

Andrew: All right, cool.

Paul: They kind of remind me of our band, where we would just, like, hit play on one of the keyboard demos and then record a quick song over it. It’s just like that.

Andrew: [laughs] Nice and easy.

Paul: [laughs] Yeah, and really fun too.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And we got Justin Finch-Fetchley, the Hufflepuff representative. He – he’s actually one of Matt’s old friends from way back. He’s kind of in that circle of Woodsocket wizard rockers.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Paul: Woodsocket, Rhode Island represent.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: And I think the last – oh, The Mudbloods. They’re from…

Andrew: Yes.

Paul: The Texas area. They’re fantastic. I really love their stuff. Just great. Indie rock sounding stuff, and they’ve got a great attitude, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: We kind of tried to pick bands that we really thought would be the most fun to work with and have a really great positive attitude that reflected what we liked best about wizard rock.

Andrew: Yeah. It all seems they’re very – they’re all very into – they’re supportive of the idea of raising money, since…

Paul: Yeah, well, exactly. You know, that’s the whole thing behind the club, the end result. We both want it to be super fun for people….

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: …who are subscribers, and we think it is, because over the course of the year if you subscribe you’re going to get 12 CDs, you know? And those 12 CDs are only come to you and a few other hundred people in the world.

Andrew: Right.

Paul: You know? They’re just for you, and I think there is something cool behind that. And then at the end of the day, the club costs 60 bucks, and I know that’s, like, kind of a lot of money, but at the same time you’re getting 12 CDs so it’s like 5 bucks a disc.

Andrew: Right.

Paul: And they’re all mailed to you. It’s very convenient. They show up at your home…

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: Once every few months, and then we’re going to raise – through it we’re going to raise a ton of money, and this year we’re sort of expanding it. We’re hoping to sell a few more subscriptions this year, and maybe raise almost twice as much money as we did last year.

Andrew: Okay, great.

Paul: And the money this year is going to go to First Book again and we’re also throwing some money over to the Harry Potter Alliance’s way.

Andrew: That’s great. Yeah.

Paul: Because this is going to be a big year for the HP Alliance.

Andrew: Oh definitely. Especially with Jo’s backing now.

Paul: Yeah, oh man, what a wonderful – what wonderful comments she made about the HP Alliance recently.

Andrew: Yeah. Absolutely, absolutely.

Paul: So, everybody at the HP Alliance is super pumped about that and just feel like this is the time to really reach out to the Harry Potter community and really catalyze them and really do something special together.

Andrew: Yeah, definitely, definitely.

Paul: I think it’s part of why Jo’s excited about it and part of why the fandom is so excited about it, because it has this sort of momentum to it.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: And the more people that are on board, like, the better the stuff we can do with it.

Andrew: Yeah., yeah.

Paul: You know?

Andrew: Yeah. So, it sounds like a good deal to me. Getting 12 CDs, each with a few songs, what, five to ten songs you would say?

Paul: Yeah, typically five to ten songs from each band, it’s great.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Paul: And those are just for you, just for you wizard rock fans.

Andrew: And they look great. They come – they come professionally packaged, and designed and all that.

Paul: Oh yeah. No rinky-dink operation.

Andrew: [laughs] This is no CDR from Wal-Mart. This is the real deal.

Paul: Oh yeah. They’ll go to pressing plants, you know. I have a roommate that’s a sound engineer, and he does all the mastering, so they sound great.

Andrew: Oh, good, good.

Paul: And they look great, and the bands are all great, so, you know, check it out. We’ve got a website that you can subscribe from, which is WizardRockClub.com, and you can totally check out more info on all the bands there and read more about what we’re about.

Andrew: Cool.

Paul: But you know the gist of it is, we’re having fun with wizard rock, and we’ve got a bunch of great bands involved, and we’re raising money for some really great causes.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: That – that really sort of encapsulates, to me, what wizard rock is about. It’s about this idea that we’re going to have a lot of fun together, and we’re going to put smiles on people’s faces, and try and do some good in the world too.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah. That’s great. You guys – the whole wizard rock community has a great sense of just togetherness, and it’s like one big family. It’s great what you guys have all created together.

Paul: Well, you know, it kind of stems from the whole Harry Potter fan community, actually. Like, I don’t think it’s unique at all to wizard rock. What it is, is it’s really the Harry Potter community…

Andrew: Oh yeah, absolutely.

Paul: That’s unique in that way now.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Yeah, I mean, wizard rock – the bands help each other out and all that, but when you look at the Harry Potter community as a whole it’s such a welcoming place, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And there are so many people that contribute to that, you know? Like you guys at MuggleNet are such a major part of that in bringing people together, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: I’m sure you guys must hear testimonials all the time, like, you know, these people met their best friends ever…

Andrew: Oh, god yeah.

Paul: …through MuggleNet. Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Paul: Yeah, it’s such a wonderful thing. It’s so cool to hear those stories and realize that, well, not only have these books changed people’s lives in such a significant way, but really, like, they’ve created this community and these people are continuing to interact and be such a tremendously positive force in each other’s lives and now, through – through things like Wizard Rock and the Harry Potter Alliance, are taking that to the next level where we’re branching outside the community…

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: …of Harry Potter fans and, like, getting out into the real world and, like – and doing some really cool stuff…

Andrew: Absolutely.

Paul: …even outside the fan community.

Andrew: There’s quite a few examples of that in our fandom.

Paul: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s great. And, I mean, if – anyone listening, if you’ve never been to a Wizard Rock show, I highly recommend a Wizard Rock show with a few bands all coming together to play or even just one by themselves. I mean, they’re always a lot of fun and like Paul was saying, you know, you guys – you guys were impressed by some people singing your songs. I mean, now it’s like, all these people coming out to the shows are always singing along and dancing and just having a great time.

Paul: Yeah, it really is something special and unique, you know, and pure. So, I would definitely advise anyone to go check out a Wizard Rock show in your area because there’s a lot of cool stuff going on and you’re bound – you’re bound to have a good time, you know. You’re going to leave smiling. I’ve never had any sort of, like, real negative experience at one of these shows, you know?

Andrew: Oh, no.

Paul: Everybody – everybody goes with such a positive attitude.

Andrew: Yeah, definitely.

Paul: And when I think about the time I wasted at like, other boring concerts where people go and they, like, stand with their arms crossed and it’s almost like they go to, like, tear a band apart…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Paul: You know, like, “This band sucked” or “That band sucked.” But, like, Wizard Rock is like a total antithesis of that.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Paul: Where people are going because they want to have a good time. They want to see people. They want to have fun.

Andrew: Absolutely.

Paul: They want to get dressed up. Whatever. You know?

Andrew: And it’s a great time with all their friends and you meet new friends there. It’s just wonderful.

Paul: Absolutely.

Andrew: Definitely. Well, is there anything else you wanted to bring up? Should we wrap this up?

Paul: You know, earlier, before we started recording we mentioned that…

Andrew: Oh. [laughs]

Paul: …back in the day, back in the day – I think it was early 2005.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: So about three years ago, Harry and the Potters – we were kind of working with MuggleNet loosely for a Book 6 launch event and that’s when I started interacting with some of your staffers, I think.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: At the time – I don’t know if it was one of your guys’ ideas or mine, but I put together a MuggleNet theme song…

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: Which we never officially recorded, but which I did send – send into the MuggleNet circle.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: So, I think now it’s time for the official premiere of that.

Andrew: Oh, yeah. Absolutely.

Paul: That theme song.

Andrew: Three years later. [laughs]

Paul: I’m going to – three years later…

Andrew: It’s time for its premiere. [laughs]

Paul: We’ll dig up the demo and you can premiere it on this Muggle – MuggleCast here. It’s not a MuggleCast theme, but, you know, MuggleNet. Close enough. Actually, I could – you could just over-dub me. Ready? Here’s the clip. MuggleCast! So you can over-dub that at the end.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: MuggleCast!

Andrew: Okay. Well, we’ll…

Paul: MuggleCast!

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Well, we’ll have two versions: MuggleNet and MuggleCast.

Paul: There you go.

Andrew: We’ll just rearrange your words and all that. No, but – alright. Let’s play the clip now.

[Plays the clip]

We’ll post the news
And your magic-hungry Muggle eyes
Will devour every word
Trying to pacify your appetite
For boy-wizard related things
How can there be so much Harry Potter news?
MuggleNet!

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: Awesome

Andrew: Ah. Brings back memories.

Paul: Cool.

Andrew: So, well, that’s great. [laughs] That’s great, Paul. We thank you so much for making that. I’m sure – I’m sure that will get some feedback.

Paul: No problem. It was no trouble.

Andrew: I remember over – I guess, maybe it was summer 2005 or summer 2006, Ben was always singing that song left and right at opportune moments.

Paul: Nice. It’s glad – I’m glad to know that it kind of lived on within the MuggleNet staff, you know?

Andrew: It did. Yeah, it did.

Paul: Even though it never made its way public until now.

Andrew: I almost forgot about it…

Paul: The world premiere.

Andrew: Until you brought it up before we started recording. But it’s good.

Paul: Cool.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: All right, well, Paul DeGeorge, thank you so much for joining us today on MuggleCast.

Paul: Yeah, thank you so much, Andrew, for having me.

Andrew: No problem. We’ll check out your MySpace, www.MySpace.com/harryandthepotters, and also you’re in our new Wizard Rock section and you wrote up a lengthy interview for us. Thanks for doing that.

Paul: [laughs] Yeah. I went kind of crazy on it. I had a lot of time on a bus ride, so I just…

Andrew: No, it’s great! It’s great!

Paul: …went ballistic on your interview questions. [laughs]

Andrew: Well, it’s all good. I’m sure everyone will be enjoying that.

Paul: Cool! Great!

Andrew: All right, Paul, thanks very much!

Paul: Thanks, Andrew!

Andrew: Talk to you again soon.

Paul: All right.

Andrew: That was Paul DeGeorge of Harry and the Potters. He’s like Harry himself, practically. He’s like just as popular.

Matt: He’s kind of a big thing.

Andrew: Yeah, he’s sort of a somebody in the Wizard Rock world. I’ll put it that way.

Eric: I really like what he’s doing with the Wizard EP of the Month. I really like that.

MuggleCast 130 Transcript (continued)


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 13 – The Muggleborn Registraion Commission


Andrew: Yeah. That’s what we talked about. This week we’re just going to try one chapter – Chapter 13 – The Muggleborn Registration Commission. We feel like there’s a lot to talk about this chapter and the next week following it, so next week might be one chapter, too. I don’t know. Heck! We could be going until summer! I hope not, but…

[Andrew, Eric, and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Not weekly, anyway.

Eric: Well, we’ll see.

Andrew: All right, well let’s just jump right into it. I mean, this is the chapter where Harry, Ron and Hermione infiltrate the Ministry and Harry goes into Umbridge’s office and searches for the locket, of course to no avail and they actually do end up getting the locket in one of the coolest scenes so far in this book., and probably one of my favorite scenes in the book as a whole.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: Totally agree. So they’ve actually infiltrated the Ministry in the previous chapter but they’re just stepping off of the elevator in the beginning of the chapter when Umbridge recognizes Hermione who is Mafalda Hopkirk. So Harry steps off the elevator and Umbridge gets on the elevator and Harry is confronted with Pius – by Pius Thicknesse who is under the Imperius Curse. Do we know who Imperiused Pius? Is that Voldemort, like, directly Imperiused him because this is the Minister of Magic?

Andrew: Presumably it would be Voldemort.

Mikey: No, no, I believe in the beginning it was….

Matt: It was Draco, wasn’t it?

Mikey: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah. They stated that someone was supposed to do that at the beginning. I don’t remember who.

Mikey: Oh. I thought it was Yaxley because we were introduced to Yaxley in the very beginning of the book and I believe Voldemort talks to Yaxley about what’s the progress with the Ministry.

Eric: Oh.

Mikey: Things like – “we have Thickness under our control.”

Andrew: Oh, right. Yeah.

Mikey: So I believe it’s Yaxley, especially considering, you know, that would be great to build this character up because he’s kind of new in the seventh book and he’s the one that did this.

Eric: Yeah. Yeah.

Mikey: I don’t know. That’s just what I remember from reading, guys.

Eric: Yaxley’s making a bang. Yaxley’s is making a bang. I was just thinking in that scene it would be funny if Harry turned to him and said, you know, “I’m Harry Potter” and just watch him flip out, but…

Mikey: [laughs] No, actually, actually – again, like honestly, I want to see, you know, who’s Harry impersonating. Rancor – what’s his name?

Matt: Runcorn?

Andrew: Runcorn, yeah.

Mikey: Runcorn? And he’s like this high up Death Eater person…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: I would love for Harry – when Harry and Ron are in the elevator with Arthur – it’d just be like, “Arthur, it’s me, Harry, and this is Ron!” and just be like totally see Arthur Weasley just flip out and be like, “What are you doing here?” It’d be amazing, because like, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Harry feels bad the entire time in that entire scene.

Eric: Yeah, I agree. That’s what Jo’s so good at writing, though, is these scenes, you know? Like you really have to admire Jo for writing this just how she did because it’s like you almost want to reach out to the characters you’re seeing in peril. You know? Like Arthur Weasley getting intimidated and stuff – it’s just – I like how it all plays out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: No, I agree with you. It’s one of these – this book is, like I think I stated a long time ago – this book is one of those things where I was mad at it throughout the entire reading. Because it was like, I wanted them to do something and they weren’t doing it, or they weren’t – I was like talking to the book and obviously, you know, it’s not going to respond because it’s a book!

Eric: Did the book talk back?

Mikey: [laughs] I think it might’ve talked back at one point. It might’ve been a dream or no sleep or something.


The Pure-blood Pamphlets


Eric: Half asleep while reading it, yeah. That does it sometimes. Yeah, right before Harry goes into Umbridge’s office there’s that group of wizards and witches that are folding papers – the Ministry pamphlets with a flower strangling another flower on it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: What’d you guys think of that pure-blood pamphlet maniac crap?

Andrew: I thought – it sort of reminded me of like – sort of a telemarketer’s office or something where they’re all just grouped together and doing the same thing over and over again.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know if Jo’s trying to draw another parallel to something within the government or – yeah, I don’t know.

Eric: Just the idea that they were magicking pamphlets together – what would they use to magick pamphlets because pamphlets can be made quite easily by just folding paper. But they were like magically waving their wands and – I know it’s a moot point, but…

Andrew: See, I don’t see the point in doing that because they have paper folders. I used to use one in the job I used to work at. You put like a stack of papers in and then it like folds it three ways and it comes out like a toaster. You can just stick it in the envelope.

Eric: Oh, that’s cool.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Where do you get one of those Andrew?

Mikey: Yeah, but see the problem is…

Andrew: OfficeMax? [hits the “Easy” button] Actually, Staples.

Mikey: I prefer Staples. That’s what I was going to say.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I prefer Staples, my friend.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: But – it’s one of those things, though. Even if they do have paper-folders, Andrew, this is a wizarding world. We’ve seen them turn down jeans and t-shirts as daily wear to wear cloaks. So obviously going to Staples (“That was easy!”) and getting a paper folder – they’re probably just going to use their wand because it’s free.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: So…

Eric: They can’t be bothered. They can’t be bothered, Andrew. Plus, the Ministry needs to create jobs.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s true.

Mikey: Yeah. Economy – good for the economy.

Matt: About the picture with the red rose being strangled by a green weed, being mean and evil-like – do you guys see that as, kind of, propaganda?

Laura: Oh, yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, sort of.

Eric: It’s propaganda. Oh, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: I think Umbridge drew it, too.

Laura: It’s propaganda though.

Eric: Yeah and Umbridge drew it, too. Umbridge could have been responsible for that drawing, actually. That’s what, I think, Jo hinted at. Because she said when Harry took a look at that, he didn’t know who drew it, but the scars on the back of his hand tingled again as they had previously.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I thought it was a good comparison, too, because you know, roses are represented as the most beautiful, most prestigious flowers of the group…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: And that would represent like, Purebloods. I thought that was nice.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s a really good point.

Mikey: Yeah, but I think it’s also the fact that seeing a room of them folding it also lies in line with the pamphlet of what the Ministry has done previously about how to protect them and everything like that. I remember it was Half-Blood Prince and Harry was like, “I received a pamphlet form the Ministry,” and Dumbledore asks, “What did you think of it?” and he says, “It was pretty useless.”

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: That’s kind of what I think we’re seeing – that these are pretty useless because they’re propaganda and we see them as propaganda because that’s what the Ministry does because they’re kind of useless already.


The Eye of Moody


Andrew: So, the eye…

Eric: The eye! Nailed to the door. Or, you know, attached to the door. Guys, this is – this is sick. This is sick.

Andrew: It’s one of those classic Umbridge moments that I really was missing from Order of the Phoenix. Because like I’ve said so many times before, Order of the Phoenix gave me so much anger because of Umbridge. And that – you see Mad-Eye’s eye just framed up there like a trophy prize. It’s – I mean, it’s being used, but it’s still disgusting and wrong.

Matt: Well, it confirms that…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: It confirms the fact that we know what happened – who got to Mad-Eye’s body first, too.

Andrew: That’s – oh yeah. Good point.

Mikey: But I think the – what the biggest question that came up to me when I read this was where did Mad-Eye get that magical eye, then? If it’s so unique that they’re taking it versus just creating their own…

Eric: Or getting their own, yeah.

Mikey: Where did he get this magical eye? Where did it come from?

Andrew: But I think Umbridge wanted it to just – I’m sure she was happy that Mad-Eye died, so – and I mean, they realized there was a use for it.

Matt: I’m sure she was there, too. She probably took it when they were examining his body.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah. Considering she takes the locket, too.

Matt: Yeah. She’s just taking stuff.

Eric: Yeah, she gets out and about a lot. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Umbridge gets around.

Matt: She goes to yard sales and everything.

Andrew:

[laughs] Hey, for all you guys know, she could have gotten that eye at a yard sale. But realistically, yeah, that just confirms that the Ministry got to Mad-Eye’s body. How unfortunate!


Umbridge’s Ministry Office


Eric: Yeah. So, I don’ know. If Harry walks in – when Harry walks in to her office and he sees that her office is pretty much the same as it was when it was at Hogwarts – I can’t wait to see that in the movie…

Andrew: That’s so funny, yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Because the whole time I was reading that scene, I was like, “Okay, time to bring the plates back out of the prop room.”

Eric: [laughs] Yeah.

Andrew: Because that’s…

Eric: Time to get another photo shoot of the cats and everything.

Andrew: Right. Well, hopefully – I mean, I’m sure they’re happy about that because now they know what to do for her office at the Ministry: same exact thing.

Matt: It’s easy, too, because it’s almost exactly like it was in the fifth story, so they really don’t have to change anything.

Andrew: Right. Exactly.

Eric: It’s interesting…

Mikey: Yeah, I actually kind of freaked out re-reading it. Because after I had seen the movie with all those cats now, versus just like – when I was envisioning before when I read the fifth book, now when I read it, I was like, “Oh my gosh, there are all these cats on the walls.” And I just started hearing the meows.

Matt: I know. It’s so surreal.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: And it’s so creepy! It’s like “Meeeeow! Meow!”

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Scratching. Ahhh, sorry, I’m freaking out!

[Eric makes “meow” noise]

Laura: I still just think of the cat plates they had in the bathrooms of the premiere party.

Andrew: I know.

Laura: And – oh my god.

Andrew: They would meow and stuff. That was really funny.

Eric: I wish I was there.

Matt: Yeah. So do I.

Andrew: Such a nice touch.

Mikey: Yeah, I didn’t go so…

Andrew: Not to have some inside talk even more, but another amazing thing about that after party is that they had an indoor area and there were portraits on the walls, but they were like plasma T.V. screens with portrait borders around them.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: And it was moving wizards and stuff – it was so cool.

Laura: Yeah, that whole thing was pretty sweet. I have to say…

Andrew: Yeah, it was. Sucks you guys weren’t there! [laughs]

Matt: Well, I’m glad you guys had fun.

Mikey: Yeah, I’m glad you guys had a lot of fun.

Matt: Yeah, jerk.

Andrew: Well, Laura’s the one who took a picture with Rupert.

Laura: I did! It’s on my Facebook.

Andrew: That was very exciting. I’m glad you did that. 

Eric: So, as if… 

Andrew: I was too afraid to do that. But anyway… 


Search in Office Reveals No Locket


Eric: So as if the shockingness – as if the chapter couldn’t get any more shocking, Harry unsuccessfully searches for the locket unsucessfully in her office. And ell, actually guys, do you want to talk about that decoy detonator? Because my favorite line in the chapter comes just as Harry’s exiting Umbridge’s office. 

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Can we jump to the favorites segment here quickly? 

Andrew: I guess so, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah. 


Eric’s Favorite Line and The Rain Cloud


Eric: Well, my favorite line in this chapter – they’re discussing the diversion that Harry created with the decoy detonator and they say, “I bet it sneaked up here from Experimental Charms. They’re so careless. Remember that poisonous duck?” [laughs].

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: You know, I agree. Because it’s one of those things where it also shows how lax and ridiculous the…

Eric: The office life is.

Mikey: …Ministry has gotten.

Eric: “Remember that poisonous duck that was up here?” “Yeah, those silly Experimental Charms people.”

Mikey: Poisonous Duck. [laughs]

Eric: Yeah, so the Ministry is sticking Dementors on the Muggle-borns.

Matt: They are?

Andrew: Which was very sad, but at the same time.

Mikey:

Andrew: It was definitely the coolest scene. Should we jump to that now? 

Matt: Yeah.

Mikey: Well actually, there’s something I put in there that sort of goes along with what Eric was saying – before we get down to the bottom of the elevator, guys. 

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay. 

Mikey: Eric brought up the exploding decoy and we know that’s from the twins. Then, Harry and Ron are in the elevator and Arthur Weasley shows up. And Arthur tells Ron, not knowing it’s Ron, how to stop to the rain in Yaxley’s office. 

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey:  My question is how does Arthur Weasley know exactly the spell? Do you think it’s the Order of The Phoenix making rain clouds in the offices? 

Eric: Oh no, no, no…

Matt: I think, if anything, it’s Fred and George’s stuff. 

Eric: No, he said he knew that spell because it worked for the other guy that had rain in his office. 

Mikey: Yeah, but that just seems way too convenient – that seems way too convenient that he happens to know it off the top of his head. I think there is something along there, where they’re tossing rain cloud frisbees or something and making rain clouds in all the offices of the Death Eaters. 

Matt: It’s very Fred and George-ish though. 

Laura: Yeah. 

Mikey: Yeah, that’s what – I agree. 

Matt: Like what they did in Movie 5 with the swamp in the Great Hall, or wherever it was. 

Eric: That’s true… 

Mikey: Swamp in the hallway.

Eric: Just because how close they’re watching Arthur Weasley, it just seems unlikely he’d be involved in it, but it is very pranksterish. 

Matt: I don’t think he is involved. I think it’s… 

Mikey: Yeah. I guess I can see it not being Arthur but I think Arthur knows exactly who’s doing it and what’s going on. I can really see it being a Fred and George thing where they snuck in and go, “Dad, just let these go,” and him doing it nonchalantly and they just go to where they need to go. Because that’s just amazing – come on, a rain cloud!  

Eric: What stuns me is that the raining offices floored Ron. I mean, he – when Hermione was mentioning suggestions, you know, Finite Incantatem or just Impervius and all that stuff – these are all spells that Ron had learned at Hogwarts for years and he was just completely unable to grasp the concept. He was fiddling in his pockets for a quill to write down the spells. And Ron is just completely stumped by this raining office when Hermione told him the spells to use and he just seems really incompetent.

Matt: Well, we know Ron’s reaction time isn’t as quick as the rest of them; he doesn’t very quick reactions. 

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: No, he doesn’t.

Mikey: Yeah, but it’s also one of those things where – what was it? Who was it? Yaxley? Again Yaxley said, “Fix the office and I might go easier on your wife.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: And again, Ron’s like, “I need to do this because I don’t want an innocent person to, you know, be killed.”

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Right. He’s getting freaked out.

Mikey: So one, Ron is under pressure and stuff like that. I think you guys picked on Ron a little too much, because I like him. [laughs]

Eric: [sings] “Under pressure…”

Mikey: No, it’s one of those things – yeah. [sings] “Under pressure…” But no, it’s one of things where Ron definitely is put under pressure and I think Harry, even Hermione, has problems under pressure. We see that coming up in a second and I’ll bring it up again. But Harry is the only one who does really well under pressure.  

Eric: “Fire!” “But there’s no wood!” “Are you a witch or not?” [laughs]

Mikey: [laughs] Well no, it’s also the same thing as like – again, there are Dementors all around and Hermione can’t cast a Patronus. It’s the only spell she’s ever had problems with.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Still, it’s like you’re under pressure. I work better under pressure, but I don’t know about you guys.


The Elevator and The Courtroom


Eric: Speaking of Nazi parallels, there’s a really good line in here when Jo is illustrating that Umbridge’s Patronus is keeping the Dementors’ cold effects from reaching the prosecutors. And it’s a line that says that “morbid feeling,” that “dismal existence was for the accused not the accusers.”

Matt: Right, well that’s in the next chapter, isn’t it?

Eric: No.

Mikey: No, that’s in this chapter.

Matt: Are you sure?

Eric: That’s in this chapter because they’re in the chamber.

Andrew: So we’re there now.

Mikey: Yeah. So, we’re going, now we’re moving down.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: Arthur Weasley just told Ron how to get – and we’re going down into – Harry puts on the Invisibility Cloak.

Andrew: Oh.

Eric: And Percy Weasley is on the elevator, he gets off the elevator – oh, and Arthur tells off Harry.

Mikey: Yeah, Arthur tells off Harry and Harry puts on the Invisibility Cloak and boom! They’re down in the courtrooms. That’s where we’re at.

Andrew: I was very surprised by Arthur Weasley’s attitude there because I don’t think that’s – I think that’s the first we’ve really seen him act like that. Of course, he’s not – he doesn’t know it’s Harry but still, I was kind of surprised by how mean he was.

Eric: Pleasantly surprised though.

Mikey: I wasn’t though. They’re not pushovers. You know what I mean?

Andrew: Yeah, I know.


Undesirable Number One and Eric’s Wizard Rock Band


Eric: Mikey.

Mikey: They’re family and – what?

Eric: It’s – he’s been hanging around Undesirable Number One too much. You know?

Andrew: Ah, yes.

Mikey: Yeah. That’s what it is.

Andrew: Those were cool names.

Matt: Now is that me or is that title just…

Eric: It’s the coolest title in the world.

Matt: …kind of, uncreative.

Andrew: I like it.

Matt: I don’t like it at all.

Eric: Who has not – see, I want to start a Wizard Rock band. I’ve been thinking about it for a long time and I’m going to call it – before someone else does – I want to call myself Undesirable Number One because it means…

Andrew: Well…

Eric: Because it’s just another nickname for Harry Potter but it’s – I don’t think it’s taken. So…

Andrew: That is a really good name but I think you just blew it.

Matt: You just blew it, you’ve got to…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: But guys, guys! Didn’t you know? Me and Eric started that band last week.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Eric: Yeah, yeah.

Mikey: Undesirable Number One, that’s me and Eric. That’s me and you right?

Eric: Yeah, totally.

Mikey: Is that what it is?

Andrew: All you’ve got to do is – Paul and I discussed in the interview – all you’ve got to do is just create a new MySpace page and boom! You have a band. You’re done. So, just create the band real quick putu p a MySpace before the episode comes out.

Mikey: Yes! We should. Let’s do it right now. Guys, you’re listening to history in the making. Undesirable Number One is getting an e-mail at Gmail right now and a MySpace page in the next five minutes.

Eric: Mikey, if you…

Andrew: Sweet.

Eric: Could do that I’d love you forever.

Mikey: Actually I would let you do it because I’m actually looking at my bills now. I’m sorry.

Eric: That’s okay, it just won’t get done.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Just get that done. Okay, giving that name up for the public…

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: Undesirable Number One…

Mikey: Yes.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: Make it and the just give Eric credit for the name because it’s awesome.


Back to Umbrigde’s Office: Rita’s Book


Andrew: Okay, well let’s…

Matt: Hey guys…

Andrew: Let’s keep moving along here.

Matt: Can I say something?

Andrew: Sure.

Matt: About – because we kind of passed it and I really hate going back but, I think this is a pivotal – one of the pivotal points in the chapter, when Harry looks at the book by Rita Skeeter about “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore.”

Eric: Oh, you’re right. We missed that.

Matt: It has a picture of Dumbledore holding who I believe – isn’t it Dumbledore? He says it could be Armando Dippet, but…

Eric: No, Doge.

Matt: Doge. Doge. That’s it.

Eric: Dumbledore is there and he says it could be Doge he’s holding.

Matt: I kind of thought it was like, Grindelwald or something.

Eric: I think – it’s either talked – I don’t think it would be Grindelwald in that picture though. See, it depends on what picture. But, the one in the book…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: I don’t know. If it’s…

Andrew: What made you think it was Grindelwald?

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: I don’t know. Because he was just holding his arm around him looking really happy and Dumbledore and him used to be really good friends.

Andrew: Well, what are you trying to say?

Mikey: Wellm it couldn’t have been – couldn’t it have been his brother?

Andrew: They were lovers. I don’t know.

Mikey: Were they lovers?

Andrew: No they weren’t.

Laura: No, they weren’t.

Andrew: But Dumbledore loved him.

Eric: You know what else is funny? Rita Skeeter – it said, from the same author as “Armando Dippet” – what was it? “Moron.” [laughs] Or something.

Andrew: Yeah, something like that.

Eric: “Master or Moron.” It was pretty funny.


Back to the Courtroom and The Locket


Andrew: So, let’s get to the chamber now in the courtroom. Harry is there with his Invisibility Cloak, scares Hermione by saying, “I’m behind you.” This – I love this scene. I think this is so cool.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Umbridge is explaining that the locket belongs to her ancestors and that just sends Harry through the roof. I can’t – I really cannot wait to see this scene.

Laura: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: Laura – what did you think about it, Laura?

Laura: I thought it was just fabulous. I mean you just – it’s just another one of those Umbridge moments that you talk about where it’s like, she’s just flat out lying, like… [makes frustrated noise]

Andrew: Right.

Laura: It’s so annoying.

Andrew: So easily. So easily.

Matt: What’s great about when she does these lies and stuff – she knows it’s a blatant lie and she knows that she can say it and it’s pretty much cannon when she says it, because no one can say anything.

Mikey: See, what I was going to say is like – this is great, you know, it’s this blatant lie. But if she knew what it really was, it’d be even that much more because it was Salazar Slytherin’s. It was one of the founders of Hogwarts. You know, she could say, “Oh, this is an old family heirloom but it was originally Salazar Slytherin’s.” That’s so much more than it was like, “it’s been in her family for generations” and I just find it very ironic that she’s making up a story that’s not even as good as the actual story behind it.

Laura: Yeah, that’s true.

Matt: Well if she – if she blatantly tells everybody that it’s from Slytherin, people are going to start to actually research it to see if she’s a liar or not. If she goes “Selwyn”…

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Matt: …it’s not as prestigious.

Mikey: No, I know. Yeah, I know, but the whole thing is though – like, the actual story behind what the locket is and what it is, is way more interesting and way more important than her made up story of “it’s been in my family for years.”
 

Andrew: Of course!
 

Eric: Umbridge has the locket around her neck and she is proud to wear it. But if Pius Thicknesse, if the Minister of Magic saw the locket at any point, you know, when maybe she was walking in, she showed it to the Minister: “Do you like my new locket?” Pius should’ve told – if Pius was under the Imperius control of Voldemort, Voldemort would’ve seen that locket, and he would’ve recognized that the locket was out of its hiding place. That’s a potential…
 

Andrew: Yeah!
 

Eric: … big plot hole that I just – I just thought of that.
 

Mikey: Well again we – I thought that we said that Pius wasn’t Imperiused by Voldemort.

Eric: Wasn’t under Voldemort. And I think that’s…
 

Laura: Yeah, I don’t think he was.
 

Mikey: And again, I think Voldemort was lying low still. He’s basically in control because all his cronies are controlling the Ministry. But he doesn’t actually need to be – I think they said, I think Arthur or…
 

Eric: It was Remus. It was Remus who said, “Yeah, that he doesn’t have to.”
 

Mikey: Yeah, it’s Remus that says he doesn’t need to because he has virtual control without having to make himself present. And if he did make himself present, then there would probably be more people that would stand against it because then it’s obvious, but…
 

Eric: But I just thought it was – yeah. Yeah.
 

Mikey: But I’m pretty confident it wasn’t Voldemort.
 

Eric: No, you’re right. It’s no plot hole.


Harry Attacks Umbridge, Hermione Takes The Locket


 

Andrew: So, another thing we wanted to talk about here. So, Harry sends a curse at – what was it again?

Eric: He shuts her face.
 

Matt: It was Stupify.
 

Andrew: It was Stupify, right.
 

Mikey: Was it Stupify, again? Oh, geez.

Andrew: It was.
 

Eric: Yeah, it was Stupify.. It was Stupify.

Mikey: It’s a good spell, isn’t it?

Andrew: It was.

Mikey: Stupify again.
 

Eric: Umbridge is boom – face desk, head desk.


Why Does Locket Have No Effect on Umbridge?


 

Andrew: Which is great, and then Hermione goes into it get the locket. One thing that Matt wanted to bring up was why does the locket not have an effect on Umbridge? Because as we know later on in the book – we’ll talk about it now just because Umbridge is wearing it now – Ron felt the effects of it. It made him separate from the group. So, what was it about Umbridge that…
 

Matt: Well, not only that, but when they put the locket on for the first time – in the next chapter though – you could feel it, an automatic heart beat. Like, wouldn’t she feel that?
 

Andrew: Yeah, well not just that. Harry said he felt the slightest heart beat…
 

Mikey: Heart beat and stuff, yeah. We read both chapters in preparation for this but then we just realized that the chapter’s too big.
 

Andrew: Yeah.
 

Mikey: For two chapters, but…
 

Andrew: So…

Mikey: Oh…

Andrew: The question is why – does anyone have any high ideas or theories why Umbridge wouldn’t feel anything? Does it matter if you’re wearing certain amount of clothing that’s protecting you from physically…
 

Eric: Well she does have the ruffles, the foliage…
 

Andrew: Touching skin?
 

Eric: But…
 

Andrew: Her dress. No, I’m just kidding.
 

Eric: No, well, I think she did feel it. I don’t think the locket had no effect on Umbridge. But I think, though, that Umbridge was so full of malice, generally – when she got the locket, she proceeded to – I mean that is when she proceeded to make those pamphlets and start crucifying and became the head of the Muggle-born Registration Committee. She was at a really crucial, really powerful, self-important time as part of her career at the Ministry. I just think the locket would have felt good – unusually good to wear. I think it attracted her to begin with.
 

Matt: Yeah.
 

Eric: And it just was one of those things that empowered her to do her job and have all that malice and evil. So, she might not have noticed that it was beating a heart beat, but I think it definitely affected her it made her – sort of brought out her evil and her cruelty.
 

Laura: Yeah, I agree. Definitely
 

Mikey: Yeah, I have to be with Eric, but I also think maybe – also kind of shows that – because it is part Voldemort. I know that Voldemort has a direct affect on the people that see him that are not his followers. It could also mean that she was a Death Eater and he had been in his presence before and did not seem any different. I personally think that just because how evil she was, she would definitely be one of the Death Eaters.
 

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, yeah.
 

Mikey: And this locket would not change anything. You know?

Laura: Well…

Mikey: It’s what she’s been used to.
 

Matt: That’s kind of the same as my theory, too. Although, I think since it is a Horcrux and it’s part of Voldemort – I think Horcruxes kind of have soul of its own. So, I think it could actually sense if it’s in danger or not. Maybe that’s why it affected Ron so much because it knew what – it kind of felt that it was kind in danger in this group of peoples’ hands.
 

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.
 

Matt: Whereas, if it was with Umbridge, it knew it was safe or it just could sense a comfortable…
 

Andrew: Oh, that’s true. Yeah.
 

Matt: …aura around her or something.
 

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.
 

Mikey: Yeah. I could believe that. That’s a good one.
 

Laura: Yeah, well I think the big point of the locket is that it brings out the worst in people. If you’re a good person like Ron is and it starts to magnify all of your worst traits, you’re clearly not going to be very happy.

Eric: You’re very fearsome.

Laura: But if you thrive in being evil like Umbridge does, then just making her power-hungry nature that much more bad would make her happy.

Matt: That’s true.

Laura: So, yeah.

Matt: That’s a good theory, too.

Eric: Yeah. Well, you know what Hermione does, guys? This is – this shocked me.

Andrew: But wait a second – was there anything that showed Dumbledore – or, sorry – that Umbridge – her cruelness was exemplified?

Eric: Well, it’s like…

Laura: Well, the way I think – I mean…

Eric: I’m not saying it’s inhuman. I’m not saying Umbridge is being super powerful now that she has the locket. I’m just saying that the locket would have felt good to wear around – as a general vibe, like…

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: …Umbridge would be – Umbridge would be getting this vibe to be cruel, and she’s proud to have this locket that is from the Sed – or Selwyn family, or whatever, which is not true.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well granted, also…

Laura: Well, I think that it…

Matt: Oh, sorry.

Andrew: Yeah. Let Laura go.

Laura: It’s okay. All right, I think that what it shows is it kind of took her whole pure – her obsession with pure-bloods to a whole new level, because in the fifth book, she didn’t really say anything about Muggle-borns, did she?

Eric: No, she just hated half-breeds, like centaurs.

Andrew: No.

Laura: It was mostly about magical creatures…

Eric: Yeah, magical creatures.

Laura: And this just took it to a whole new level. And gave her the opportunity.

Eric: Totally.

Andrew: But don’t you think that was Dumbledore’s – or, sorry – Voldemort’s doing?

Laura: Well I think that – I think that he allowed – I think he made that easier for her to do, but it also, I think, could become more acceptable for her if she had – you know, if the locket did bring out…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: …that kind of…

Eric: I’m with Laura.

Laura: Evil, power-hungry…

Eric: I’m with Laura.

Laura: Personality of hers.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, I can go with that. I’ll buy that.


Duplicating the Locket


Eric: You know what’s so shocking that I read, guys, is that Hermione duplicated the locket so that Umbridge didn’t know it was missing. Did you guys catch that?

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: Yeah. Mhm.

Andrew: Well, of course…

Eric: But I thought…

Andrew: That’s pretty important.

Eric: That’s so weird. So now, not only is there a locket around Kreacher’s neck, which is the false locket that R.A.B. put in the basin to replace the locket he took, but now there’s actually a duplicate locket that actually has an “S,” so it’s almost like an exact replica of the Slytherin artifact without Voldemort’s soul in it.

Matt: Uh huh.

Andrew: But that’s important because if Umbridge thought it was stolen, there would have been this huge search for that locket and…

Eric: Right, but…

Andrew: …they would have had a…

Eric: What exactly does it…

Mikey: And I’m sure Voldemort would have found out.

Eric: Matter? But what exactly does it…?

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Oh. Well…

Andrew: It matters because they don’t want another reason for Death Eaters and Voldemort to come after them. Or Umbridge – like, maybe Umbridge would have been really annoyed enough to go after…

Eric: Right. Okay.

Andrew: …Harry, Ron and Hermione to get the locket.

Eric: But at first I didn’t wonder, because, I mean, after they make the big escape from the Ministry, I think – I mean, there are several moments here – and this is another point too – there are several moments – see, Mary, the wife of Redge, who they’re rescuing from this trial – she’s really confused because Harry is, you know, personifying the man who put her there in the first place. But they shout each other’s names quite a bit when they’re escaping and throwing Patronuses at the Dementors, “Harry,” “Hermione,” “Ron this,” “Ron that,” and it seems pretty obvious that it’s Harry Potter, Ron Weasley and Hermione Granger that have appeared at the Ministry. It seems like Mary would be able to piece it together, or that, you know, somebody would be able to piece it together. Wouldn’t they just want to come after Harry Potter anyway for being at the Ministry? Wouldn’t that just make them want to come after them anyway?

Mikey: Yeah. Well, they’re already after Harry Potter anyway.

Eric: I guess. Yeah.

Mikey: But no, I think the big thing about the locket is, again, without her knowing the locket’s gone and making a fuss about it, Voldemort won’t get wind that his locket has been found and the people involved with taking it and stealing it was his one big enemy. You know what I mean? If Voldemort knew he was destroying his Horcruxes, I think he would have gone out and made more. You know? There are so many more things he could have done than to prevent himself from ever destroying all the Horcruxes. Do you know what I mean?

Eric: You’re right. Dolores…

Mikey: And Harry is this 96-year-old man…

Eric: Umbridge…

Mikey: Trying to kill, you know, the last seventeen of them.

Eric: You’re right, and Umbridge would have been making a big fuss if her locket was…

Matt: Well…

Eric: Stolen.

Matt: Back to what the original question was, though, about how come it didn’t affect her as much, was – I just thought about it – she didn’t wear the locket as long as Ron did either, so that’s probably why it didn’t affect her as much as it did Ron.

Laura: Fair point. Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I guess. Yeah.

Matt: Because it didn’t – weren’t they like out there for months?

Mikey: Yeah…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: But also, how long did she have the locket from what’s his name? From…

Eric: Mundungus. Dung.

Mikey: …Mundungus? Yeah. Do you know what I mean? She could have had it for months too, because they didn’t think about this locket until – remember when Dumbledore died? That’s like the summer before. Let’s say that’s like June or – and now it’s like, what? It’s like…

Eric: Now it’s September.

Mikey: …September maybe. So she’s had it on straight for months then if he got it right away. Do you know what I mean?

Matt: Did he say he sold it right away though?

Mikey: And actually, no. Mundungus stole it before Dumbledore’s death even, after freaking what’s his name’s death? After Sirius’s…

Laura: Oh, good old what’s-his-name!

Mikey: Which was like, years ago.

Eric: So all we know is that Umbridge came up to Dung while he was selling in Diagon Alley and said, “Do you have a permit to sell it here?” And he said no, he’s like, you know, whatever, and she’s like, “Give me that nice necklace, I want it.”

Mikey: Yeah, “give me that and I’ll turn a blind eye.”

MuggleCast 130 Transcript (continued)


The Escape and The Polyjuice Potion Issue


Eric: Well, next was just their – kind of their escape. Do you guys have any comments about their escape?

Andrew: The escape was interesting. I thought the biggest “Holy Sh…” moment was when the real – what was his name again?

Matt: Yaxley?

Andrew: No, no, no, the guy who went home to puke and then…

Eric: Reg Cattermole.

Mikey: Reg Cattermole.

Eric: Reggie Cattermole.

Andrew: Yeah, when he came back and, you know, everyone realized there was two of them. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: That was a very confusing scene, like…

Matt: It’s hard to read.

Andrew: …even Yaxley was confused. It is hard to read.

Matt: It’ll be a lot better in the movie though.

Eric: Well, Harry laid out this bald guy.

Mikey: Yeah! I think that’s a cool part. I was going to say that, and like, Harry’s just like – he punches a bald guy that lets them go through, and he’s like…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …”He’s helping Muggle-borns escape Yaxley!” and confuses everyone. That’s just awesome.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I think – but, again, this is not going to be a Daniel Radcliffe doing this scene, punching, and it’s going to be some guy playing Runcorn, and I want to see some big guy just punch another guy.

Eric: Oh, guys, what do you think is going to happen? Because this is a Polyjuice moment, but remember, they made a significant change in Chamber of Secrets when they used the Polyjuice. They still had their own voices, which was…it was a dumb change to make.

Andrew: Yeah, you know, I thought about that because Mrs. Cattermole was all confused in – once they knocked Umbridge out, she got all confused, but like, Harry and Hermione kept addressing each other as each other. So, I don’t understand really what’s going on there.

Mikey: But she was also worried about her life. She’s not paying attention to those little things. We catch them, obviously.

Andrew: Yeah, but she – but it’s not even a little thing. It’s like, “Harry come here, Hermione come here.” Like, you know?

Eric: It is, it is. Andrew is completely right, and, I mean, more to the point, in the book they don’t have their regular voices, and they shouldn’t either. I mean, that was stupid of Movie 2 to do it, but it was a plot device.

Matt: Well, they don’t in The Goblet of Fire either with Mad-Eye Moody. I think they just changed it ’cause they realized that’s how it happens.

Eric: Oh, you’re right, because Mad-Eye Moody, yeah okay, so that’s a Movie 2 error.

Andrew: But I do think from a movie stand point, especially with the trio, it’s too confusing while you’re watching a movie to follow who Harry, Ron and Hermione turn into. Don’t you think?

Laura: Yeah, I think they will change it for the benefit of the movie goer.

Eric: So what do you think they’ll do?

Andrew: Yeah, it’s just too confusing, especially with these random Ministry characters, like – you know, a typical movie goer will not understand – will probably get confused. Especially during these faster-paced action scenes, like, “Wait, who’s who again? I forget.” Like, you know, it’s not going to have like arrows pointing to who is who. You’ve got to have…

Mikey: But you know what? That’s actually what happens; Ron forgets what Harry looked like.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: You know what I mean? I think they’re not going to – I don’t think they’re going to dumb it down for movie goers, regardless of…

Eric: I don’t think they’re going to dumb it down, you’re right.

Matt: No.

Mikey: Yeah, I think they’re going to have different voices, and what’s going to happen is, we’re going to follow the one person that the movie’s through. We’re going to follow Harry. And we’re going to forget that it’s Hermione, but then he’s going to be under the Invisibility Cloak and go, “Hermione, I’m here.” And it’s going to go, “Oh, that’s Hermione’s character again, she changed from what she looked like.”

Andrew: I guess so.

Eric: Mafalda Hopkirk.

Mikey: And Ron forgot what he looked like, you know what I mean? There’s enough in there. The only part that’s going to be confusing is like, that ending part when two Reg Cattermoles come out.

Matt: Right.

Mikey: But then, you know what’s going to happen is? They’re going to start coming back.

Matt: Exactly.

Mikey: Because Yaxley has a moment of recognition, that’s when Harry’s scar is going to appear.

Eric: Or their voices change. Yeah.

Mikey: Or their voices start changing. You’re going to know – the movie goers are not – sorry, I get passionate when we start talking about the movie, even though I love the books.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Because I’m a filmmaker, guys. But you know, it’s…

Eric: I know.

Andrew: Wait, wait. You’re a film major? You never said that before.

Mikey: Yeah! What can I say? I like movies.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: I didn’t know that. But wait, repeat it like five more times, because I think I’m going to forget.

Mikey: Mikey B! Likes movies. Okay, I’m going to leave it there. But no, it’s one of those things they can definitely keep in.

Eric: Yeah, well I agree.

Mikey: They don’t have to dumb it down. As long as they have the one thread which is Harry’s character as Runcorn, because we follow him, we know that’s Harry, and then, you know, Ron’s character comes back in. Even if we forgot what it was, he goes, “Ron, it’s me.” He’s like, “Oh Harry, I forgot what you looked like.” They bring that back up so we know what Ron looks like again, and then, you know, again we have Hermione.

Eric: I think they will cast actors. Yeah, I don’t think they’ll dumb it down, you’re right, Mikey. Have you seen Stardust? Have you guys seen Stardust?

Mikey: No.

Andrew: Well, obviously, they’re going to cast actors, but I – see, I think the way they did it in Chamber of Secrets says something. Sure, they could change it, but I think to avoid confusion – and yes, there will be confusion, I don’t care what you guys say. I mean, whatever, we can agree to disagree.

Mikey: But what about Mad-Eye? We didn’t have Mad-Eye doing a weird fake voice the entire time.

Andrew: Well, because then you would’ve known it was…

Laura: Because that was a longer period of time too.

Andrew: And the other thing was that you weren’t supposed to know that that was an impostor.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: Like if it was a different voice, people would’ve been like, “What the hell?”

Matt: Yeah, I know, but you can’t just change it, Andrew.

Andrew: Although I guess that’s the first time we’re meeting Mad-Eye anyway, so nobody would have known.

Mikey: So, it wouldn’t have mattered. Exactly.

Eric: Actually, wait, you guys are forgetting – wait, I remember it. No, it would be easier to understand because they’ll understand because of the seven Potters. The scene with the seven Potters, with all of those Dan Radcliffes.

Andrew: That’s going to be hard, too.

Eric: I don’t know even know if it will be hard, it will just be – they’ll understand that that kind of stuff happens, so the…

Matt: It’s possible, guys…

Eric: Filmmakers…

Matt: It’s not hard.

Eric: …establish that with the scene with the seven Potters to then help understand what happens in the Ministry of Magic.

Andrew: True, true.

Mikey: I want to see Dan Radcliffe walk in as Fleur Delacour. Just walking around, giving Bill a big old kiss.

Andrew: So, um, yeah their escape; it’s cool.

[Andrew and Eric laugh]

Andrew: The saddest moment is when they realize that they won’t be able to go back to Grimmauld Place anymore.

Eric: They don’t realize that yet.

Mikey: No. The saddest moment is when Ron gets splinched. That’s…

Eric: That doesn’t happen yet!

Andrew: Yeah, but he’s okay.

Eric: It doesn’t happen yet, guys. They’re in midair

Matt: You are skipping to the next chapter.

Eric: They are in midair….

Andrew: Oh. Right. Yeah.

Eric: …when the next chapter happens. Harry just feels Hermione’s grasp leaving him and then that’s…

Andrew: Oh, yeah that’s…

[Something beeps in the background]

Andrew: Something in my room keeps beeping!

Mikey: So that’s Chapter 13.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: All right. So it’s time for Quote Quiz-quiz-quiz-quiz… Okay, this week’s Quote Quiz from Chapter 14 is: “Can you feel it though?”

Matt: Yeah!

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: I can feel it.

Andrew: No. No. That was Quote Quiz, Matt. That wasn’t a question.

Matt: Oh, oh, oh.


Make The Connection


Andrew: Ummm, okay. So let’s move on now to Make The Connection.

Matt: Is it Make “the” Connection or Make “a” Connection?

Andrew: Matt’s back this week with a…what?

Matt: Is it Make “the” Connection or Make “a” Connection?

Andrew: “The.”

Matt: Oh, it is?

Andrew: Well, we’ve always called it Make The Connection, so I don’t know.

Matt: All right. Okay.

Andrew: Let’s start with Mikey since he is new to this. I guess Eric hasn’t done one yet either, has he?

Mikey: I’ve done one before.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Mikey: I just haven’t done one in a long time because I haven’t been here.

Matt: I am going to give Mikey an easy one.

Mikey: Okay, good. Thank you. I appreciate that.

Matt: Okay. Let me look. Let me look. Let me look Okay, Mikey B, your Make The Connection for this week is: Make The Connection between Harry Potter and Anakin Skywalker.

Andrew: Oh god!

Mikey: Oh, eez! Which Anakin, though?

Eric: Dude!

Matt: The one in Star Wars.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Okay. Just checking, because really, I don’t want to make a connection between – well there is another one. There is Anakinn Solo.

Eric: Oh, you’re right.

Matt: In the movies. In the movies.

Mikey: In the movies.

Matt: In the movies. In the movies. In the movies. In the movies.

Mikey: In the movies. In the movies. Okay, well I am going to have to say Order of the Pheonix is a lot like Attack of the Clones, because they’re both big babies and whine about a lot of things.

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: Because Harry Potter is like, “I’m mad! At the world! Beause I’m angsty, and I’m ALL CAPS HARRY!” And then in the movie, Anakin Skywalker goes, “I killed them all! I hated them. AHHH!”

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: “I hate them.”

Mikey: That’s a good one, right?

Eric: Yeah, yeah, yeah. Yeah, yeah.

Andrew: That’s a good one.

Matt: Mhm.

Mikey: “I hate them all! I killed them all like animals! I’m angry!”

Eric: “I smothered…”

Matt: That’s good!

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Actually, you guys want to hear a Star Wars story, a very quick one that kind of relates to this?

Andrew: Really quick.

Mikey: All right. I pulled out my Wii, Nintendo Wii again, and I set it up, and I’ve been playing Harry Potter and the Order of the Pheonix, and then I rented Lego Star Wars.

Eric: Oh! How is that for Wii? For Wii?

Mikey: That game is amazing! Lego Star Wars for the Wii is the most amazing thing. I beat Episode 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 and then I had to return it before I could beat Episode 6, so…

[Matt and Eric sigh]

Mikey: …I think that I may have to buy it or rent it again. Because Lego – and they’re making a Lego Indiana Jones.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: And I’m so excited. The Lego games are so entertaining.

Andrew: They are.

Mikey: They’re not little kid games. They are awesome. They’re Lego games.

Andrew: I used to love Lego Chess. That was a fun one.

Eric: That always froze my computer.

Mikey: Dude, Lego Star Wars.

Andrew: I guess I am the only dork who plays Lego Chess.

Eric: Lego Chess, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, anyway.

Eric: Well, Lego Chess inspired me…

Mikey: Make The Connection.

Matt: Wait, wait, wait! Let me say something about this, because I want to tell you the reason why I picked this – was because the person who sent this in had the most perfect Make The Connection, and I agree with it.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Matt: It is so funny. The reason why there is a Make The Connection between Harry Potter and Anakin Skywalker is because both main actors, Daniel Radcliffe and Hayden Christianson both are bad actors.

[Everyone boos]

Mikey: That’s mean!

[Matt laughs]

Eric: That’s the worst Making the Connection. I don’t like that one.

[Matt continues to laugh]

Mikey: But this is what happens, though. Let me explain why that’s completely wrong.

Matt: Oh. Okay!

Mikey: I can explain that. I can explain why that’s completely wrong. Harry Potter is originally a fictional character from a novel. Anakin Skywalker – we never had a novel of that. That’s George Lucas’s vision. Every Star Wars book never dealt with the story of Anakin Skywalker. That was originally released not as a novel, but as a movie. And that’s where Hayden Christianson is the canon for that, whereas Harry Potter – the canon for that is the book one, not the movie one.

Eric: Ah.

Mikey: Not Daniel Radcliffe.

Eric: That’s true. It is safe to say. Now Mikey B’s…

Mikey: They’re two different things.

Matt: I’m not convinced, but okay

Eric: So you can’t mess with Hayden Christianson.

Mikey: I’m sorry sure. Don’t mess with me and Star Wars. I have a Yoda tattoo and a Fox Phoenix tattoo, okay? I got my two friends.

Andrew: Mhm.

Mikey: Okay? Those are on my body for life.

Eric: Well, okay, none of you mentioned the fact that he’s a little boy when he figures out that he’s going to be whisked away and taken on a fate-entwined journey.

Andrew: There’s a million connections.

Mikey: There’s a million connections. But I wanted to bring up the whiny one so I could change my voice and go “I killed them all! Ah!”

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Eric: Oh, it was funny. It was funny. It was funny. That was a very, very scene. That was a very…

Andrew: All right.

Mikey: All right, and actually, you really like – honestly, go play Lego Star Wars. Even if you don’t like Star Wars, just to see the angsty Anakin Skywalker as a Lego is so entertaining! That’s what that voice came from. The “Ah!” It’s amazing. It’s so funny.

Eric: I am just so upset that they combined those games because I have one and two, which was the original trilogy, which was the sequel they made. And now they have the complete Saga for the Wii, the PS3, and the XBOX 360. And I don’t have any of those systems. So, I don’t have the combined game. Can I have a Making the Connection, Matt?

Matt: I got one for you, but I got Andrew because I like this one for Andrew. Make a Connection between Harry Potter and a furry hat.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: A furry hat? Well, what does that have to do with me?

Matt: I don’t know.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Okay. Well, Harry Potter and a furry hat. Yeah, are we talking a cap or like a…

Matt: It says, “A furry hat.” Go with it.

Andrew: Okay. Well, a furry hat is very warm and cozy on your head. It actually sometimes tickles your head because of the fibers that are coming off of it. And when you where a wizarding hat – or a witches’ hat – your head tingles, because when it’s a Sorting Hat, it talks to you.

[Eric laughs]

Matt: Hmmm.

Mikey: Booo!

Matt: A Sorting Hat?

Andrew: [laughs] I know it’s terrible, but that’s all you’re getting.

Mikey: That is horrible.

Andrew: That’s all your getting Sorry! That’s the best I can do.

Matt: Well, the person who sent this in…

Mikey: You had it going with the warm and fuzzy.

Andrew: Hold on, oh. Wait, what did the person say?

Matt: If Harry was in need of a birthday present for Luna, he could give her a furry hat and tell her it was made from the skin of a Crumple Horned Snorkack. Also, she probably…

Andrew: Oh!

Matt: …would appreciate pictures.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Oh, whatever. I thought it was going to be a connection between Luna’s lion from the Quidditch match.

Andrew: Oh! Yeah, I didn’t think of that. Yeah, that is fuzzy. That is funny – fuzzy.

Mikey: Yeah.

Andrew: If I was a betting man, if I was a betting man, I would bet that that’s going to be in the movie.

Matt: My next one’s for Eric. Eric?

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Are you here? Okay. Make The Connection between Harry Potter and receiving an electric shock in a bathtub filled with grape Kool-Aid.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: Wow!

Matt: There’s actually a good explanation for this. So, it’s not impossible.

Eric: Receiving a shock when you’re in a bathtub filled with grape Kool-Aid? Ummm…

Matt: Yes.

Eric: Well, that would be about as close as I could get to replicating the Ministry of Magic scene with the brain tub. The tub with the brains in it? The shocking brains. Like, if I wanted to recreate the Ministry of Magic scene in my own bathtub, that’s what I would do. I would get a bunch of grape juice and a hairdryer. And I would shock myself.

Mikey: Uh, grape Kool-Aid, my friend.

Eric: Oh, grape Kool-Aid. Sorry, yeah.

[Mikey laughs]

Eric: Sorry, if that fails.

Matt: No, that was okay.

Andrew: That’s all right.

Matt: There’s no wrong answer, right?

Andrew: That’s true.

Matt: All right.

Andrew: Well, unless you don’t Make The Connection. [laughs]

Matt: Mhm. See the listeners…

Andrew: What was…

Matt: Okay, the actual explanation for that was, in Goblet of Fire, Harry takes a bath in the Prefects bathroom to solve the golden egg clue…

Eric: Oh.

Matt: …with many multi-colored waters and bubbles. Hence the grape Kool-Aid. He receives a shock when Moaning Myrtle pays him a visit.

Eric: Oh, wow!

Laura: Oh, okay.

Eric: So Harry gets a shock!

Andrew: Oh! See, these are like puzzles. These are like puzzles. You have to work through your brain to find a connection.

Eric: That was proably the most intelligent one. That was really incredible. I don’t like myself. I like myself that much less because I did not make that connection.

Andrew: Awww.

Matt: Awww.

Andrew: Don’t get emo about it.

Matt: Awww, geez.

Laura: Awww. That’s sad.

Matt: It’s the Emo Cast now. [laughs]

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Okay, Laura. You’re next.

Laura: Oh, boy. I hate these things.

Matt: Okay, Laura. Don’t worry, I’m not going to be mean. Make The Connection between Harry Potter and putting a poisonous snake in a light bulb, then putting it in a glass box with another lizard, and smuggling the box to Texas.

Andrew: Ha, ha! [laughs] Poor Laura had a bad one last week too.

Laura: Yeah, I did. Well, okay so wait. Wait, we’re putting a poisonous snake inside of a light bulb. And then we’re putting that with a lizard, did you say, in a box?

Matt: Putting it in a glass box with another lizard. And then smuggling the box to Texas.

Laura: Hmmm. Well, you could definitely draw a Horcrux kind of parallel there. You know, housing something that’s living inside of an inanimate object. And also the idea that some of Voldemort’s Horcruxes were spread out across the continent, like one of them was in a tree in Albania, wasn’t it?

Eric: A tree in Albania.

Laura: So, yeah. I mean, there really aren’t any trees in Texas so you couldn’t say that it was in a tree there. But also, Voldemort has a snake.

Matt: Okay! Okay! Good!

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Laura: No, no, no. And he had her suspended in that ball thing, which is kind of lightbulb shaped, sort of.

Eric: It’s bulbous. It’s bulbous.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: Okay.

Laura: What was the actual connection?

Matt: I don’t know, wait. The connection is…

Mikey: I made that up.

Matt: Poisonous… Yeah I made it up.

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Matt: The connection is poisonous snakes are really dangerous to many people, just like Acromantula’s are. And in order to smuggle these dragon eggs, is to put them into something that isn’t clear, such as a lightbulb. Then to avoid suspicion, putting it into a box with a less dangerous animal. Then they would be able to smuggle it to where ever they want to. For example, how Hagrid smuggled Aragog into the castle. I don’t know.

Laura: What? Hagrid did not put Aragog in a lightbulb! I don’t understand.

Matt: I don’t know! I just wanted you to try, Laura.

Andrew: I think she made a good…

Mikey: Great job, Matt.

Matt: I just wanted to challenge you, I think you did an awesome job.

Laura: No, I’m just wondering where the person got that from. I don’t get it.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Mikey: People reach. People reach for these things.

Andrew: Yeah, you have to make a good connection, folks.

Matt: These are probably the best ones I got that stuck out in my mind. A lot of you – when you send a Make The Connection, please give me the connection after you’re done. Don’t just put it and then just say, “I don’t really know the connection, I just like it.”

Eric: Even though Jamie did that clearly to people.

Mikey: I do that. Don’t do what I do.

Eric: Jamie ruthlessly created connections.

[Mikey and Laura laugh]

Laura: Oh yeah, it’s true.

Eric: But maybe that’s just Jamie.

Mikey: I love Jamie.

Andrew: It’s right in front of you.

Eric: Yeah, it’s true. It’s true.

Matt: That’s Jamie’s charm though. He just does it just to see us suffer.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]


Top Ten Uses of a Pensieve


Eric: So, what are these Pensieve Possibilities? Because that is the title of last week’s show.

Andrew: Well, last week we asked you guys to send in possible uses for a Pensieve. And we had quite a few lists sent it; we thank everyone who contributed to the list, but the best one actually was a collaborative effort that I want to read. So, we asked you to send in your top 10 list. The top 10 uses for your Pensieve. If you had one, what would be the top 10 uses? Because in the book it’s only used to store your thoughts but then we realized, wait there’s more possibilities and we came up with some ideas on the show last week – just bounced some ideas around. And here’s one sent in by Kavitha, also known as Padfoot on the MuggleCast Fan Forums. She writes:

“Hello, MuggleCasters! I’d just like to say that the fan forums and I have created this list. We made a huge list, and voted on our favorite ten. You can check out the topic if you’d like to see them all! Here’s the link for the full thread.”

Andrew: And we’ll link to it on MuggleCast.com. And then here is the list. She actually didn’t number the list.

Eric: Top Ten Choices For What You Can Use A Pensieve For.

Andrew: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10. Is there 10 or 11 here?

Eric: There is eleven.

Mikey: Well, let’s just read them off anyway.

Andrew: Okay. So the first one: “Put some cucumbers in it, close it up, and make pickles! When you’re done with the pickles, keep them in the Pensieve, and send it to the P.O. box (or the Pensieve Object Box).”

Mikey: Ohhh.

Andrew: Wait. How do you create cucumbers out of pickles?

Eric: Vinegar.

Mikey: That’s what pickles are, my friend.

Andrew: Vinegar. Oh, okay. I didn’t know that.

Laura: Yeah. You didn’t know that pickles were made from cucumbers?

Andrew: With vinegar? No.

Matt: Well, with other ingredients too.

Laura: Did you think they just sprout out of the ground?

Eric: Are there pickle trees?

Mikey: In jars?

Andrew: Laura, I don’t know, I’ve never studied it!

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Maybe you should take Pickles 101 in college.

Eric: Andrew, forgive Laura for you not studying it. Maybe next time you create a catchphrase for the show you should do a little research behind it. You know? Kind of figure out where they come from.

Andrew: Well, I just never really cared, so…

Matt: Quack.

Andrew: So, next item: “Use it as a collector when you sit on the streets trying to get We Will Rock You tickets.” That’s a little rip at Jamie and I. You know, we can afford them! We don’t need to collect them, but thanks for the idea. Third item: “Hit Laura Mallory over the head with it.” That’s kind of mean.

Laura: That sounds like a good idea.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Mikey: [laughs] The next one’s my favorite.

[Matt laughs]

Mikey: I’m sorry, guys, it’s my favorite. It’s right up my alley.

Andrew: “At a sleepover, use your Pensieve to stick your friend’s hand in for a wonderful prank.” Ha!

Mikey: That is…

Andrew: It’s like when you stick your friend’s hand in warm water.

Mikey: Warm water!

Andrew: Apparently, but that doesn’t always work.

Mikey: Andrew?

Matt: So, what happens when you put your hand in it? You pee memories?

[Andrew, Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: Somethining like that..

Andrew: I guess so.

Eric: Would you like to try it, Matt? I’ll get my Pensieve and we’ll give it a try, we’ll give it a whirl.

Mikey: Matt, Matt? You should… You know what?

Matt: Well, I think so! It flushes all the bad memories because that’s what urine is – it’s just waste.

Eric: I’ll stand well back from you, Matt, when you do that!

Matt: Huh!

Andrew: Next item: “Washing your MuggleCast Picklepack shirt in it.” I suppose that’s good, although it smell a little bit afterwards, especially if you use it as a toilet.

Matt: Mhm. All those who have the Picklepack shirt, right?

Andrew: Next one: “Put all your nightmares in it and…drunk people you hate in it”?

Eric: “Dunk people you hate in it.”

Mikey: No, dunk people, not…

Andrew: Oh, dunk. I thought it said drunk. Well, we know what I’m thinking about.

Laura: Yeah, really. [laughs]

Andrew: “Put all your nightmares in it and dunk people you hate in it.” Next item: “Put it outside and use it as a birdbath.” That’d be nice.

Matt: Yeah. I’d do that. It depends on whose Pensieve it is, though.

Eric: Actually, this one is my new favorite.

Andrew: “Put a motor and bubbles in it and use it as a foot massager.” [laughs]

Eric: [laughs] That one’s really inventive.

Andrew: Second to last one: “Use to house pet fish.” That’d be okay, but you’d always have to – it’s not glass so you’d have to look in it from the top.

Matt: Yeah. And also the fish would know all your deepest secrets, so you never know…

Eric: Yeah, because you’d put your…

Andrew: See, are we looking at these as if your memories are in it at the same time?

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I thought we were…

Matt: That’s what a Pensieve is.

Andrew: No, but…

Laura: That’s what it is.

Andrew: No, I realize this, but I thought we were just using the basin or something. I don’t know.

Eric: Oh! Oh well, that would be funny if you were making pickles in your Pensieve while memories were floating around it, and by the time you actually construct the pickles, you take the pickle out, chomp on it, and relive one of your memories and be like, “Oooh, that’s a good pickle.”

Mikey: Memory pickles! Can you imagine that!?

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Can you imagine that?

Andrew: It’s like crack brownies.

[Mikey laughs]

Laura: We should put a patent on those.

Mikey: [laughs] What?

Andrew: They’re like crack brownies.

Eric: That’s a tasty pickle.

Mikey: [laughs] How do you compare memory pickles to crack brownies?

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Because you said you’re putting something into a food, like when people put illegal substances into their brownies.

Matt: Or you could put your pensieve in the freezer and have little ice cubes of your memories…

[Eric laughs]

Matt: …and have a nice little comfortable…

Andrew: Or Jell-O. Jell-O Pensieve shots.

Laura: Jell-O shots, yeah.

Eric: Muggle cubes, or memory cubes.

Mikey: I have lime Jell-O in the fridge right now.

Matt: Ewww.

Mikey: It’s tasty.

Andrew: And the last item: “Cry into it when MuggleCast stops doing weekly episodes.” [laughs]

Laura: Awww.

Eric: Which will never happen. We were just kidding by the way…

Andrew: That’s funny.

Eric: …about MuggleCast.

[Mikey and Andrew laugh]

Laura: No, we weren’t.

Andrew: So, thanks, everyone, on the MuggleCast fan forums for creating that. See, that’s a good idea. That’s what people do on the forums. They collaborate on ideas and thoughts about the show. MuggleCastFan.net.

Matt: Yay.


Contact Information


Andrew: All right, it is time to wrap up today’s show. This is a long episode. Hey, Laura, what’s the P.O. Box?

Laura: You can send everything except anything pickle related…

[Eric laughs]

Laura: …to:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

Andrew: We also have a MuggleCast hotline set up for the day that we do get back to voicemails. If you’re in the United States, you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom it’s 020-8144-0677, and in Australia the number is 02-8003-5668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast to get in touch with us. No matter how you call us just remember to keep your message under 60 seconds and take out some background noise so your call is crystal clear. We’ll get back to those when we have time someday. I don’t know if it’ll ever happen, so maybe we should stop making that announcement. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] There’s also a feedback form on MuggleCast.com to get in touch with any one of us, or use our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

[Show music plays]

Andrew: Of course, matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com, and mikeyb at staff, or is it just mikey?

Mikey: Nope, it’s just Mikey.

Andrew: It’s just Mikey?

Mikey: It’s just Mikey.

Andrew: Ok.

Mikey: It’s M-I-K-E-Y. It’s like Mickey, but no “e.”

Andrew: You mean “c.” [laughs]

Mikey: Just – oh yeah, “c.” I do have an e. M-I-K-E-Y. I don’t know what I’m doing. I’m tired. It’s a long day already. I had waffles this morning.

Andrew: We also have the community outlets on MuggleCast.com. We have MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and the Fanlistings and the Forums over at MuggleCastFan.net.


Show Close


Andrew: So, that does it for today’s show. Thank you, everyone, for listening. Once again I’m Andrew Simssss, with the nose bubble.

Mikey: I’m Mikey B!

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Mikey: Mikey B! Okay.

[Laura laughs]

Mikey: Okay!

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson…without a nose bubble?

Eric: I’m…

Andrew: Eric?

Eric: …Eric Scull, and floating in a tub of grape Kool-Aid.

Matt: And I’m Matt Britton, I guess?

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Yeah! [in high pitched voice] Matt Britton! Matt Britton!

Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening. We’ll see you next week for Episode 131.

Eric: Sayonara.

Andrew: Woo! Happy February!

Laura: Bye.

Matt: Bye.

Mikey: Bye.

[Show Music ends]


Blooper 1


Mikey: Dude, you know, I wanted to build that up. I wanted to be like, and I’mmmmmmmm [makes drumroll noise] Link! After I fixed the tie and everything.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: But yeah, that’s what Mikey B’s got.

Andrew: Shut up, man.

Mikey: Because, come on, man. Could you not imagine…

Andrew: So what if I laugh like a girl?

Mikey: …me like dancing in front of the computer screen and going…

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: “And I’m Mikey B.” Yeah, anyway.

[Everyone laughs]


Blooper 2


Micah: But, see, if it was up to me, I would say: Because this is one long *bleep*in’ show, this is MuggleCast Episode 130 for February 2nd, 2008.

———————–

Episode 130: Matt Can Feel It

  • Andrew kicks the show off with an intriguing, on-topic story.
  • It’s a new month so vote on Podcast Alley!
  • Del Toro isn’t directing Deathly Hallows, and we react.
  • Betting Men better be betting.
  • MuggleMail covers last week’s hot topics.
  • We interview Paul DeGeorge from Harry and the Potters.
  • Harry Year 7 discusses his second annual charity effort, the Wizard Rock EP of the Month Club.
  • The MuggleNet song, created in 2005 by Paul and his brother, makes its worldwide debut.
  • Chapter by Chapter: Chapter 13.
  • Did the locket have any effect on Umbridge?
  • Mad-Eye’s Eye on the toad’s door makes us sad.
  • We discuss the Polyjuice Potion scenes in the film series and how this one should be done.
  • Make the Connection ideas from listeners like you.
  • A Pensieve Possibilities list sent in by MuggleCast Fan Forum listeners.

Download Now

Running time: 1:47:08, 36.8 MB

Transcript 129

MuggleCast 129 Transcript


Show Intro


[Music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh, yeah Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive 1 gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because a Pensieve can be used for just about anything, this is MuggleCast Episode 129 for January 26th, 2008.

[Music continues to play]

Andrew: Hey, everyone. Welcome to SpiderwickCast. The podcast where we bring you the latest information in Spiderwick news, theories, discussion, and much more. We have a great show today, including an interview with Freddie Highmore.

Laura: Oh, that’s exciting.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Let’s talk about everything, but Harry Potter.

Andrew: Yeah, I thought that would be a good idea, since most of our listeners believe now that we are turning into a Spiderwick program. Does anyone know anything about the upcoming film Spiderwick?

Micah: Honestly?

Laura: No.

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Micah: No.

Matt: No.

Andrew: Does anyone know about anything relating to Harry Potter?

Laura: Oh, of course not.

Micah: Maybe a few things possibly…

Laura: Why would we anything about it?

Andrew: Exactly! I don’t understand why people believe that we are doing a very fine interview with Freddie Highmore, some people seem to think that we are turning into a Spiderwick podcast. But actually, no. We are sticking to Harry Potter. So, this week we have an interview with Freddie Highmore, who is starring in an upcoming film, The Spiderwick Chronicles, but that’s not all. We also have plenty of Harry Potter discussion coming up as well. So, are we going to stick with Harry Potter or Spiderwick? I’m confused at this point.

Matt: I don’t know.

Andrew: The listeners are confusing.

Laura: Yeah, me, too. Maybe we should make a Facebook group.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Let them vote.

Andrew: I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: [hesitates] And I’m Matt Britton.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: What’s the problem, Matt?

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay, okay. Have we decided that I go last now?

Andrew: Yes. No offense, but it always goes in order of seniority. Who started on the show first. Like, it’s generally the order that is always followed.

Matt: I’m second to the oldest.

Laura: And I always forget…

Matt: I’m second oldest.

Laura: …when we don’t have many people on the show, like when we have four, I usually end up being second and I am used to being like third, or fourth. So, I’ll sit there and wait. [laughs] I’m like, ‘Oh! It’s my turn.’

[Music continues to play louder]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast News Center with the latest Spider– I mean, MuggleCast News Stories.

Micah: All right, thanks, Andrew. The Food Network’s Ace of Cakes did a special Thursday night on the Hogwarts Castle Cake from the Los Angeles Order of the Phoenix after party. DanRadcliffe.com now has the video online and you can watch it over at their site.

In a small interview with Entertainment Weekly, Alan Rickman, who plays Severus Snape in the Potter films reveals he’ll begin filming his parts for Half-Blood Prince in early February. When asked about his role, Rickman said, “Before you go any further, I never, ever talk about that character [referring to Professor Snape]. Number one, because it’s not fair on kids who haven’t read to the end. And for me to say anything, there’s a bit of it that just should be left innocent. It’s real storytelling, what she’s done, and I’m a part of that. So I just never talk about it.” He goes on to acknowledge that he does play a bigger role in this film and that it’s important stuff.

Speaking of filming, residents of the English town of Gloucester welcomed back, with open arms, crews intent on filming scenes for the upcoming sixth Harry Potter movie. Scenes from Half-Blood Prince shot at Gloucester Cathedral will include those set in different locations around Hogwarts, and quite a few of the college’s students have been cast as extras for the film. Interestingly, Gloucester has not been used as a filming location since the first two films were produced.

Gloucester City Council leader Paul James said, filming the blockbuster would pump cash into the local economy and put Gloucester on the map. He was quoted as saying:

“It brings excitement to the city. It also benefits the local economy on two levels. You’ve got the direct spend of people who come here filming and doing associated things and then when it’s aired that Gloucester is being used and people see parts of the city on their screens it puts us on the map.”

Finally, it was reported earlier this week that J.K. Rowling has halted printing of the Finnish Deathly Hallows translation due to environmental concerns. Jo insists “that it import paper certified by the Forest Stewardship Council as being derived from wood grown and harvested in a way that promotes sustainable forest development.” The Finnish translation is still due out on March 7th.

That’s all the news for this January 26th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


Muggle Mail: Set Visit and Cut Scenes


Andrew: You know, it’s another slow news week. There wasn’t much going on in the Harry Potter world, unfortunately. But, Micah, you did want to talk about one e-mail that we got in? I guess instead of the news?

Micah: Yeah, and I guess it’s more directed at you than anybody else. But it came from Jimmy, 15, in Toronto. And he says:

“As today many Harry Potter fans such as myself have learned that MuggleNet and other ‘Harry Potter’ sites will be visiting the set over the next week. What are you guys looking forward to in the movie? What set will you guys be most anxious to see? Also what do you think will be cut in this movie? Sorry if you have answered these questions in a previous podcast but I have just started listening since the 100 podcast, right after Deathly Hallows was released. Thanks for reading! Jimmy.”

Andrew: I think it’s a question for all of us because we’re all going to see the sets in the film. It’s not like they’re any different in person.

Laura: Except they’re in person.

Matt: Well, I think what he’s meaning is, what are you looking forward to seeing on the trip?

Andrew: I don’t know. I think the coolest set – I don’t even know if it’s built right now. I guess it is? I sort of remember an article about, I think Dan Radcliffe said it was shot, is the cave scene.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that was shot already.

Matt: Well, didn’t Timothy Spall say they’re filming the next-to-the-last scene right now?

Andrew: Really?

Matt: What’s that word? Yeah. I’m so bad with grammar. What’s that word that he said?

Micah: The penultimate?

Andrew: Penultimate?

Matt: Pen – yeah. Penultimate scene.

Andrew: So which one would that be? The cave?

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: I mean, it depends on what’s in the script, though. So, you know, it could be a few things. I know for a fact that’s not what they’re filming next week. But, I don’t know, I guess – What scenes are you guys looking forward to?

Laura: I’m definitely looking forward to the cave most of all, I think. Because that was just so awesome; the way that was written. And I have a really…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Generally, when I read I don’t have a very detailed picture in my mind of how things are. I just kind of have a general idea of what they, what I think they are. But with the cave I just had this very detailed picture in my mind of what it is. So I’m really excited to see what they’ll do with it. And kind of see how it matches up to what I thought it was.

Matt: It’s kind of hard not to – for them to get a different vision than what most of the readers did. Because you can’t really go a different direction other than what’s in the book.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: I mean, it’s a cave and a basin in the middle of the lake.

Laura: Yeah, I know.

Andrew: I have very high expectations for Michael Gambon, though. I mean, especially once he starts drinking the potion. Because that, that is just – I really am having a hard time picturing him portraying Dumbledore drinking that and just suffering and, you know.

Matt: I think he’ll do it.

Andrew: What?

Matt: I think he’ll be good at it.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: He’s a really good actor.

Laura: He really is. I think that he really, I don’t know. I think he takes a lot of unnecessary crap off of people. Who, just because he doesn’t play the Dumbledore they like they automatically say he’s a bad actor.

Micah: Yeah.

Laura: And I just don’t think that’s true.

Micah: I can speak as somebody who doesn’t really like Gambon in the role. But, I will also say, a lot of that has to do with the fact that it was initiated by another person. And a lot of times when you have that, it’s very hard to take the character of Dumbledore as anybody else playing him but Richard Harris. I think Harris established such a role early on, that’s it’s hard for a lot of people to move away from that.

Andrew: Mhm. See, I can’t see Richard Harris doing the cave scenes though. Like again, drinking the potion. Like, you know, even in Chamber of Secrets you can tell he was getting…

Matt: He was getting on.

Andrew: I mean, we all know he was old. But he was getting…

Matt: Weak.

Andrew: …weak. He was very soft. He…

Laura: He was very ill at that point. When they were shooting.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Yeah, he was.

Andrew: And say he didn’t, you know, regrettably die [laughs] back in, what was that, 2002? I mean, can you imagine six years later?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Like, you know?

Laura: Also, I think…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: …he played a much softer Dumbledore, too. He was a lot calmer, I think.

Micah: He was calm, but he was powerful.

Matt: Do you honestly think that we would have the release being this late in the years, if he didn’t die? Like, if Richard Harris didn’t pass away, do you think they would have skipped an extra year between Movie 2 and 3?

Andrew: Why would they do that?

Matt: I don’t know. His death probably delayed the production a little bit.

Andrew: Oh, maybe. I thought you were suggesting that they wanted to rush the films out quicker.

Laura: I remember when it happened it seemed like they were expecting it, because they knew he was really sick, but I did read an interview with Chris Columbus, I believe, where he said that they wanted to take breaks between every two movies to kind of give everyone some time off. It seems like that’s been a general pattern, too.

Andrew: That’s right actually, yeah.

Laura: They take somewhat of a long break between every two movies.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, if you think about it, because Goblet of Fire came out in 2002.

Matt: Goblet of Fire came out in 2005.

Andrew: Yeah, you’re right. Well, that’s interesting.

Matt: Well, you can answer the other question he asked. What do you think will be cut in the movie?

Andrew: Well, what does everyone think will be cut? I mean, I don’t know.

Micah: Well, I’m kind of starting to worry a little bit about the Riddles as we get closer and closer to…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …I guess the movie being released, because we haven’t heard a whole lot about that, and I think it’s something that creatively they probably could cut if they wanted to, but I think it’s really integral to the story, because it’s part of the whole flashback scenes between Harry and Dumbledore.

Matt: Well, there’s a lot of casting that – I mean, there’s a lot of characters that haven’t been cast is really getting kind of scary. Like that haven’t re-casted, or they haven’t brought back, Clemence Posey, and they haven’t casted Ron’s older brothers at all.

Micah: No, and I don’t think they will.

Matt: So…

Andrew: Hmmm, yeah.

Matt: So are they even going to do the whole Fleur and – the whole wedding? In Movie 7?

Laura: Yeah, that’s worrisome.

Matt: If they’re not even casting Fleur at all?

Andrew: Wow, I never thought of that.

Micah: Well, do we know that even the Weasley twins have been confirmed for this movie? Because I thought I read something where…

Matt: Yeah. Yeah they have.

Micah: …they were not going to be in it, but if they have then okay.

Matt: I think it’s – wasn’t there an article that said they were confirmed for doing a scene, a Weasley Christmas scene and a scene in Hogsmeade with the Weasley shop?

Andrew: Oh, really?

Micah: I hope so.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: The other scene – sorry.

Andrew: Well, I just wanted to say, they’ve been in every movie thus far, so, I mean, it’d be silly to cut them out at this point.

Micah: Right. Well, the other scene that I would be afraid that could be cut, realistically, would be the opening scene with the other minister, because we haven’t heard any casting for Scrimgeour either.

Andrew: Right, right.

Laura: Yeah, I would not…

Micah: Which I think is…

Laura: …be surprised if they brushed over that completely.

Micah: …is an awesome scene, if they did it the right way. I don’t think it would take a whole lot of filming, to be honest.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Honestly, what I think will happen is it will start at the Dursleys’ and Harry will have a copy of the Daily Prophet or something and it’ll say, “Fudge resigned,” or whatever. It’ll…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I think the first scene is going to be with Snape and Bellatrix and Narcissa.

Laura: Yeah, I mean I don’t…

Matt: Aren’t the first two chapters…

Laura: Yeah, those are the first two chapters.

Matt: …not even related to Harry at all?

Laura: But I wonder…

Andrew: No.

Laura: I mean, they have to have that in. They have to do it somewhere.

Andrew: See, but that just reminds me of the beginning of Goblet of Fire the – oh, wait, no, they included that.

Laura: Yeah, but they didn’t explain a whole lot about it. That was the one problem with that scene.

Andrew: Right.

Laura: If you had never read the book, that scene made no sense.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I guess it would just get people worried. People who haven’t read the books, you know?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: But this, but Book 6 seems to me a lot easier to cut down than Book 5 was.

Andrew: Yeah. I mean…

Laura: Yeah. There was a lot.

Matt: There’s a lot of material in Book 6, but it could be cut down a lot more cleanly than the butcher they did in Book 5.

Andrew: See, I don’t think the wedding would be too hard to get into in Book 7. I could sort of see that just coming out of nowhere because it doesn’t need much set up. It’s a wedding.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: So, I mean, it could be set up in the beginning of Movie 7. They could just be like, “Oh, and the wedding’s in a few days. Oh, yeah, better go to that. Hope there won’t be a Death Eater attack.”

Matt: But not if it comes out of nowhere.

Andrew: Well, why not?

Matt: They don’t even have anyone casted.

Laura: Well, they don’t have to cast them yet if they’re just going to make it in “seven.”

Andrew: Right.

Laura: Because all they’d have to do is have Harry get a letter or have Ron tell him or something, be like, “Oh yeah, by the way, they’re getting married.” So…

Andrew: Or I could see like Mrs. Weasley walking in while they’re talking one day and being like, “Don’t forget, the wedding’s in three days,” and then they could change it so Harry’s just finding out about it. He can be like, “The wedding?” He’s like, “Yeah, blah, blah, blah, we’re having a wedding,” and you know? It’s all set up.

Matt: That’s just going to leave more stuff in an already huge story they have to tell for Book 7, though.

Micah: Yeah, well going back to what you said, Matt, I think they can probably do more in this movie than they’ve done in previous ones, because they can cut some stuff that’s really insignificant, but they can also do a good job setting up Book 7, or Movie 7, rather.

Matt: Yeah, because they actually know how it ends now.

Andrew: And that’s true. That’s very true, yeah.

Matt: And they can – I really hope they actually put in a little thing about the locket.

Micah: Yeah, they left that completely out of Movie 5.

Matt: They left that completely out, and as we’re going to do in Chapter-by-Chapter, it’s pretty significant, and they haven’t even casted what’s his name?

Andrew: Mundungus?

Matt: Mundungus Fletcher, yeah. They haven’t even casted him. So he’s just going to steal stuff from a house that he doesn’t even know?

Laura: I wonder if they’ll change that so they don’t have to cast him.

Andrew: Yeah, that sounds like something that will be changed.

Laura: Like have Kreacher have hidden it somewhere, or something. Just make it easy.

Matt: Or given it to Umbridge or something.

Andrew: Yeah. But see, as we’ll discuss later, the Mundungus scenes in this week’s Chapter-by-Chapter are really, really – I would love to see them in the movie. Played out in the movie.

Matt: Yeah.


Announcements


Andrew: Okay, so let’s move onto announcements and then we’re going to talk a little bit more about the movies in Muggle-mail. Just an update on the Spring Break tour that we’re sort of thinking about, we’re looking into the possibility with Borders and we’ll see what happens from there. It looks like we’ll have plenty of people for each of those five stops. So right now we’re aiming for Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore or DC and then finally Richmond, Virginia. So we’ll look into that more. Again, nothing is confirmed yet, we’re just giving you a heads up and black out your calendars if you live in this area for March 15th to the 20th, and we’ll see what we can do. Hopefully we’ll have an update within a few weeks if that works out.

Matt: I’m sorry people on the West Coast. We just don’t get anything.

Andrew: [laughs] You don’t get – Matt, you could do your own tour with Mikey! The Matt and Mikey Tour.

Matt: Ahhh!

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Mikey would be down with that. What was that, fake laugh? Do you not like Mikey or something?

Matt: No, no, no, that was sarcasm.

Andrew: Oh okay. So Podcast Alley, everyone be sure to vote for us over there. There is this podcast called Keith and the Girl, and they decided to take over more of the Podcast Alley top ten lists, and they have three of their shows on Podcast Alley top ten right now, which is kind of ridiculous.

Micah: Yeah, they were all in the top five but some podcast called MuggleCast knocked one of them down a spot.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Nice. So we’re number five right now, as of Thursday.

Matt: But they took the entire balcony of the New York, New York hotel in Las Vegas during New Year’s.

Andrew: [laughs] They did! Matt and I were coming out of New York, New York in Las Vegas and there was this little Keith and the Girl poster thing, and I think they were having some sort of outdoor get together right there. That was funny. We should have grafittied the sign, vote for MuggleCast on Podcast Alley.

[Laura laughs]

Micah: Yeah, go vote. Otherwise we are not going to do another podcast this month.

Andrew: That’s pretty mean.

Laura: Yeah, really.

Andrew: That’s pretty demanding.

Matt: There’s something buggin’ Micah.

Andrew: [laughs] Oooh!

Micah: Guys, come on.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Micah: It’s the last podcast of January, get it?

Andrew: Oh, I get it.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: That’s funny. Micah got us.

[Micah sighs]

Andrew: New segment, Micah Got Us!

Laura: Oh, can I say something?

Micah: Yeah, that’ll be up on Wikipedia after this show is released.

Andrew: Yeah, yes.

Micah: Along with all of our other useless segments.

Andrew: [laughs] Whoa!

Matt: Whoa!

Andrew: Okay we’ll move on. I’ll talk to you after the show.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: You need another spanking. Yeah, Laura.

Laura: I just wanted to address something. I’ve gotten a few e-mails about this. People who think I was mocking people who say “y’all” last week.

Micah: Oh yeah, I’ve seen those. What were you doing?

Laura: I was not – no, okay. When I was reading the e-mail…

Matt: What was going through your head?

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: A couple of weeks prior to this episode we got an e-mail…

Micah: It’s not like you live in Georgia.

Laura: I know. This is my point! People, I am from the South, why would I mock you? Anyway, okay. A couple of weeks prior to this last episode, we got an e-mail and it said, “y’all” in it, and Andrew was trying to read it, and it came out “yuh all,” and so I wasn’t really thinking about mocking anyone in particular so when I was reading the e-mail I just was kind of like “y’all,” emphasizing the fact that I knew how to say it. I wasn’t trying to be obnoxious.

Micah: So really, you were making fun of Andrew.

Laura: Yeah, and I mean I don’t personally use the word. I did when I was very young and I lived in Texas and everyone said “y’all,” but I don’t anymore, but I don’t have a problem with people who do. So please stop complaining.

Andrew: Y’all.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: You didn’t even say it right that time.

Laura: No, it was better. Y’all.

Andrew: Well, that’s how we east coasters say it. North easterners.

Matt: Oh, okay. It ain’t you all, it’s y’all.

Laura: It ticks me off when I’m up at school and all these people think that they’re southern, and they’re like, “what do y’all wanna do?” and I’m like no. Stop. Just stop. Don’t even.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Like if someone on another podcast mocked my east coast podcast, or my east coast accent, I wouldn’t be offended.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: You know, we’re just playing around. We’re sharing a few L-O-Ls back and forth.

Laura: Yeah. It’s not a big deal.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: And lastly, I just wanted to say that Eric had planned to come on the show this week, but he came down with a little flu action, so he regrets not being here, but if you want to send him some e-mails to eric at staff dot mugglenet dot com I’m sure that’ll make him feel a little better. He’s not, you know, he’s sick, so he couldn’t join us this week, but he tried. So let’s move onto Muggle-mail now. Who wants to take the first e-mail?


Muggle Mail: Movie 7 Intermission


Laura: Okay. The first e-mail comes from Rupsha, 13, of Dallas. She says:

“Dear MuggleCasters. In response to Episode 128, you were talking about how usually intermissions aren’t included in movies anymore. Actually, most all Hindi movies (movies from India) include intermissions because they are usually 3-4 hours long. These movies usually do very well in the Bollywood box office. If Warner Bros. makes the decision to make Deathly Hallows a longer film, instead of breaking it up into two movies, the prospect of having an intermission would be a good idea.”

Andrew: Yeah. This is a good e-mail. I hope Warner Bros. really takes into consideration – you know globally. They look at how other countries would do intermissions and see how successful they are. Because, like we said, it would be great for the movie theaters.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: They would love that, making all that extra money off of snacks and stuff. They’re doubling their income I would think.

Laura: Oh, yeah. For sure.

Matt: I honestly don’t think it’s a very smart idea to make two movies though.

Andrew: Why?

Matt: Especially – unless they release them both at the same time.

Laura: I think it would be better to make it one long movie with an intermission than to make it two movies.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, exactly.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: If they make it two movies, if they separate it in between a month even at the least, people are going to forget the first movie.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: People are going to – once they see the part two, they’re going to forget and want to watch the first one again.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: The first part.

Micah: I mean, it would be a logistical nightmare between premieres and getting the actors to get from one place to another in a short period of time, I think. And if you extend it out further you run into other people’s commitments and things like that. So…

Matt: It’s just too expensive, even just commercially.

Micah: Absolutely, yeah. No, I agree. I don’t dislike this idea. I think it would be cool to split it up and give people like a 15-minute break and then go back another two hours.

Andrew: Honestly, give us what we want for once. I mean, for how long? We’ve been saying this since Sorcerer’s Stone. Make the movies longer, fit in more, just do it.

Matt: And what part of the population would complain, too?

Andrew: What?

Matt: What part of the – how big of the population would not go see it just because of the intermission?

Andrew: Nobody, I guarantee you. Who would that affect?

Matt: It’s the last Harry Potter film.

Andrew: Right, the only concern I could see with this is parents bringing their little kids. If the parents aren’t fans of Harry Potter, they’re going to see that it’s like four and a half hours or whatever, but these days the parents will do whatever the kids want though.

Matt: It’s not a child’s film anymore though. It’s not even PG any more.

Andrew: Yeah, but there are. There are parents out there who have the ten-year olds, and the ten-year olds are like [in high voice]“Daddy I gotta see “Harry Potter.'”

Matt: Well, that’s the parent’s fault for bringing the little kids that scream during the film.

[Andrew, Laura, and Micah laugh]

Andrew: But what the kids want, the kids get. This is how America works.

Matt: You’re right, but what they fans want, they should be able to get for once.


Muggle Mail: Movie Split


Andrew: That’s, touché. Tou-frickin-ché. All right, so let’s move onto the next e-mail. This also talks about the split. This is from A. M., 13, of Chicago:

“I was listening to MuggleCast Episode 128 when you were discussing the movie being split in two parts. Number one: I personally don’t believe that the movie should be split into two parts. Number two: But I have an idea about were the movie should be split into two parts. Number three: If the ‘Harry Potter’ writers decide to split Movie 7 into two parts. Number four:I imagine that a great place to leave the first part, number five: would be when Harry is being caught by Greyback. I believe that this would create a great cliffhanger and leave the movie goers speechless as Harry is taken away by the bad guys. Love the show! Pickles, Quack!”

Andrew: I like that. You need a good cliffhanger.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: And it should be worth it. It should be a real – you’re about to explode. You want to see what’s about to happen, and then the lights come up and intermission or whatever it says.

Laura: Yeah, that would be fabulous.

Matt: Well, not only does it have to be a cliffhanger, but it needs some closure to what happened in the book.

Andrew: What are you talking about?

Matt: It needs a little downfall, but also an intent to get you to come back.

Andrew: Right, well that’s what the cliffhanger is.

Matt: Is that a good spot, do you think?

Laura: I think so.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: It’s about 450 pages into the book, so I don’t know how much that would leave afterwards, but I’m assuming the end scene with Hogwarts is going to be…

Laura: Yeah, that could give them…

Micah: …fairly long.

Laura: …extremely adequate time.

Matt: Now that I am looking at the names of the chapters, I think that is a good spot too, because that is right after they find out about the Deathly Hallows.

Andrew: Right, exactly. Yeah, you want to leave the viewers with a ton of information in their minds, but isn’t answered yet.

Matt: Oh, okay. I just read the end of right before the “Malfoy Manor” chapter. That is a perfect spot to end, cause that is right when they catch them with the taboo.

Andrew: Okay. Cool. Cool. I agree with what you are saying though. I didn’t see the point you were making at first, but when I think of Lost, how at the end of every episode there is basically a cliff hanger. It ends off right when something is about to happen. Is that what you are trying to say?

Matt: Sure.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Right. Instead of something just happening and then ending, it is about to happen and then it ends?

Matt: Well – yeah, sure.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. Thanks for working with me on that.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: So we don’t think that it should be split in two, but if it were this would be a good spot.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: No, no. We do think it should be split in two, just with an intermission, not with two films being released.

Matt: Well the best times when something is split into two or when there is a to-be-continued, there is always a climactic scene that’s starting to go down, a descending climax, after the climax is starting to descend and then there’s another climax that is just about to start again.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, but I think this person is saying that if the movie was split into two and it came out at two different times.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Right?

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Right.

Micah: Which we are against that it would split.

Matt: But this would be a good spot for an intermission as well.

Micah: Yeah, exactly, yeah. I think so, too.

Andrew: All right. Let’s move on to the next email.


Muggle Mail: Tongue Tying Curse


Matt: Our next e-mail comes from Shana, 23, from Norfolk, Virginia:

“Hey guys, let me apologize in advance if this sounds ‘know it all.’ It’s not you, just how I talk and type. I have three comments and I hope they are helpful.”

Oh, you guys gave me the long one!

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay. Okay.

“Number One. As it relates to the Tongue Tying Curse, you all said it happened when the figure of Dumbledore appears but it is actually when they first step in and Moody’s voice asks ‘Severus Snape?’ They say ‘We’re not Snape’ and the curse is lifted. I think this curse lasted beyond Moody’s death because he made it so. Just like Grimmauld Place is unplottable because of Sirius’s dad and the posters in his room and the Black family tree have the Permanent Sticking Charm. Even after these characters have died the spell remains. Number Two…”

Andrew: Hold on, let’s address each one at a time.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: I think she makes a good point with point one.

Matt: Well, the whole reason why the Sticking Charm wasn’t lifted was because hence the name “the permanent sticking charm.”

Micah: Yeah. [laughs]

Matt: That’s probably why the curse wasn’t lifted.

Micah: Right. And from what I remember it wasn’t just the spell that Dumbledore had put on Harry that was lifted, it was spells that Dumbledore had put on Hogwarts that were lifted as well.

Matt: Exactly.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: So, I don’t really…

Matt: That is how Hermione got all those books out of his office.

Micah: Yeah, so I think it would be almost an argument where it’s just one of those situations where a spell lasts beyond the life of a person.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Maybe there are certain spells that are lifted upon the death of a certain wizard as opposed to those that aren’t.

Matt: Well yeah, I am sure that there are some spells that aren’t completely permanent.

Micah: Right.

Matt: I mean… Sorry.

Micah: Well, I think her argument is almost going in the direction, well he put the spell on a place as opposed to a person, but we all know that Dumbledore also put spells on a place that at least from what I remember reading were supposedly lifted when he died.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: So, it doesn’t really hold much water this argument.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: I am sure there are other places or other things that we’ve seen throughout the series that have had spells placed on them, then when people died they didn’t go anywhere, but it’s just a good question I think – why wasn’t the spell lifted?

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Do we really have a good answer to it? I don’t know.

Andrew: Well, I think just like she says, just because Moody made it so.

[Matt laughs]

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Yeah, that’s possible.

Andrew: I think it’s simple like that. It’s there for protection.

Matt: Yeah, if it’s intended to stay there then I don’t think it would have been lifted after the person dies.

Andrew: Right. Obviously. Yeah. Well, let’s move on to point two Matt.


Muggle Mail: The Fidelius Charm


Matt: Okay.

“Number two: As to the Fidelius Charm – like you all mentioned in the podcast, Wormtail would have had to tell Bathilda where the Potters were hidden for her to drop by. This could have been at the request of Lily. And Sirius might have known where the Potters were but if you check out hp-lexicon.org under the Fidelius Charm it says that ‘one could press their nose to the house and not see the Potters in it if they had not been told the secret. And when a Secret Keeper dies all those who know the secret becomes the Secret Keepers in turn.'”

Andrew: Yeah. We got a lot of e-mails about this.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I can’t believe we didn’t make the connection between Dumbledore, you know, the whole Grimmauld Place thing…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You know?

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: They all were the Secret Keeper.

Laura: Yeah, I guess I just felt like the difference was that they were supposed to be under such tight security measures and it just seemed weird that they would, I don’t know, tell people where they were.

Micah: Well, I mean, part of what we brought up on last week’s show, also, and I think I read something from the Lexicon, was that anybody could know where the Potters were, but they couldn’t tell anybody else what that location was. Only Wormtail could do that.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Right.

Andrew: Exactly.

Micah: So, a million people could’ve known where the Potters were at, but only Wormtail could divulge the information.

Andrew: Right. And those million people, if they weren’t Death Eaters, you know, and then the Death Eaters are looking for them, but they don’t know where they are because nobody could tell them.

Matt: That’s kind of, though, a little bit of a hole, though.

Andrew: Why?

Laura: I think it’s kind of a stretch.

Matt: Because if you know – I mean, just because somebody can’t tell you where they are, but you know that they know, you could probably trace how many people know and you could probably get to a certain vicinity of where the person’s hiding.

Andrew: That’s true. If you could follow – I mean, I guess the only other way would be to follow them.

Matt: If you’re a relatively good detective, you could probably figure it out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: If that was the case.

Andrew: Yeah. I guess you would be able to follow them in, right? Because that’s why in this book, they’re always Apparating to the top step of Grimmauld Place.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Because if they were seen outside – or maybe it’s just so they know – maybe they only did that so they don’t know who’s in Grimmauld Place. I don’t know.

Matt: Well, I’m sure they all Apparate.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: I mean, the only reason why they didn’t Apparate to Grimmauld Place in that one instance was because Harry was too young.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah.

Matt: I don’t think you could really follow someone who Apparates unless they’re holding onto you, like they say in the book.

Andrew: No, well I wasn’t saying that, I was saying if – I’m saying someone who doesn’t know the secret could just follow someone walking who does know the secret.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You know? And just go right in. Maybe? I don’t know.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: Interesting stuff.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And point three.

MuggleCast 129 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: The Taboo


Matt: “As it refers to Voldemort’s name becoming taboo and Grimmauld Place, I think the Fidelius Charm would hold up to it. Yes, the Death Eaters would be able to sense the name being used, but the Fidelius Charm is such a powerful spell (hiding information in a human soul), that they would not be able to see the place or go near on in it without being told of its existence.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I agree with that.

Andrew: Shana, I think you make good points.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So, that cleared up a lot that…

Matt: Oh, wait. But that’s all she has to say, and “thanks for hearing me out.”

Andrew: Oh, okay.


Muggle Mail: Regulus Black


Micah: The next one comes from Rachel, 17, of Setauket, about Regulus Black. She says:

“Hey Guys! I was just listening to episode 128 and I started thinking about all the questions that I have about Regulus. I wonder if he knew about the prophecy and that Voldemort was planning the murder of the Potters because in the note he put in the locket he wrote, ‘I am destroying this in the hopes that when you meet your match, you’ll be mortal once more.’ I also was wondering what Voldemort thought happened with Regulus; he clearly didn’t know that he stole one of his Horcruxes but at the same time, Regulus did die at the lake, and according to Lupin, Regulus went on the run and was killed a few days after he deserted Voldemort by Death Eaters. So, I wonder if Voldemort ever cared to find out what really happened to Regulus or if maybe he knew that Regulus ran away and his Death Eaters just lied to him about killing him. Please tell me what you all think! I love the show keep up the great work, Rachel.”

Use some periods. That would be helpful.

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Andrew: That’s so mean! Sorry Rachel, I apologize on behalf of Micah.

Micah: Sorry. This is kind of interesting, I guess, because what we knew about Regulus was that he was on the run supposedly, and he was killed by Death Eaters, but that’s not the case, and I wonder if Voldemort ever did wonder about that – what happened to him or he probably just didn’t care very much.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: I mean, at that point we know he a lot of followers and it probably wouldn’t be that unusual to have one or two of them disappear like that, you know?

Andrew: Yeah. I agree.

Micah: Yep.

Andrew: All right. Well, that’s it for Muggle Mail this week. Our interview…

Micah: Spider mail?

Andrew: [laughs] To spider mail, yeah.

[Matt and Laura laugh]


Interview with Freddie Highmore: Part I


Andrew: Now we’re going to the Spiderwick portion of the show. Now – now it’s time for our interview with Freddie Highmore. This is part one. Part two will be coming out in another two weeks. So, enjoy. Okay, hi, everyone, I’m here with Freddie Highmore who is starring in the new movie The Spiderwick Chronicles that comes out February 15th. Freddie is only 15 years old, and he’s acted among actors such as Johnny Depp and Robin Williams in the acclaimed films, Finding Neverland, Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, and August Rush. His next movie, The Spiderwick Chronicles, comes out February 15th, and Freddie has agreed to be a guest host on MuggleCast, and tell us why Harry Potter fans will like it. So, Freddie, how are you doing today?

Freddie: Very good, how are you doing?

Andrew: I’m doing great. You have this big movie coming up. It’s being promoted like crazy in America, The Spiderwick Chronicles. Can you tell us a little bit about the movie?

Freddie: Yeah, I mean, it’s supposed to be about three kids that go off to the country, and – with their mom, and they discover an unseen world, with fairies, trolls, goblins, and I mean, it’s really fantastic. They are all CGI and it’s very impressive.

Andrew: Awesome. Now, MuggleCast, the podcast we are doing this interview for, has a huge Harry Potter audience, as you can imagine. So, what do you think Harry Potter fans will like about Spiderwick Chronicles.

Freddie: I think it’s amazing, you know, it lowers your defenses, almost like an Alfred Hitchcock movie. In a way, you know, there’s gentle moments where you relax and you feel comfortable, and just when you’re sort of lulled into the moment, a big creature goes crashing through the ceiling, or something like that and gives you a big fright. It’s really great. And also the way they’ve done the CGI, and the goblins and trolls, they actually look – they actually look real. That makes the unbelievable stuff, really believable.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah. Cool. So, let’s talk about Harry Potter just for a minute. Have you – I’m assuming you’ve read the series before?

Freddie: Yeah, no, I’ve read the book, and, you know, I love the films.

Andrew: Cool. What’s your favorite book? Harry Potter book?

Freddie: My favorite Harry Potter book – well they are called different things over here, but I really like the first one, The Sorcerer’s Stone.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: And I guess you have to first at the…

Andrew: Original.

Freddie: The first one, yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, and if you were to be in one of the Harry Potter films, which character do you think you would have wanted to play?

Freddie: [laughs] I remember I actually – I guess I was a bit too young when they started to get, you know, to get together.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: But I know the guy that plays Harry Potter quite well – Dan Radcliffe.

Andrew: Daniel Radcliffe.

Freddie: Yeah. I mean, we’re good friends and we’ve known each other, in fact, before Harry Potter started filming, so it’s kind of funny.

Andrew: Awesome. Yeah, I would have thought you would have made a great Harry Potter if it wasn’t for that darn Dan Radcliffe.

[Andrew and Freddie laugh]

Andrew: So, for Spiderwick, what was the audition process like?

Freddie: Well, I just basically went to Los Angeles, and had a screen test there, and they wanted to basically see if playing two people would work out – playing twins. So, I was auditioning for Mallory, as well. I remember thinking that they probably wouldn’t – they probably wouldn’t cast me, since she was so good.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Freddie: I didn’t think they’d cast two non-Americans, but there you go, they did, so I’m lucky.

Andrew: Yeah, well speaking of that, is it difficult to do an American accent for this film?

Freddie: It wasn’t too bad, actually. It was tougher the first time I did it. I did it for a film called August Rush.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: And I guess I had already…

Andrew: You had plenty of practice.

Freddie: …knew how to do it, and had some experience with it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: We had a voice coach that was always there on the set. Make sure any slip ups we had that could try and be corrected.

Andrew: Okay, good. So, if you were to do it now, do you think you could completely pull it off? Could you completely become American?

Freddie: [laughs] I hope so. How I tried to do it when I was filming, I’d just tried totalk in the accent as much as possible.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: Even when I go home, or go back to the apartment we had there in Montreal, you know, just an evening with my dad and stuff, just try and just keep it going and…

Andrew: [laughs] Just try and…

Freddie: So,I wouldn’t have to think about it when I was acting. It became second-nature.

Andrew: Right, yeah. Because once you stepped out of that American accent, it’s hard to get back in, I guess.

[Freddie laughs]

Andrew: So, what’s the best part about acting in a fantasy film for you?

Freddie: I mean this one was particularly great because I got to play twins, and that’s only the sort of opportunity you get if you’re lucky. Most people never get that opportunity.

Andrew: Yeah. I imagine that would have been hard to do. Was that a new challenge for you, playing twins? Because you are essentially filming the same scenes twice. Right?

Freddie: Yeah, I mean, that’s pretty much how they did it. They do one pass with me as Simon, or as Jared, and then I’d switch over to the other character and do it again. I mean, it was kind of nice to have two because you can work out things between them both and I mean – like, for example, there’s a scene towards the start of the movie in the bedroom and we come in.

Andrew: Mhm.

Freddie: And it’s just action and we’re moving around and it took quite a while to rehearse and all, set it up.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: But when you look back at it in the end, it’s kind of cool to see yourself talking to yourself.

Andrew: Right. [laughs] Yeah. I look forward to seeing that. Now, how – how does that work? Are you filming the same scenes on the same set or is there any green screen involved or what?

Freddie: Sometimes we use green screen, but I mean, I guess it complicted it further that sometimes there were ping pong balls for the goblins and trolls.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: And then there’s also another one for another character of mine. But normally, I guess how they did it was they just do the scene once and film it how it was meant to be with something called motion control.

Andrew: Mhm.

Freddie: And then the camera can repeat its movement exactly the same each time, so…

Andrew: Oh! I see.

Freddie: I’d just – I’d just be one character and pretend to look where the other one should be…

Andrew: Right.

Freddie: And then they match the two images together and it seems like we’re there together at the same time.

Andrew: Oh, okay. That’s very cool.

Freddie: I mean, it’s pretty complicated.

Andrew: Oh, I’m sure. [laughs]

Freddie: But that’s just the basics, I guess.

Andrew: So, what we’re going to do now is Freddie is going to ask you guys a question related to Spiderwick and if you don’t know the answer you can always check SpiderwickChronicles.com for the answer. Freddie’s going to ask you the question and then the first 15 people to send their contact information and the correct answer to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX. So, Freddie, what is the question this week?

Freddie: The first question is, What will hobgoblin saliva give you when it applied to the eyes?

Andrew: All right, so once again, send in the correct answer and contact information to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com. That’s k-a-i-t-l-i-n at staff dot mugglenet dot com and the first 15 people to send in their correct answers will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX. Part two of our interview with Freddie Highmore will come next week.

Micah: Who’s the person who did that interview? That – that person did a really great job.

Andrew: Oh, thank you. I’ll pass the compliments along to him. He’s a good friend of mine. He’s sort of a somebody in the Harry Potter fandom.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: It’s hard to get in touch with him. He’s very big in the…

Micah: Emerson?

Andrew: No. No. Bigger, actually.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Much bigger.

Micah: Wow!

Andrew: Yes. In more ways than one. But it’s time to move on to Chapter-by-Chapter…

Laura: Ooo!


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapters 11 and 12


Andrew: Now. This week we’re going to discuss Chapters 11 and 12. No Eric this week, so that means Chapter-by-Chapter is going to be about 5 minutes long.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, so…

Micah: Ouch.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: No, you can’t put that in there!

Andrew: I’m kidding.

Micah: No, you’re not.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: I know.

Andrew: No, I’m not.

Laura: That’s the best part.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: We love each other on the show.

Andrew: No, we do. I’m just kidding.

Micah: We really do.

Matt: Of course.

Micah: Because people send in emails, “Why do you hate Eric?”

Andrew: Yeah. No, no, no, no, no.

Micah: We don’t.

Andrew: I didn’t mean that like I hate him. He adds a lot to the Chapter-by-Chapter. That’s all I mean by it.

Matt: A whole lot.


Chapter 11: The Bribe


Andrew: Yeah. So Chapter 11: “The Bribe.” I’m going to enjoy talking about this chapter because this whole situation…

Matt: I think we’re going to all enjoy this chapter. What do you guys think?

Andrew: Wow. That was – really loud.

Laura: Yeah. That was very happy, Matt.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Very positive.

Matt: I just drank a whole can of Mountain Dew in two seconds.

Andrew: Oh. I see.

Laura: Oh, wow.

Andrew: We should all drink a lot of sugar before the show. That would actually help a lot, I think. [laughs] All right, so, yeah, Chapter 11: “The Bribe.” It’s an interesting chapter. Basically, what happens in this chapter – basic summary is Remus Lupin tries to get with the trio to go along with them. He wants to join in on the action and Harry believes that his intentions aren’t for the right reasons. So, we’ll start off with the one thing that, Matt, you wanted to bring up, along with Laura.

Matt: Sure.

Andrew: Go for it.

Matt: Should I bring it up now?

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, okay cool. All right.

Andrew: It’s number one. Number one usually means the first thing.


World War II Parallels


Matt: Well, okay, thanks. Well, what Remus or Lupin or however we want to call him – he shows Harry and the trio that the Ministry has conducted a registration that is mandatory for all Muggle-born wizards to register themselves and have been written an account of being a Muggle. What is so great about this parallel is that it’s relevant to the same registering of the Jewish people during World War II during the Holocaust.

Laura: Yeah, definitely. Well, I think it’s really interesting because even though Jo has said she didn’t really base this on Hitler and Nazi Germany, because she has been asked that before, there really are a lot of parallels to the subject, like I was thinking about the kind of anti-semitic behavior that was really socially acceptable at that time. Jews would have their – had their homes and shops vandalized, they’d be terrorized during all hours of the night. I mean, not to mention the burning of their synagogues that happened before the actual concentration camps opened up. So, it’s really interesting when you look at the way Muggle-borns are treated in the Potter series even before this registration starts up.

Matt: Yeah. Well, this just proves that the wizarding world also has genocide just like the Muggle world.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, I mean…

Andrew: It’s a – this was really one of those wow moments – just to give you an idea of how badly Voldemort and the Death Eaters were taking over the wizarding world, because this is a huge punch. Especially…

Matt: Oh, this is a huge – this is a very dark, low moment for the – just for the whole government.

Andrew: Absolutely. Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Micah?

Micah: I was just agreeing with Laura and Matt because that’s really what came to mind, at least when I was re-reading it. You know, maybe it didn’t catch on to me the first time I read Deathly Hallows, but I mean, there’s a lot of, sort of, World War II, Naziism undertones in this book. And I think it started – we talked back at the chapter with the wedding in it, with the mark of Grindelwald is sort of a – you know, with it being displayed on the walls as it is like that Durmstrang and, you know, it kind of resembles a swastika. And…

Laura: Right.

Micah: …throughout the series more and more, and even Gregorovitch, where he’s locked, and I forget the name of the – it sort of resembles the name of a concentration camp, and, you know, I just thought that Jo kind of did that intentionally to show the strong prejudices that exist in the wizarding world. And, you know, this is another example and another chapter. As we move on we kind of see it more and more and I didn’t pay attention to it, really, on my first read through.

Matt: Are you referring to the concentration Auschwitz – is that’s how it’s pronounced?

Andrew: I think that was it, yeah.

Laura: Well, there were multiple concentration camps.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: But – there was – this one sounded, and I’m thinking, I don’t know why I’m thinking of Buchenwald, which was one. But the name…

Micah: Yeah. That’s…

Laura: …in the book sounded very similar to that.

Micah: And I think I said Gregorovitch and I meant Grindelwald.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, oh, sorry.

Micah: Who was locked there. I think I said Gregorovitch was locked there, but that was a lie.

Andrew: Well I think, even if Jo knew she was drawing these parallels, I don’t think she would admit it. Like, I don’t think she does it on purpose – like, obviously there’s some inspiration from there, but I don’t think she really does it on purpose. I just think she’s well-educated on Nazi Germany and used it to create…

Laura: Well, also it’s not…

Andrew: …this Harry Potter world? I don’t know.

Laura: It’s not just Nazi Germany, though, I mean…

Matt: Yeah. It’s pretty much what happened.

Laura: …countries all over the world, including our own, have done terrible things to minority groups. I mean, during the mass immigration here through Ellis Island we actually sterilized people.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Who we though were unfit to breed.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: So, you know?

Micah: Right.

Laura: It just goes to show that it’s not just places like Germany that did these things, like…

Micah: Oh, of course.

Laura: It’s as near and dear as to our own home. So, it’s kind of scary when you think about it, but I think there are a lot of definite, very strong parallels and I think that when people think of these kinds of injustices they automatically think of the Holocaust.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Oh, of course.

Laura: I think it stands out, so we’re automatically going to think of it in comparison to this.

Matt: Well, it’s also because it just has a lot of direct parallels to what happened back then.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: But it’s just pretty much what happens when a totalitarian gets absolute power over an entire government.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, and, you know, it just – I think part of it is, too, what Jo had answered when a lot of people had brought up the year of 1945, the year that Grindelwald was defeated.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: And the parallels that were starting to be made and Jo basically said that you could make those comparisons, and I definitely think that in Deathly Hallows we get a better understanding of why that was, and, you know, Grindelwald himself….

Andrew: Yeah

Micah: …was imprisoned – I think the name here is Nurmengard, which was an actual prison that he built to house his opponents. So again, there’s that imagery of a concentration camp, almost. And Nurmengard sounds awfully similar to Nüremberg.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Micah: Which obviously plays a very big role, at least for the trials of a lot the Nazis post-World War II.

Laura: Yeah, and you know what else I’m thinking of? I kind of compare it to this – after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, tons of American Japanese were rounded up and put into camps in America – in the Midwest.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And while it wasn’t anything on the scale of the Holocaust, it was still the idea of rounding up one group of people and finding a way to get rid of them or put them away where they couldn’t hurt your society because you believed that just because a few of them might of done something wrong, all would. So…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: It just sort of sprung to mind, too.


Lupin’s Request


Andrew: Another big point in Chapter 11 we wanted to talk about was Lupin coming to Harry and asking to be a part of his adventure. So although the trio doesn’t want to tell Lupin anything about the mission given to them by Dumbledore, Lupin still gives them reasons why he should come along. And it seems at first that Harry, Ron, and Hermione are sort of into it, until Lupin reveals that Tonks is pregnant. Then Harry has a very sudden change of heart and, you know, this big argument occurs. So, do you guys think Lupin is truly a coward concerning his family? And Tonks and his family? Because that’s what Harry calls him. Or does he really believe in helping the trio? Because, you know, Harry was – Harry overreacted mainly because he can relate to it, his situation. He wouldn’t have wanted – his parents always stuck with him, so he doesn’t believe Lupin should just be leaving his kid and his wife even though the kid’s not born yet.

Laura: I wouldn’t really call Lupin a coward per se. I think it was more of a situation of cold feet for him. Because we saw at the end of Half-Blood Prince he already had reservation of marrying Tonks because of his age and because of him being a werewolf.

Matt: Mhm.

Laura: I do think it would be very wrong to get someone pregnant and then say, “Oh, look at what I’ve done to you. Because it’s clearly better for me to leave you by yourself and raise a kid on your own.”

Micah: Yeah, well…

Laura: I think that’s a load of crap. But at the same time I think he sincerely wanted to help too.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s the other thing, he said himself, “I believe your dad would’ve wanted me to come along,” and Harry says, “Well, I don’t think he would’ve ditched his kid.” You know?

Matt: But this doesn’t sound like Lupin though – this is like a different side of him we haven’t seen before.

Micah: Right. And I think part of him…

Andrew: I think he was having a breakdown, really.

Micah: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: He was looking forward to getting out of this Tonks situation.

Matt: How long – he probably hasn’t known much about the news that his wife is pregnant, this might be just a reaction to what he’s been just told.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: Oh, maybe! Oh, yeah!

Matt: A lot of parents, when they find out, their whole life flashes before their eyes and they see all the accomplishments they haven’t made and the things they thought – the kind of person they were. Lupin probably thought that he would never be the type of person who would have a wife and have a kid. He’d always seen himself as the person helping out and giving his life for his friends or something.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: So this is probably a gut instinct of his, to come to the aid of his friends.

Laura: Well also…

Andrew: Although, you do have to keep in mind – real quick, he did say it took him three days longer because he had to knock off the Death Eater on his tail. So even if – say he heard about Tonks being pregnant and then he immediately ran away, I would’ve thought he would cool down after three days and maybe really think it through. Because he’s not selfish.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: Well, his adrenaline is probably racing too because he has to constantly…

Andrew: Chased.

Matt: …think about dodging all these Death Eaters.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yep.

Laura: And I guess it’s also the terrifying idea of bringing a child into the world in the middle of a war.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I don’t know – he definitely was moving away from his responsibilities as a parent, but at the same I don’t know if he delivers the message to Harry the way that he wanted to or the way that we would have normally expected Lupin to. I think it came over to Harry in the wrong way and that’s why Harry reacted the way that he did. I’m not saying that Harry wasn’t exploitive in this particular scene because I think he cracked down on Lupin a little too hard, but I would also understand where Harry’s coming from – being orphaned himself he wouldn’t want to, you know, see the same thing happen to Lupin’s child.

Andrew: That’s exactly what I’m thinking.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Because, like I said, Harry can really relate to this. He knows exactly what’s going on here which is why he picked up on it so quick. You know?

Laura: And also he would feel at fault for it because so many people have already died for him.

Andrew: Right.

Laura: And the thought of making another kid fatherless on his account.

Micah: Right, but – ironically, in the end…

Andrew: Ironically. [laughs]

Micah: …he ends up feeling bad about it anyway because that’s exactly what does happen and he ends up losing both of his parents.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. Another thing I wanted to bring up – if Tonks gave her permission directly to Harry – say, if Tonks was like, “It’s okay, I want Lupin to come help out you guys,” because maybe Tonks thinks they need a little help, do you think maybe Harry would have let Lupin come along then? Or do you think this is a personal issue with Harry that wouldn’t have been able to be changed?

Matt: Hmmm. No, no, no. Harry’s set in stone that Dumbledore just wanted Harry and Ron and Hermione to go along with him and Harry trusts Dumbledore’s word more than anyone’s.

Andrew: That’s not the point though, because Harry was considering taking Lupin but one of his primary reasons for Lupin not coming was because of his kid.

Matt: Well did he say he was thinking about it or did he just say it was a tempting offer?

Andrew: Well at first he was thinking about it because at first he’s like – they’re a little taken aback, I think. And then Harry or one of them is like, “What’s this all about?” and then Lupin says, “Oh, Tonks is having a kid.” So, I think Harry’s main argument wasn’t that it’s Dumbledore’s mission for the trio – that was part of the argument – but the real reason they were throwing spells at each other was just because Lupin was doing something Harry would never want to see a father do.

Matt: Well, I don’t think they probably would have broke out in a fight like they did. I know, but I’m saying if the situation wasn’t the fact that he was running away because his wife was pregnant. I don’t think it would have been a fight – I don’t think they would have had an argument like that. But I still don’t think Harry would let him in on it.

Laura: Yeah, I agree.


Muggle Mail: Lupin vs. Harry Argument


Andrew: So, relating to this, Georgia, 16, from Walnut Creek, CA writes:

“I’ve been looking forward to the Chapter-By-Chapter for Chapter 11 almost as much as I’ve been dreading it – probably because my Lupin fangirling knows no bounds. Since July, I have re-read and over-analyzed this chapter more times than I’d like to admit, and have come to several conclusions. The preeminent one being that Harry has a nasty habit of jumping go conclusions, and aught to learn to think before speaking. People leave their families to fight in wars all the time, and I can’t see how Remus is any different. He was frightened, yes, but I don’t see how he was in any way cowardly. He’s had to struggle with the prejudices against werewolves all his adult life, being shunned, subjected to poverty, and I don’t even want to imagine what sort of things he saw when he was spying on Greyback. The thought that he could have forced that sort of life onto an innocent child was just too much for him to handle. Nobody wants that for their child, especially not when the future looks so bleak already. And with all that aside, it’s obvious that he really cares about Harry, and I cannot believe that he was at all comfortable with the idea of him, Ron and Hermione running off into untold dangers all by themselves.”

That was my point.

“They might have been adults, but they were still missing an entire year of their education, and had just about no experience with taking care of themselves on their own. The notion that they were planning to do just that probably unsettled him almost as much as it did Mrs. Weasley. What Harry said to him was just awful, and I can’t help feeling that if Remus had not been trying so hard to hide his feelings, and had worded his request differently, things might have ended up much better. If nothing else, he could have at least helped prevent situations in which they’re all living off of toadstools.”

[laughs]

So, I agree with that. I agree with all the points she made. I mean, Remus wants to protect him. He wants to protect him. He wants to protect – by him I mean Harry – he wants to protect Harry for James. I mean – you know, why let three kids run off and do this huge battle that Dumbledore left them to. I mean, okay, Dumbledore left them to it but…

Matt: They’re seventeen.

Andrew: I mean, obviously they proved Lupin wrong but, I don’t know.

Laura: I guess it’s kind of like – and you consider an extreme circumstance in which your child and another child are both in danger – you know, who are you going to save first? Your kid, I mean, there’s no doubt about it. I mean, you try to help everyone you can but your kid should always be your priority.

Micah: Right, and I think, maybe him going to do this was his way of coping with the situation and I think that’s kind of what we were trying to bring up throughout this whole thing is that, this is kind of his coping mechanism. I think, for finding out – I think that’s what Matt had mentioned earlier and I guess you could argue either way. I mean, him leaving the situation doesn’t resolve the problem. I mean, the fact that his kid could grow up to be a werewolf, which I’m sure is something that he’s concerned about – you know, it’s not going to magically disappear if he goes off and gets himself killed and I think that’s probably what Harry is argument was mostly about. But I don’t think that Harry necessarily – as much as Lupin didn’t probably make his argument strong enough, I don’t think that Harry reacted the way he probably should have either.

Matt: Yeah, I just think it was just poorly delivered on both parts.

Micah: And the worst thing that I thought about was, if Lupin now goes off and got killed, that would have been the worst possible terms for Harry and Lupin to have ended on.

Andrew: [laughs] Right. Yeah.

Matt: Well don’t they mention that too? I mean, doesn’t…

Micah: Later on.

Matt: Doesn’t Harry mention that a couple of times later in the book. Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: He just can’t – he just doesn’t want to think of how he left things with Remus.


Scrimgeour Stays Loyal


Micah: But – yeah and through all of this, I mean, one thing that kind of got overshadowed that we didn’t talk about from Lupin’s visit was, you know, the fact that he mentions that Scrimgeour didn’t give Harry away. Which…

Andrew: Is big.

Micah: Is big.

Andrew: I mean that’s….

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. If that’s the real story, I mean, we’ll never know though. [laughs] I mean, there could have been more to it, but from the reader’s perspective, yeah it looks like he died for Harry.


Kreacher Returns With Mundungus


Andrew: All right, so let’s move on now. The part in this chapter I hope really makes the movie.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: And you know, Jo insisted that Kreacher stay in…

Micah: Some comedy finally, you know?

Andrew: Yes, exactly.

Matt: I know.

Micah: In a very dark book.

Andrew: Kreacher returns with Mundungus like he promised, at this point Kreacher is loving Harry. You know, he’s making dinners and everything for the trio, he’s so far up there that…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: You know, everything is going well. So, Harry starts interrogating Mundungus but not too soon – not too long after that Kreacher just comes up and starts hitting Mundungus on the head with a frying pan and it’s so funny and I just really hope that makes the film.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: What did you guys think of that part?

Laura: I thought it was really funny, especially when he said like – what was it? I forget. He was like, he called him Master Harry and he was like, “One more, please, Master Harry,” or whatever.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: [laughs] It was really cute.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oh yeah. He says, “Perhaps just one more, Master Harry, for luck?”

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah and then Harry says, “No, we’ve got to keep him conscious.” So, the best part comes on pg. 222 when Mundungus starts explaining who he – who has the locket now and the realization is hilarious. Let me just read it real quick. “‘Who was this woman?’ asked Harry. ‘I don’t know some Ministry hack.’ Mundungus considered for a moment, brow wrinkled. ‘Little woman, bow on top of her head.’ He frowned and added, ‘Looked like a toad.'”

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: “Harry dropped his wand, it hit Mundungus on the nose.” And of course that’s when they realized, it’s Umbridge.

Matt: I have to say though, the endings of all the chapters in book seven are probably the best out of the series.

Andrew: Yeah. They’re so clever, they’re so movie-like.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: They make you want to turn the page. Like, you know, I don’t know about you, but whenever I read the Harry Potter books I read so many more chapters than I intend.

Andrew: Oh, right. Absolutely.

Matt: Because each chapter…

Laura: Oh, definitely.

Matt: I just want to go, “Okay, just one more chapter,” because…

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Exactly.

Matt: …I want to know what happens now.

Andrew: Yeah, I used to do the same thing when I was reading them all for the first time. You just – and that’s one of the biggest compliments that the Harry Potter books receive. You just can’t put them down. That’s what everyone says the first time they read them, “I just couldn’t stop.” Okay, so, Chapter 12, there wasn’t as much going on in this chapter. Not really any big developments so we’re going to move through it pretty quick.

Laura: Well, hey guys, I’ve got to get going.

Andrew: All right Laura. No worries. See you.

Laura: Bye everyone!


Ron Finally Says “Voldemort”


Micah: The only other thing I wanted to note about this chapter was that it’s the first time, at least that I remember, Ron ever saying the word “Voldemort.”

Andrew: Is it the only time?

Micah: The first time.

Andrew: Is it the first time?

Micah: I thought so.

Andrew: Is it truly the first time?

Micah: Maybe I’m making this up. Somebody check me on it. It was on pg. 208, the U.S. edition. It’s the first time I’ve ever seen Ron say the word. Say the name “Voldemort.”

Andrew: I could see why this would be his first time, because this is really the start of the journey. So, maybe he is running on a nice little high.

Micah: Feeling brave.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Saying, “Hey, I guess if Hermione can say it then I can!”

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, exactly. [laughs] I don’t know. But okay, let’s move on to Chapter 12 now. Ummm, who wrote the first points? Someone else start. Go ahead.

Matt: I did.

Micah: I didn’t write any of the points, so…

Andrew: Was that you, Matt?

Matt: I actually wrote the first point.

Andrew: Okay, go ahead.

Matt: I don’t want to say it.

Andrew: Why not?

Matt: Well, I don’t know how to introduce it.

Micah: Just do a summary first. That’s probably the best thing.


Chapter 12: Magic is Might


Andrew: All right. So, the meaning of Chapter 12 – they’re getting into the Ministry at this point. They’ve all taken the Polyjuice potion, and they transformed into new Ministry people. Now, they’re going into the Ministry. First thing I wanted to bring up was the new statue. They replaced the Fountain of Magical Brethren.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: I’m good.

Matt: That’s true.


“Magic is Might”


Andrew: I’m proud of myself for that. Now, this new statue that reads “Magic is Might.” I don’t have the exact description up, I don’t know if you do, Matt. But it’s described as a large black statue that has a man and a woman, a wizard and a witch, sitting on a bunch of bodies.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: All wrangled up and just – are they dead? Can you tell they’re dead?

Matt: Uh, no, they’re holding them up. That’s the way it is.

Andrew: Right, they’re sitting on top of them.

Matt: Right, but it’s the whole fact that – you know, like 300 when all the slaves were holding up the big Persian master? That’s pretty much what the statue entailing.

Micah: Yeah, I have the quote right here.

Andrew: Go ahead and read it.

Micah: It says, “Now a gigantic statue of black stone dominated the scene. It was rather frightening, this vast sculpture of a witch and a wizard sitting on ornately carved thrones, looking down at the Ministry workers toppling out of fireplaces below them. Engraved in foot-high letters at the base of the statue were the words ‘MAGIC IS MIGHT.'” And I’m looking for the other part here.

Andrew: Yeah, then they make the realization that they’re not sitting on chairs, they’re actually bodies. And what’s the quote for that?

Micah: Hermione, who says to Harry, “‘Have you seen what they’re sitting on?’ Harry looked more closely and realized that what he had thought were decoratively carved thrones were actually mounds of cared humans: hundreds and hundreds of naked bodies, men, women, and children, all with rather stupid, ugly faces, twisted and pressed together to support the weight of the handsomely robed wizards.”

Andrew: Yeah, so, it’s a very nasty sight. I mean that’s terrible.

Matt: It’s very graphic.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And it’s supposedly Muggles, yeah? I’m guessing.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s what they realize as well. So, it’s just another sign of how the Ministry has changed, I mean, that is just a gigantic symbol of how the Ministry of Magic functions now. It’s – it’s just absolutely terrible. I mean, I don’t even see how Ministry employees could approve of that.

Micah: They probably don’t have a choice.

Andrew: Well, right but – yeah, it’s just…

Micah: It goes back to the whole Nazi Germany comparison…

Andrew: Right, exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …that was brought up last chapter.

Andrew: Oh, here I am coming to work. Oh, what’s the first thing I see? A giant black statue that has a witch and a wizard sitting on a ton of dead Muggles and Mudbloods.

Matt: That’s sad.

Andrew: Yep.


Snape is Headmaster


Micah: One of the other big things in the chapter that we learned, which actually takes place before they go to the Ministry, is from The Daily Prophet that Harry brings home saying that Snape is now a headmaster of Hogwarts. And, you know, we mentioned earlier in the Chapter-by-Chapter a couple of episodes back that when we heard that the Ministry had fallen was kind of the “Holy *bleep*!” moment of the series.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Did anybody kind of get the same feeling when they found out that Snape was running Hogwarts?

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I mean, we don’t know yet, obviously, that he is good…

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: But this was another moment in the series where you really start to think – and this is, of course, in addition to everything that we’re learning, that’s going on in the Ministry with all the round-ups that are taking place. But this is really one of those moments where you realize things are getting pretty bad.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Because all of the sudden it’s like – you can’t believe – it’s like Hogwarts all of the sudden turns into a prison cell. That’s how I pictured it.

Micah: Right.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: It turned into a huge dungeon. It’s like Snape’s giant dungeon.

Micah: Yeah. It’s the big pieces that are slowly falling. You know. First it was the Ministry, now the only place, I think, that Harry has ever known to be safe, Hogwarts, is clearly not.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Mhm. I had really mixed feelings when I read about Snape. This whole chapter – I mean this whole book even – but hearing that Snape had become headmaster, I…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: You know, because there’s so much speculation if Snape was good or bad…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …that you think, okay well if he’s good, then this is actually a good thing for all the students in Hogwarts – that they actually have Snape, who is really going against Voldemort, who is trying to help all the students or something.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: But…

Andrew: I guess that’s true.

Matt: But then you think if he’s bad, it’s just they’re screwed.

Andrew: But even if he is bad – I don’t know. I mean, in hindsight we all now know – I mean, Snape was doing it – Snape’s intentions were to protect the school. I mean…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe it was never stated, but obviously he didn’t want to see Hogwarts go.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Who knows? For all we know Snape may have offered.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe Snape said to Voldemort, “Let me take over. Don’t put some…”

Matt: Well I’m sure he did.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because he’s a familiar face for the school.

MuggleCast 129 Transcript (continued)


School is Mandatory


Andrew: Right. So next point: Why are the Weasleys, the Longbottoms and the Lovegoods (their families) sending Ginny, Neville and Luna back to school knowing everything that they know? Because I mean, they’re…

Matt: Well, they know. They know that they have to go. It’s mandatory now. They can’t keep them at home.

Andrew: Oh! That’s true. Duh! Next point. I don’t know who put that in. Probably, Laura.

Matt: That’s probably her. She didn’t read Chapter 12.

Andrew: Yeah. And she left, so we can blame everything on her.

Matt: Yeah.


Flawed Ministry Infiltration?


Andrew: Next point: Is the plan to penetrate the Ministry flawed? Micah, you wanted to bring this up because…

Matt: Mikey?

Andrew: Micah, I said.

Matt: Oh, I thought you said Mikey.

Andrew: You know, they’re just walking in with Polyjuice Potion, and before the show I was saying, “You know what? There’s got to be some flaws in this plan if they’re going – if they’re knocking these people out that they’re turning into – they’re knocking them out and they’re going to come back to work the next day and be like, you know, ‘Oh, wait a second. I didn’t do this. Oh wait a second. I didn’t do that.'” I mean, there are flaws in this plan that obviously didn’t get brought up in the book, because it would have been nice to see what would have happened.

Matt: That’s the whole point though. This whole thing was rushed.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Yeah, but you don’t see any…

Matt: They don’t really care about the consequences anymore because all they’re thinking about is going forward.

Andrew: Right, but what I’m saying is – in reality, that would have really posed a problem. And, I mean, Jo could have wrote in some subplot, but it’s not that necessary, it’s sort of out of the way, and it obviously doesn’t effect the ending of the book. But in all reality, that must have caused some problems, because that probably would…

Matt: It probably did.

Andrew: …have been a security breach too. But we don’t know that. You know what I’m saying? Like don’t you think it would have been a huge security breach?

Matt: Yeah, because we only know it from their perspective. It probably was going on; it just didn’t reach them by the time all this stuff happened.

Andrew: Oh that’s true. That’s – yeah. They were out of touch when they were camping…

Micah: Well, I think Matt brought up a…

Matt: And the Ministry is huge.

Micah: …good point though, that it – the plan itself was definitely rushed because you have that whole conversation between Harry, Ron and Hermione, where Harry was saying, “Let’s just do it tomorrow.”

Andrew: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: And you can understand that from the perspective of, well we need to start acting; we can’t just keep talking about it. We need to just do it. But the thing that really bothered me about this part of the story was, to me, if you were these three young witches or wizards and you’re going to go and infiltrate the Ministry it would seem to me that you’d need to be a little more clever than just using Polyjuice Potion. And obviously…

Andrew: Right.

Micah: …it has consequences in the following chapters…

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: …where they come face-to-face with one of the people that they took out. But it just – it seems so unrealistic that they can just walk by Umbridge or walk by Yaxley or walk by any of these people and there is absolutely no recognition on the part of these Ministry officials that something is up until, you know, a little bit later on.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: And look, I know it’s a fantasy series. I know that…

Andrew: Right.

Micah: …all of this is unrealistic, but Jo usually does a really good job making things seem like, “Hey, you know, that could actually work.”

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And this was just one of those chapters where it’s almost like…

Matt: Everything was just coincidental…

Micah: Yeah. It’s just…

Matt: With them meeting everybody.

Micah: Like, we’re talking about the Ministry, which is supposedly under the control of Voldemort and they’re just going to walk right in disguised as other people, get the Horcrux, you know, have a little bit of trouble along the way, and get out.

Andrew: So Micah, say you were Harry. What would be your plan to infiltrate the Ministry? Say you were the James Bond of the Harry Potter world, how would you…

Micah: But…

Andrew: …get in the Ministry?

Micah: But my point is this: why would you have to get into the Ministry?

Andrew: The locket.

Micah: Doesn’t Umbridge live somewhere?

Matt: Yeah, I was just going to say, can’t you just like wait by her house?

Andrew: But doesn’t she keep the locket in the Ministry?

Micah: I don’t – there’s – is that a guarantee?

Matt: No, she keeps it around her neck.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Well, I guess in defense of [laughs] Jo, I guess, they know exactly where she works, they don’t know where she lives, and it would, you know – how would they find out where she lives? Wouldn’t they have to go into the Ministry? [laughs]

Matt: They could follow her.

Micah: Hey, hold on a second.

Andrew: Don’t say, “phonebook.”

Micah: “Kreacher, bring me Umbridge.”

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Oh yeah, but see, somebody would notice Umbridge was missing. And then Umbridge would run back and…

Micah: Would anybody care?

Matt: Well, I thought Hermione was getting used to the Memory Charms.

Andrew: Oh that’s true too. But once Umbridge – okay, this could also be solved with the Memory Charm, but once Umbridge is in Grimmauld Place, wouldn’t she be able to tell people where it is?

Matt: She wouldn’t know where she was.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Matt: Kreacher just brought her there. Kreacher didn’t say, “Oh yeah, we’re going to take you to Grimmauld Place.”

Micah: Yeah, we’re just trying to come up with other things…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: This is all pure speculation, I guess?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. But look, we thought about this plan in what, five minutes? They could have done that.

Andrew: Right. [laughs] Right. [laughs again] Yeah, I don’t know. Talk to them someday.


Hermione’s Insistence


Andrew: Why does Hermione – last point we want to bring up today – why does Hermione still insist that Harry stay out of Voldemort’s mind? Because in this chapter, once again, Harry tries to hide it from Ron and Hermione. He runs up to the bathroom and then hides in there while he goes into Voldemort’s mind, but Hermione still insists that Harry stay out. Why does Hermione do that? Why can’t she just – I mean, she’s not going to be able to change Harry’s mind and, really, it does work to their advantage.

Matt: Yeah, well, in this book – in this chapter – in this book it did.

Andrew: Of course in Order of the Phoenix it didn’t, but Harry learned his lesson and, I mean, he just has to accept now that that’s a possibility, that that could happen. But really, he has nothing to lose at this point. Unless Voldemort makes up this scene where he’s about to kill Ron and Hermione, or any close Order members…

Matt: Mhm. Well, Hermione doesn’t know anything about it. That’s the whole point; the only thing that she knows is that Dumbledore told Harry that he shouldn’t be opening his mind to it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: That’s the only thing she knows, and she’s scared about it because of all the consequences that happened.

Micah: But, in the fact is, it’s a good thing. It’s really a good thing in the end. I mean, Harry even starts to think that he should be using this to his advantage. I mean it keeps him, you know, in sync with what Voldemort is doing, and it has a huge role, you know, later on when he can feel Voldemort going from place to place looking for all the Horcruxes that have been destroyed.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: And, you know, I think it’s a connection that she should just step off on.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Because it’s giving Harry the clues that he needs to help solve this, you know, really complex puzzle.

Matt: Mhm. And, technically, is it really Occlumency? Because they are connected. He is part of Voldemort.

Micah: Yeah. Right, and maybe that’s the problem. Maybe he wouldn’t have been able to keep it out.

Matt: I mean, even if he tried to close his mind would it even work?

Andrew: Oh, that’s true. But, see, Dumbledore did know that he had the special connection with Voldemort, and Dumbledore still recommended that Snape teach him the lessons.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: So, I think Dumbledore would’ve had an idea whether or not the lessons would actually work. The Occlumency would really work.


Using Occlumency While Asleep


Matt: Okay, talking about Occlumency, since we’re on this subject.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Is it even possible to shut your mind while you’re asleep? I mean, aren’t you just vulnerable when you’re asleep? Can you use Occlumency, I mean, are you capable of doing Occlumency while you’re asleep?

Micah: That’s a good question.

Andrew: Well, I guess the question is, do we know how it actually works? I mean is it a – does it only work while you’re actually focusing on it? Or is there a way to keep it in your head somehow?

Matt: Well, it always happens when he’s at his most vulnerable point, and that’s when he’s asleep. He has a hard time doing it even when he’s conscious. So, how in the world is he going to be able to do it when he’s in a fragile, sleeping state?

Andrew: According to the Lexicon, “elementary Occlumency involves clearing the mind of thoughts and emotions so that the Legilimens can find no emotional ties to memories the target wished to conceal.” So say if you clear your mind for bed, and you fall asleep, because isn’t – aren’t there studies that say, like, you always dream about what you are thinking right when you fall asleep?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So right, if you have your mind cleared…

Matt: Well, is that even possible? I mean, unless you have a Pensieve near your bed…

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: …and just empty all your mind.

Andrew: Hey! That’s too much work though. It’s like taking out your contacts at night or putting in your retainer before bed.

Micah: Yeah, I mean, where would you even get one of those?

Matt: Yeah, see, I would stop doing all of those.

Micah: You would like go to Home Depot and be like, “Yeah I’ll have a Pensieve.”

Andrew: [laughs] “I want an auto-Pensieve.”

Matt: [laughs] Yeah. You go to Costco and get the 10-pack.

Micah: Yeah, exactly

Andrew: Well, it’s not like a one use only. It is not like a disposable razor. I mean, you can use the same one night to night, right?


The Multi-Purpose Pensieve


Micah: And if you need to go to the bathroom in the middle of the night and it’s right there…

Matt: [laughs] “This Pensieve is not the same color it was yesterday.”

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: “Why is my Pensieve all yellow?”

Micah: It can be multi-purpose. I mean, if you’re sick…

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: …you know?

Andrew: “Mr. Bob: Pensieve Edition”

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: “Mr. Bob Is On The Job.”

Micah: You can wash your face when you get up in the morning. You don’t even need to go to the bathroom.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Oh, my god, Micah.

Matt: You wash your face in the morning and you’re hit with all these past aggressions and memories from your past.

Andrew: That is terrible.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Oh, my god. Brush your teeth, use it to go number two, the possibilities are endless.

Micah: I don’t know.

Matt: Okay, okay.

Micah: That’s a little too much.

Andrew: You guys don’t? I use a sink for everything. Just me?

[Micah laughs]

Matt: Yeah, I know you do.

Andrew: Hmmm, weird. [laughs] All right, well…


Ben’s Top Ten


Micah: Well, there’s a Ben’s Top Ten List: Top Ten Uses of a Pensieve.

Andrew: Yeah, there you go. Everyone submit…

Micah: Get creative.

Andrew: …not everyone. But, yeah, be creative, send in a creative list. “Top Ten Ways to Use a Pensieve.” We’ve given you some ideas, don’t copy all of them, but build it off of what we came up with.

Micah: [laughs] There’s a lot of room for improvement.

Andrew Yeah.

[Everyone laughs]


Back to Harry and Occlumency


Andrew: “In its more advance form, Occlemency allows the user to suppress only feelings and memories that contradict what the user wishes a Legitamens to believe, thus allowing the Occlamens to lie without self-betrayal.” So, I don’t know. I mean, this is used to Harry’s advantage and Harry’s learned his lesson once. I think at this point he would just – since he was still looking into Voldemort’s mind, I believe that he just has to take the risk and to decide whether or not it’s real.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. Let’s move along.

Andrew: Yeah, that does wrap up Chapter-by-Chapter today. Chapter 13 next week, maybe Chapter 14 as well. We’ll review it at our next board meeting.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: It’s time for Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz”]

[Matt and Micah laugh sarcastically]

Andrew: “She had to go down to the Court Rooms with Umbridge. She couldn’t refuse and…” cuts off.

Micah: Oh.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: This has been Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz”] I’m doing a new thing now where I move my head further away from the microphone so it’s more like, Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz” with quieter echo]

Micah: That’s nice.

Matt: Yeah, that is sweet.

Micah: Very talented.

Andrew: Hey, I have a new idea. I have a new idea. We’ll all do the echo.

So I’ll do, “Quote quiz!” And then Matt goes, “…quiz,” and Micah goes, “…quiz.” And I go, “…quiz,” and then we all do it lower and lower.

Micah: Ummm…

Matt: Yeah, no. Let’s not do that.

Andrew: No, that’d be fun. That’d be fun. Can we try it, please? So, I’ll do it first. I’ll do, “Quote quiz!” and then Matt, you go, “…quiz.” And then Micah goes, “…quiz.” And I go, “…quiz.” Okay?

Micah: Sure, why not?

Andrew: All right. You have to do it fast. Quote quiz!

Matt: Quiz.

Micah: [pauses a long time] Quiz.

Matt: Stupid.

Andrew: Quiz… [laughs]

Micah: Alrighty.

Andrew: I liked it. Sorry, guys.

Matt: I’m so embarrassed right now for doing that.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Sorry. Want to have a little fun on the – Okay, you say Sweeney Todd last week. You can’t dig yourself any deeper.

Matt: Yeah, but I’m freaking awesome that way.


Make the Connection


Andrew: Hey, here’s a fun segment. It’s time to play Make the Connection. Since Jamie’s not around this week – and we don’t know when he’s going to be back, cause he’s back at school – Matt’s going to be taking over Make the Connection until Jamie returns. Matt, there’s a lot of pressure. A lot of pressure. I mean, Jamie sent you a couple of ideas, but…

Matt: Yeah, he sent me a couple things. Well, it’s pretty cool now, though. Because since Laura left – since Jamie only sent me two, I can just tell them to both of you.

Andrew: Well – okay.

Matt: Yeah. Okay.

Andrew: All right, so Micah starts first, since Micah didn’t go last time.

Matt: Yeah. All right, Micah. Make the connection between Harry Potter and writing a science fiction novel to be read only by camels.

Micah: Only by camels, right?

Matt: Only by camels.

Micah: [laughs] I don’t even know what to say to that.

Matt: [imitates Jamie] Oh, come on, Micah! It’s very simple.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: It’s right in front of you.

Micah: It’s right in front of you.

Matt: [imitates Jamie] I have faith in you, Micah. I have faith in you.

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: The only comparison I can think of was those two camels that those House-elves were riding in…

Andrew: [laughs] Goblet of Fire.

Micah:Goblet of Fire. Otherwise, I don’t know how you compare Harry Potter and a science fiction book wrote strictly for camels.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, you can say that the science fiction book told the House-elves – told the camels how to ride with House-elves on their back. Because House-elves are very light, so that poses the possible problem. Especially if they were to apparate off the back. Once that weight suddenly disappears, the camels might be thrown off balance.

Micah: Sure.

[Andrew presses the “That Was Easy Button”]

Micah: All right, let’s hear the other one.

Matt: Okay.

Micah: And I’ll help Andrew out on that.

Matt: Since I already sent you one, I’m going to think of something else.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: All right. So – okay. Harry Potter and eating Chick-Fil-A while watching Sweeney Todd.

Andrew: [laughs] What? Okay, seriously, that is the stupidest thing I’ve ever heard. Ummm…

Matt: Do it.

Andrew: Okay, I have to admit, Sweeney Todd is one of my favorite movies right now. And Chick-Fil-A is my favorite delicacy. So…

Matt: You’re stalling!

Andrew: No, no. When I get into the movies, when I see a Harry Potter film, I love seeing the Potter films while eating nachos and cheese, which is also one of my favorite delicacies. So, the connection is that you can eat your favorite delicacy while watching one of your favorite movies.

Matt: Ummm…

Andrew: No?

Matt: Maybe I’m just not getting Make the Connection.

Andrew: You just have to make a connection between Harry Potter and item number two.

Matt: All right, okay.

Andrew: I know that wasn’t exactly what I was supposed to – and that’s impossible, Matt, that’s [laughs] pretty impossible. I don’t know.

Matt: Well, the one that Jamie gave me wasn’t any better.

Micah: What was it?

Matt: It was Harry Potter and eating antique ice cream while fighting Hercules.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Micah: What?

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Well, Hercules is a very powerful charactal – uhhh…

Matt: Charactal, huh?

Andrew: Charactal, yeah. Sorry, if you watch home videos – I just did it again! [laughs]

[Matt makes slurring noises to mock Andrew]

[Andrew makes slurring noises]

Micah: Well, actually, you could – I don’t know how you would spin this – but Hercules defeated what’s his name, the three headed dog – the trio got by the three headed dog.

Matt: Ohhh.

Andrew: Did he?

Micah: But that has nothing to do with ice cream and battling Hercules.

Matt: Yeah, see…

Andrew: Well, you could say that dogs like ice cream. I don’t know.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Jamie would have to be there to moderate that, I don’t know, we’ll see. Matt, do you want people to e-mail in ideas? That’s what we used to do with Jamie.

Matt: Yeah sure, if Jamie’s not going to be on because he’s at school for the next couple of weeks, I’m perfectly okay with that.

Andrew: Okay! So e-mail in some good Make the Connections that are possible. Maybe if you have your own idea include it in the e-mail – include the connection in the e-mail and then Matt just won’t read that. He can read that after we answer ours. So yeah, answer your own make the connection so we know it’s doable, and you can quiz yourself at home. Matt at staff – no matthewb, sorry. Matthewb, M-a-t-t-h-e-w-b at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Matt, maybe I’ll make you an easier one that’s a little shorter.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


Andrew: So we’ll wrap things up today, as always, with a nice little Chicken Soup that will make everyone feel good. This is a good segment we do. This one comes from Stacey B. 22, of [sings] Baaaltimooore, Maryland. She writes:

“This isn’t a normal Chicken Soup. You get letters every week about how someone’s grandmother just passed away or how stressed out they are from finals or just simply because work is torture. These people who are down and out reach out to you as MuggleCasters to help them on their way. No matter what our burden is, we can always count on you to brighten our day. Laughter is the best medicine of all. You have no idea how many lives you guys have touched. And I think I speak for the listeners when I say, ‘Thank you!’ from the bottom of our hearts. This Chicken Soup goes out to the MuggleCasters for everything they do for the fans.”

Andrew: Well, thank you, Stacey, that’s very nice of you.

Matt: Awww.

Andrew: Like I say almost every show, it’s always great to hear how MuggleCast really affects people’s lives and it’s one of the main reasons why we’ll never permanently end the show. I mean, that’s just mean! We’ll always be coming out with more episodes. We’ll aim for once a month after Chapter-by-Chapter is done. And, you know, more good things will come, more good things will come.

Matt: Yes!


Contact Information


Andrew: So, I think that’s about it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. But right now it’s time to remind everyone about our contact information in case you want to get in touch with us.

Micah: The po box.

Andrew: If you want to send us – huh?

Micah: The po box.

Andrew: The po box, Micah. If someone wants to send something to the pickle object box, where do they do that? How do they send it?

Micah: Send it to:

MuggleCast

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia, 30028

Andrew: Don’t forget you can also call in the MuggleCast hotline. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC, if you’re in the United Kingdom you can call 02081440677, and if you’re in Australia you can 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast. No matter how you call in just remember to keep your message under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible. Thank you.

You can also e-mail MuggleCast using the handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com, just click on “contact” at the top. You can reach anyone of us or – actually, Matt, you’re not in there, but I think it’s about time we add you in there.

Matt: Add me where?

Andrew: To the feedback form on MuggleCast.com.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: You can also contact us with our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com, and like I said earlier, matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com. [whispers] Yeah! Dot com!


Community Outlets


Andrew: Don’t forget our community outlets. We got the MuggleCast MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and the fanlistings and forums, which are exploding! Right now. You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and rate and review us at Yahoo! Podcasts.


Show Close


Andrew: I think that’s about it for this week’s show.

Micah: Send in stuff for Chapter 13, because…

Andrew: Yes, send in stuff for chapter 13 that we can discuss.

Matt: Please?

Micah: And if we missed anything in Chapter 11 or 12 I’m sure we’ll hear about it, so… [laughs]

Andrew: We’ll hear about it. We’ll get a gazillion, kagillion, patrillion, apillion e-mails.

Matt: At least two.

Micah: Yeah.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Now remember, kids, parallels.

Micah: When are voicemails coming back? Or are they never coming back? [laughs]

[Show music begins]

Andrew: No, voicemails will come back. We just have to have time in the show to fit them in. Maybe we’ll just do strictly Chapter-by-Chapter and voicemails next week with a fun segment, too.

Matt: Hopefully fun.

Andrew: If there’s no news next week. You know, we need a break because we’re trying to keep these shows a certain length each week. I mean, sometimes we go longer, sometimes shorter, but we aim for around an hour ten, an hour twenty an episode, you know?

Micah: Don’t forget the top ten.

Andrew: Top ten, vote for us at Podcast Alley too, yes, thank you, Micah.

Micah: No, I meant the Top Ten Pensieve uses.

Andrew: Oh, Top Ten list. Yes, yes.

Micah: Sorry.

Andrew: Please send in those lists. No, it’s all right.

Micah: Yeah, you can also vote for us at Podcast Alley if you want to.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Micah: Like I said, you won’t get another show in January if you don’t.

Matt: Uh-oh.

Andrew: Right, exactly. So look out. Ummm, all right. Okay. So that wraps up this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Once again, I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: Thank you everyone for joining us and we’ll see everyone next week for Episode 130 in February. Goodbye!

Matt: Goodbye!

[Show music ends]


Blooper


Matt: Was that…

Andrew: Yeah, that’s good enough.

Matt: Was that good enough? Okay.

Laura: Yeah. Just say that, like, that there were parallels drawn between that and Nazi Germany.

Matt: Oh okay. Oh yes, because I love parallels because they never meet.

Andrew: That was so funny, by the way.

Laura: That was really funny.

Andrew: I didn’t hear that when we were recording, but…

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: …when we were editing…

Matt: I don’t even remember saying that.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: I must have been doing something else because I was just trying to talk while Eric was talking.

Andrew: Uh-huh.

Micah: Along with my pregnant comment. Do you remember that?

Matt: Yes. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah. That was funny, too. I missed that.

Laura: I didn’t – what – what is it?

Andrew: Sometimes Micah says things, and someone else is talking, so we don’t hear him. Say it, Micah, real quick.

Micah: Well, I think Andrew was talking about how – was it – Helena Bonham Carter? Or no, it was…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: No, no, uh…

Micah: No, it was the other one who’s playing Narcissa.

Andrew: Helen McCory.

Matt: Helen McCory.

Micah: Yeah, she was supposed to play Bellatrix but she got pregnant, and then I just said – I guess under somebody else – I just said, “Sorry about that.”

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: And nobody noticed. Then it was on the show.

[Everyone is still laughing]

Micah: I saw people making comments about it, it was pretty funny.

Andrew: Yeah, when I heard it – when I heard it while editing, I was laughing my ass off. I IMed Micah and I was like, “Dude, I can’t believe we missed that.” It was so funny.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: He was like so straight forward, too. He was just like, [imitating Micah] “Sorry about that.”

Matt: [imitating Micah]

“Sorry about that.”

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Oh, that’s brilliant.

Matt: Okay, I’m going to bring us back.

Micah: All right.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Well, ummm…

———————–

Episode 129: Pensive Possibilities

  • We discuss what we’re most looking forward to about Half-Blood Prince and what we think may be cut.
  • Small update on the East Coast Tour.
  • Vote on Podcast Alley…or else!
  • Muggle Mail on movie intermissions, cliffhangers and Chapter 10.
  • Interview with Freddie Highmore.
  • Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapters 11 and 12.
  • The hosts draw some excellent comparisons in these chapters to Nazi Germany.
  • The story begins to take on a very dark tone.
  • We analyze the argument between Harry and Remus from both perspectives – sorry Harry, seeing this one from just your point of view doesn’t cut it.
  • One listener writes a very good defense of Lupin.
  • Kreacher and the saucepan: finally some comedy!
  • Jo shows just how good she is in her revelation that Umbridge has the locket.
  • What is up with this plan to infiltrate the Ministry? Micah doesn’t buy it.
  • Snape named Headmaster of Hogwarts – was he there to actually protect the students?
  • Why does Hermione keep nagging Harry to close his mind? It actually helps him!
  • Chicken Soup.

Download Now

Running time: 1:35:57, 33 MB

Transcript 128

MuggleCast 128 Transcript


Show Intro


[Audio]: Hey there, MuggleCast listeners. I am back to inform you of some excellent news. GoDaddy.com is having better deals than ever. For only $3.59 a month for 12 months, you can get GoDaddy.com’s economy package. With 250 gigs of bandwith, five gigs of storage and up to 500 e-mail accounts you can get your own website up and running with success. And as usual, enter code Muggle – that’s M-U-G-G-L-E – when you check out and save an additional 10 percent on any order. Some restrictions apply, see site for details. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Music ends]

Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the internet’s leading provider of spoken word entertainment. Get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto www.audiblepodcast.com/mugglecast today for details.

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because we have lots of unanswered questions, this is MuggleCast Episode 128 for January 19th, 2008.

[Music continues to play]

Andrew: Have you guys seen our brand new Wizard Rock section on MuggleNet?

Laura: I have.

Eric: I’m going right now, Andrew.

Laura: I must say, it’s very impressive.

Andrew: MuggleNet.com/app/rockband/home is the Universal Resource Locator. It’s our brand new section with a over 160 rock bands!

Laura: Yay!

Matt: Really?

Eric: And…

Andrew: Yeah. You guys like it?

Matt: Geez, that’s a lot.

Laura: Yeah, it…

Andrew: I made it all by myself.

Laura: It’s really, really cool, but…

Andrew: Thanks.

Laura: From what I can tell there is something missing, isn’t there?

Matt: There is one group that is not listed on that site.

Andrew: There is one band missing and it’s my Wizard Rock band, but…

Laura: Oh, well that’s probably for the best…

Andrew: I’ve decided that it’s…

[Andrew, Matt, and Micah laugh]

Andrew: I decided that the Wizard Rock section on MuggleNet was actually going to have the worst rock bands, or Wizard Rock bands, and mine’s good for it, so…

Laura: Oh, okay.

Andrew: I don’t want to blow everyone away. I don’t want to steal the limelight from great bands such as The Remus Lupins, The Moaning Myrtles, Harry and the Potters…

Laura: Well, you know I was just thinking about that one time at Prophecy when you were supposed to perform and you never did. And we had…

Andrew: I did. Yes, I did.

Laura: We had to peer pressure you into doing a chorus at the live Leaky Mug.

Andrew: Because I think it’s hard to do a rap acapello.

Laura: Yeah, whatever.

Andrew: There was a lot of pressure. There was a big audience. Anyway, we have a good show for you today including Chapter-by-Chapter, and we’re going to bring Favorites back, and we also have a couple little announcements. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matt Britton.

[Music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right, thanks, Andrew. Four months in development, on Wednesday nightMuggleNet released its latest project: MuggleNet’s Wizard Rock section. With over 160 bands in our database fans can read interviews, listen to samples, write reviews, and more. It’s the perfect place for fans to discover the fandom phenomenon that is the music genre of Wizard Rock.

It was announced on Thursday that J.K. Rowling will deliver the keynote address at this year’s Harvard University commencement ceremony on June 5th. University President Drew G. Faust was quoted as saying:

“Perhaps no one in our time has done more than J. K. Rowling to inspire young people to experience the excitement and the sheer joy of reading. Her tales of Harry, Ron, and Hermione and their Hogwarts adventures have cast a spell on millions of readers around the world. Harvard isn’t exactly Hogwarts, but I’m sure that her visit with us this June will be a moment of magic for J.K. Rowling’s many admirers across the University.”

Finally, Timothy Spall, who played Peter Pettigrew in Prisoner of Azkaban and Goblet of Fire, has said he will reprise that role for the final two films. Spall was quoted by saying:

“I’m in the next one. And I’m also in the one at the end. I have a very big scene in that. I think they might be shooting two of them back-to-back. Hard to know though, what with this writer’s strike and all. They’re shooting the penultimate one at the moment; which I have a brief appearance in it. I should be doing that soon.”

That’s all the news for this January 19th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.

Andrew: All right, thank you Micah.

Micah: You’re welcome.


News Discussion: Deathly Hallows Split?


Andrew: You know, I’ve described the news, in the past, like a roller coaster. And I’m sticking with it. Because this week we only really have – actually, we have two things to discuss. One news story just came out today. Very briefly, though. One big story we want to talk about that’s been getting a lot of press, at least on the fan sites and even some British tabloids. Apparently there are rumors circulating around now saying that the final Harry Potter book is going to be split into two films.

Eric: Yes.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And this was originally reported by the Daily Mail. And it says here in the article:

“For film-makers Warner Bros, whose first five ‘Potter’ films have made £2.5 billion in box office receipts…it could mean a £500 million bonus in ticket sales.”

Because people are essentially paying for the same movie twice.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: They’ll easily double their profits for the final film. Do you guys think this could come true?

Eric: Well gee, why didn’t they think about doubling their ticket revenue when they decided not to make any of the other movies into two parts?

Laura: Yeah. I mean, we’ve heard this same rumor a lot before. Didn’t it come around…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …with Goblet of Fire, too?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: It’s true.

Andrew: It did.

Eric: It’s true. And nothing came of that. Book 7’s not even the longest book. It’s shorter than – well, depending on what version you read, it’s actually the third longest, I think it was.

Laura: I think the difference with the seventh book is that there’s a lot more information in it that has to be covered. And…

Eric: Like what?

Laura: I think the difference with the seventh book is that there’s a lot of information that they’re going to be relying on that they haven’t used in previous movies. So on top of the information that we got in Deathly Hallows, they’re going to have to include a whole bunch of backstory that they never gave us in the other films to make it make sense.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Yep.

Laura: So that would be the only reason I would see for them doing that. But honestly, I think we’re just going to have a regular length movie like we always have.

Matt: It would be nice to have a two-part.

Laura: It would. I would love it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: But why? Why would they have not have done it for – I mean, there were so many other book I would rather be two-part movies than Book 7

Andrew: See, I’d rather it be the final film, because…

Laura: Yeah, it makes more sense. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Why does it make more sense? They should have made the…

Laura: Because it’s like the grand finale, you know. It’s the end.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Well…

Matt: And there’s not much you can cut out in this book.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Without it being really just crumbling.

Eric: Except the months and months they’re in the forest doing nothing.

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Well, according to this article, it says:

A film source said: “There’s so much to fit that the view is the last movie should be in two halves. There is a huge battle when Harry, played by Daniel Radcliffe, takes on Voldemort that needs to be done really well.”

Eric: And this quote intrigued me, as well. Because I was thinking, well, yeah. I mean, the Battle of Hogwarts. God, they can make that so good, you know?

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: They can make that – but, I mean they’ve got a battle at Hogwarts to do in Movie 6, as well.

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: That they should probably turn into some kind of fruitfulness. But, I was thinking about that quote because I had read it too. And I was thinking, well then again, and I’m sure I’ve said this before. But when I first read the fifth Harry Potter book, which was after it came out June 20, 2003. When I first read it I was thinking at the end scene, you know the whole Department of Mysteries, etc. I said, “Wow, they could really make this alone an hour or two hour movie.” I mean, if you read that scene in the book, it’s just – the whole time, once they get to the Department of Mysteries, all the rooms they explore, up until the end of the book. You know, they could turn that into a really long period of time in the movie. And as we know now, they made it pretty short in the movie. They actually did, successfully or unsuccessfully, they made it into a short clip, a sort part of the movie and fit it into one film. So, no matter how long you think – no matter how long its appeared to be written in the books, they can always condense it and kind of get away with it.

Andrew: Yeah. [grumbles]

Eric: I just don’t think that – I think it’s not that cool that they should make the seventh book into a two-part movie if they didn’t make any of the other first six.

Andrew: The other thing to note here is that a script hasn’t even been written.

Eric: It’s true.

Andrew: Because Steve Kloves, he’s part of the Writer’s Guild, so he can’t start writing anything, which isn’t too much of a worry now because, you know, Half-Blood Prince still doesn’t come out until November. I would think he would, hopefully, if the strike ends soon. He would normally be writing the script, what, maybe starting in a few months from now. What’s the time frame for that, Matt?

Eric: Because pre-production happens quite soon.

Matt: Yeah, no, no, it does. Most of the entire production is pre-production. In-production of films actually are the shortest out of all the stages. They last for probably a month at the most. That’s it.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Like, they film the movie in almost a month or two month’s time.

Andrew: Oh, no, no, no, it takes a lot longer with Harry Potter

Laura: I thought with Harry Potter it took a lot longer.

Matt: Well, no, I’m talking about filming. It takes hours and hours of pre-production before they film, I’m saying.

Eric: Okay, and the actual filming…

Matt: But I mean, on the actual filming.

Eric: Interesting. So when do you think, like, would you think that they would already have a script for Movie 7? I mean, the trio is only going to get older the longer they wait to…

Matt: No, I don’t think they have anything written for Movie 7.

Eric: Well, they don’t, but would they? Should they, if it weren’t for the writer’s strike?

Andrew: No. I still think it’s too early.

Matt: For Movie 7, I don’t think so.

Eric: Okay.

Matt: Because they still have Movie 6.

Andrew: Yeah. I don’t think – how do I phrase this? I do think it is early enough for them to be considering putting the movie into two parts, because that is a big decision that I’m sure isn’t just made by the writer or producer. I mean, that goes way up to the top of Warner Brothers because it’s an essentially an eighth Harry Potter film.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric; Yeah.

Andrew: So, I think that’s an important discussion that if they are discussing, and I think it’s worth discussing, then yeah, it will take a lot of time to decide that. And I would imagine – don’t you think they would have to decide whether it’s going to be one or two parts before he starts writing, anyway? Because he has to plan how long the script is going to be.

Micah: Yeah, absolutely.

Eric: Well, usually they come up with drafts.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: They do several drafts of the film, and if they think it won’t all fit into a movie condensed version, then they would say – they would explore the possibility of two – I think, anyway. Do you guys think that if they split it into two movies they’d be called anything different?

Micah: No.

Eric: I mean, would they be Deathly Hallows, Part One and Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows, Part Two?

Laura: No. Yeah, it would just be part one and part two.

Micah: I think part of the problem, though, is that you have to take into consideration when these two would be released. Would they be released close to each other, or would they be separated out by a couple months? A year? Because that can cause some problems, I think.

Eric: It can.

Micah: Especially because of the flow of the movie, in the sense that, Eric, you brought up before how you really don’t think why this movie is special enough to warrant being split into two when there are other books that have come before it that could definitely have been split up as well. I know that might be prejudiced on the fact that you didn’t really like Deathly Hallows maybe as much as some of the books that came before, but I still think there’s a lot of consideration that has to go into this, and coming from the Daily Mail, I know it’s not a very reliable source. And even the comment that they had about being able to double their revenues. I don’t really think Warner Brothers is very concerned with its revenues from the Harry Potter series that they’re going to need to really consider making up for anything by doubling the revenues. I really just think that that’s an idiotic statement.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Well said.

Eric: Have they – I mean, have they successfully done movies in continuum? I mean, I know Lord of the Rings was actually, you know, it was all filmed at once, it was, and then they broke it up and did different production sort of years and years and years. I was thinking of The Matrix trilogy though, with what you said that they would possibly separate them by a few months. I think it was in 2002, in February and November were the second and third Matrix released, the films were released then. And that was kind of…

Micah: I just think you run a risk because where do you leave off in Deathly Hallows, you know? People are going to want more right away.

Andrew: It would have to be a huge cliffhanger.

Micah: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You have to find the cliffhanger factor, because if non-Potter fans go and see the movie and they don’t like where it ends, they’re not going to see the second part. Unless a trailer or some other promotional device intrigues them, but I mean…

Eric: Cliffhanger part.

Andrew: …I’m just thinking what kind of publicity nightmare it would be for Warner Brothers. You’re releasing a two part book, everyone knows it’s one part but they’re splitting it into two. I just see that as like, are there two premieres? Are there multiple trailers?

Laura: Yeah, it’s so much extra work, basically.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, and has it ever even been done before? This would be the first time or something it would happen.


Hallows Intermission?


Laura: Well actually movies used to be made quite successfully, especially movies made out of books, they were about four hours long. I’m thinking specifically of Gone With the Wind. But the way they were constructed was they actually had an intermission.

Matt: Right.

Laura: They would show both parts and you would leave the theater for 15-20 minutes, come back and see the second part. So when I think of a film like this, that’s the only way I can think of it being truly successful is just running it all at once.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: But I don’t really see why they’d do that anymore. It’s really not that common.

Eric: Here’s an interesting story.

Matt: Well, they don’t do that very much anymore because there’s so many movies in production.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, which is true, but you know what else is interesting? They turned – when I went and saw Chamber of Secrets in the theaters, they gave it an intermission, because of the young children in the audience, the movie theater that I ended up working for after that put a little 10, 15 minute sort of intermission in between the movie, in the middle of the movie. They put a stop break for all the kids to go to the bathroom or whatever and not miss the movie. So, they actually took Chamber of Secrets, which is only two-and-a-half hours long and they put an intermission in between. So they did that for the Harry Potter film when it was only one film, which was interesting.

Micah: Well, I also think they might have to bite the bullet and realize, “Hey, we need to make this movie longer than the six that have come before it.”

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: And not go to a two-hour-fifteen-minute…

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: …two-hour-and-a-half movie, we’re looking at something that needs to be over three hours long.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: If you got to give it that treatment, just yeah, make it one movie, but make it a longer movie.

Laura: Yeah I don’t see why not.

Andrew: Maybe we’re all blowing this out of proportion, maybe they will do it like Gone With the Wind style, and just give us an intermission. I mean, it doesn’t happen anymore but why not?

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Becaue how long have we been trying to convince them or trying to say that a four-hour movie, we couldn’t mind the four-hour movie.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I can’t think of anyone who would care to be honest.

Matt: Right.

Andrew: Yeah, and plus movie theaters would eat that up. If there was an intermission, that’s extra food sales for them.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, everyone is going to run out a buy new soda and stuff.

Matt: Yeah, definitely.

Eric: It’s true. And food is what people depend on. What movie theaters depend on. The concession sales.

Andrew: Yeah. Yup, yup.

Matt: I don’t think movies or movie theaters will really object to it because you know, they know that they’re going to make money off of Harry Potter films.

Eric: Yeah, it’s just less show times then…

Andrew: Yeah that’s one thing, but….

Eric: But, it’s interesting news.

Andrew: Yeah, so we’ll wait to hear more confirmation. I mean, WB hasn’t said much. The one thing that – WB did go to Empire Online and told them that nothing is official yet. That’s not a “no,” that’s what gets me. I mean.

Eric: It’s not a “no,” that’s a – yeah.

Andrew: I mean, normally, though, they would say “no” to stupid rumors.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: But saying nothing is official, nothing, you know, I think they actually told Empire Online or Empire Online just brought up the point that Steve Clovis can’t write right now and he hasn’t started.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: But like I said earlier, they might need to decide whether to make it one or two movies before they starts writing, at least for the very final draft.

Eric: That’s news to us though. Writer’s strike affects Harry Potter fans, here’s how.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I’m really tired of the writer’s strike. I don’t know about you guys.

Andrew: Well, the late night shows are back, so that’s all I care about.

Matt: Of course.

Laura: What about The Office?

Andrew: That’s a shame, but I was watching a re-run the other day, and it was nice.

[Eric and Matt laugh]


Who Will Direct Hallows?


Micah: What about the director talk? This seems like a lot of the same that we hear when every movie is considered.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Who’s going to be directing it?

Eric: Spielberg said he was?

Andrew: No, it said in this article that Spielberg is one person being considered.

Eric: But I’m saying for the original film didn’t he – wasn’t there an interview we posted on MuggleNet recently that said Spielberg was in fact considered for the first film.

Andrew: I think we’ve known that for a while.

Laura: Yeah, he was.

Matt: Yeah, he was.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: But he was given his opinion on it or whatever. That was cool.

Andrew: He wanted to put American actors in it. I believe that was the problem.

Laura: Yeah, that’s right.

Eric: Well, it was an idea of his. It was an idea.

Andrew: We’ll move onto some other news, but I’m sure we’ll be talking about it more unless it gets completely thrown out by Warner Brothers.

Eric: Which it should.


News Discussion: Rowling to Make Keynote at Harvard


Andrew: Yeah, story that came out on Thursday. J.K. Rowling is going to speak at the Harvard commencement ceremony. She’s going to be delivering the main keynote address. How cool is that?

Laura: That’s really cool. Can you imagine havening J.K. Rowling speak at… Oh my gosh.

Eric: Your graduation?

Andrew: How amazing would that be?

Laura: That would be amazing. Jo.

Eric: Why is she doing it?

Laura: I don’t know.

Andrew: I don’t know – Yeah.

Matt: They’re giving her something aren’t they?

Andrew: Yeah, they’re giving her one of those doctor degrees, I think, that they give all the famous people just for being famous.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: [laughs] J.K. Rowling should speak at my graduation, you know.

Andrew: Oh yeah, it says… It says, “the University will also grant Rowling an honorary degree at the June 5th ceremony.”

Micah: Am I the only one here who’s had a commencement address?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Yes, you have.

Laura: None of us have graduated yet.

Matt: Yeah, I’m sorry.

Eric: So far. We’re all in college, so that’s good.

Laura: I think Jo should come to McDaniel College. We would happily welcome her there.

Matt: I would just love to see Laura. I would just love to see you.

Laura: [laughs] I would probably just burst into tears. I’d be so happy.

Andrew: You’d be crying.

Eric: I’ll speak at your commencement, Laura. I’ll speak at your commencement.

Laura: Okay, Eric. You do that.

Andrew: [laughs] You know, what’s really special about this is think about how many times J.K. Rowling acts as a public speaker. I mean, besides her book readings, how many other times has she stood at a podium and made a speech?

Eric: Well, she’s spreading out, man. She’s totally spreading out. Now that she’s done writing…

Matt: She’s got more free time.

Eric: …she’s got much more free time.

Andrew: Well, obviously. No, but what I’m saying is that this isn’t her kind of thing.

Matt: No, well she also mentioned that in the documentary as well.

Andrew: Exactly, that’s where I was going.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: She doesn’t even like doing this much, and now she’s doing it, so it’ll be really interesting to see what she says. I’m sure she’ll touch on her past life as living in a flat and being broke and all that. In other news, J.K. Rowling will be on MuggleCast next week.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: So be sure you tune in for that. Not!

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, so that’s cool.

Eric: You’re kidding right?

Andrew: Yeah, I’m kidding. No, I’m not. Yes, I am.

Eric: We’re pathetic.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: We’re pathetic, Andrew. We’re pathetic.


Announcements


Andrew: All right, so moving onto announcements now. It is a new month, and we’re reminding you kind of late, but we are in the top ten and we thank everyone, but vote for us on Podcast Alley so we can get as high up as possible. Because we like being high up on that list.

Micah: Yeah, not number nine.

Andrew: Also, thanks to everyone who…

Eric: We like being high…on the list.

Andrew: On the list, yeah. Thanks to everyone who sent us links to the online copies of the J.K. Rowling documentary. A lot of people sent these in. Someone did send me in a really good bit torrent though, and it downloaded nice and fast, and now I have it on my computer. So if any of you guys want it, I’ll forward it to you. So you can watch the documentary over and over again, but thanks everyone who emailed that in, a lot of you did.


Spring Break East Coast Road Tour


Andrew: Also, everyone here except Matt…

Matt: What?

Andrew: In other words…

Laura: Awww.

Andrew: In other words Eric, Laura, Micah and I are sort of kicking around the idea of doing a mini-spring break East Coast tour…

Eric: Of MuggleCast.

Andrew: ..come mid-March. Now, we need to remind everyone that this is only – this is very early on in the planning stages and is only a possibility. We want to know how many people would actually show up. So visit MuggleCast.com and we have five tour stops there. If you live on the New England, then visit MuggleCast.com – or even towards down in Virginia which isn’t really New England or Baltimore for that matter.

Eric: North of the line people.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: North of the line.

Andrew: Visit MuggleCast.com and vote for the location that you could attend, or vote and say that you can’t attend. Take the poll seriously. Don’t just vote for Philly because you used to live there and it’s your home town and you are representing the area. No, vote honestly. So we will look into this more.

Eric: We need to liven this up.

Andrew: If we do it, it will be between March 15th and March 20th, and it would be a lot of fun and it would be a nice tour. Laura and I were just talking the other day about how bad we want to go to Boston.

Laura: Yes. So all you Bostonians go out and vote please.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Laura: Because I really want to go to Boston.

Andrew: Yeah.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: We’d like to do four or five stops and we’d be driving and it will be interesting to plan, because of where we are all living and how we are all going to get there, but it we wil figure it out. It will be good.

Then we are doing a podcast in Dallas, Texas because of Portus 2008, as we told everyone HP2008 dot org, so visit that site to sign up, register and come to Portus and we’ll be there for Potter Podcast Polooza Pickles.


Audible.com Ad


Andrew: We’d like to remind everyone again that today’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider of spoken word entertainment. Audibles has over 35,000 titles to choose from to be downloaded and played anywhere. Just like MuggleCast. If you’re into Harry Potter as much as we are, we recommedn checkng out Twilight, a book we’ve discussed on MuggleCast a few times. You’ve from our listeners about it, now you can give it a try free on Audible. Just visit www.audiblepodcast.com/mugglecast today to get your free audio book. Once again, it’s www.audiblepodcast.com/mugglecast for your free audio book.


Muggle Mail: Why Did Moody’s Curse Not Lift?


Andrew: Okay. Let’s move on to Muggle Mail now.

Eric: [sings] Muggle Mail!

Andrew: Who wants take the first e-mail. Who wants to read it?

Eric: Can I? Can I? Can I?

Andrew: Mhm.

[Laura laughs]


Muggle Mail: Why Did Moody’s Curse Not Lift?


Eric: First one is from Nathan Gard, 14, Virginia Beach, Virginia. Subject is “Chapter 9.” He says:

“Okay, this was just something I noticed while listening to Chapter-by-Chapter last week and wanted to see what you guys thought about it. If spells are supposed to lift if their caster dies, like when Dumbledore’s spell lifted off of Harry in Half-Blood Prince when Snape killed him, then why does Moody’s tongue-tying curse remain on Grimmauld Place after Moody dies? Just wondering what you thought. Thanks, love the show, bye!”

What do you guys think?

Laura: Ooo.

Andrew: I don’t know. I am still confused by this whole tongue situation.

Laura: Yeah. That whole concept throws me off.

Matt: Is it technically Mad Eye Moody’s? When they say Mad-Eye Moody’s tongue-tying curse, do they mean it’s the one that he made or the one that he did? Did he invent that curse?

Laura: No. He didn’t invent it.

Eric: But he put the booby trap on Grimmauld Place to attack if anybody should come in, should it be Snape or whatever. They are wondering why it is still there once Moody died, because when you put a spell on something, it’s removed. And I really don’t have that good of an answer.

Laura: Yeah, I don’t either.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Myself, because of the way that the Fidelius Charm was broken on Grimmauld Place itself. I was going to initially argue that something would be different if you put a spell on a place, such as all of Dumbledore’s defenses on Hogwarts, etc., would still remain up because they’re sort of on Hogwarts as opposed to being on Harry. Like, he was holding Harry still and when he died, that spell went off, but that is flawed.

Micah: Right.

Eric: Because of…

Micah: Because the same thing happens.

Eric: …the way the Fidelius Charm…

Micah: …with the tongue-tying curse.

Eric: Right.

Micah: It’s essentially a spell that has been cast on a place, so…

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: Right. And it’s still there.

Micah: Yeah, I mean, it’s a good question. I don’t know if we have an answer for it except maybe it is a little bit of a mistake.

Eric: Oooh.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: Because it would make perfect sense that the spell would not have any after-effect.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, it’s true.

Eric: Yeah. So either it does, or it doesn’t, sort of – either spells put on places do or don’t get removed when they die. And it’s – there’s some contradictions in the books.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Even the same book. Even the same book because of the way – the Grimmauld Place things – and I think we have a question later on in the show about that as well, the Fidelius Charm and how it actually works.


Muggle Mail: The True Killer of Dumbledore


Andrew: Yeah. Well, let’s move on. Next e-mail comes from Val, 17, of West Covina, California. She writes:

“As soon as you guys mentioned the possibilities, a thought popped into my head. The curse was to be used against the person that killed Dumbledore, right? Maybe it only took into account the true killer of Dumbledore. Snape killed Dumbledore, but not directly. What I mean by this is that he didn’t kill him for his own purposes, he was helping out Dumbledore, so the true killer of Dumbledore is the curse from the Horcrux that would have killed him if it wasn’t for Snape.”

So, she’s saying – she’s saying that’s how Snape got by, I guess.

Eric: So, what is the curse supposed to do? Tie it to the Horcrux?

Micah: I just think Snape is smart enough to get by. I don’t think it has anything to do with…

Laura: Yeah, I think that’s – I think Micah’s right.

Micah: …some other explanation, I mean, give the guy some credit. I mean, he’s a pretty…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: …smart wizard.

Eric: He’s smart enough to say, “I didn’t kill you.” or “Why’d you make me kill you?” He’s smart enough to say the word “kill,” which disables the whole thing.

Andrew: Yeah.


Muggle Mail: Snape and Homenum Revelio


Eric: This one comes from Javed Mohammed, age 21 of Trinidad and Tobago. Oooh, nice place.

“Greetings from Trinidad again, I have a few comments about the chapter by chapter segment. You all said that Snape broke into Grimmauld Place yet remained unscathed, this may be probably so since he is an accomplished Occlumens and would be able to lie about who killed Moody and block his thoughts if the spell detected untruths. Also about Hermione’s Homenum Revelio curse. Hominoids and Hominids are direct ancestors of the primate family into which Humans (Homo Sapiens) also falls into. This may explain the use of the word Homenum in the curse. Still loving the show and all the best for the new year, Javed Mohammed.”

Oh, and it’s pronounced JAAH-ved. So, Javed Mohammed. Awesome, Javed, thanks for that. That’s what we said, we just came to that conclusion, then, about Snape being that good a wizard, but then he reveals something very cool about “Homenum,” which we talked about last week.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Cool.

MuggleCast 128 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Rowling’s Documentary


Laura: All right, the next one comes from Kim, 19, of Houston, Texas. She says:

“Hey guys! I really enjoyed your discussion of JKR’s documentary in Episode 127. Actually, I thought the episode as a whole was brilliant! But, in regard to the documentary, I just wanted to add that I wish they had filmed Jo signing the bust inside the hotel upon finishing Book 7. It would have been interesting to witness or at least hear from Jo herself why she did it. I imagine it was rather spontaneous. Also, I’d like to comment on something y’all mentioned in the Chapter 9 discussion. I think Micah was right in saying Snape got in before Moody set the spell in Grimmauld Place. I’m not sure where I read or heard it, but I’m pretty sure that’s how it happened. You might want to check me on that! Thanks for reading, I love the show and I’m looking forward to anything y’all do in the future, HP-related or not! Pickles, Kim.”

Eric: Awww, pickles.

Andrew: It would’ve been nice to see her do this.

Laura: Yeah, I agree.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe there were some concerns with showing vandalism on T.V.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: It raises some ethical concerns. It really truly does.

[Andrew, Laura and Micah laugh]

Eric: I remember the additional shock…

[Matt laughs]

Eric: …you know, when we all found out that our favorite J.K. – our favorite author, J.K. Rowling, was a vandalist, or a graffiti-er.

Laura: [laughs] I’m sure the hotel does not view it that way.

Eric: Well…

Andrew: No, that’s just extra money for them now.

Eric: That’s only because of how much more their hotel is worth…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …now that J.K. Rowling signed the bust there.

Laura: Because, you know, if we went there and signed a bust we’d probably…

Eric: I’m pretty sure they’d kick us out.

Andrew: We’d get fined.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Eric: Yeah, with a fine, with a fine, but since J.K. Rowling did it – I mean, it raises some questions, you’re right, if this documentary did follow J.K.R. as she was writing the book as it should have, pretty much, included that.

Laura: Maybe she did that by herself. Maybe she wanted her own private thing to do when the cameras weren’t rolling, you know?

Andrew: Maybe, yeah. Yeah.

Eric: I think it was because it was illegal, and they couldn’t legally tape it.

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: You know?

Andrew: It’s weird, because when she always wrote that – when she wrote that story about how she finished the book, and then how she wrote in the Balmoral on the bust, I always picture it as being a dark night, and you know, it was…

Matt: Alone?

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: She was alone, and it was dark. It was a small, little room. It was candlelight…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: But now that we’ve seen the documentary, it’s broad daylight, there’s a crow in the air. Jo’s listening to – what’s the song she’s listening to when she finished?

Matt: Something by an artist?

Eric: No, really?

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I really need to see this documentary.

Laura: I can’t remember who it was.

Andrew: Yeah, but I can’t remember the song right now, but you know, that’s cool that she listened to music afterwards. But, yeah, whatever. I think there were just some concerns. Maybe Jo was doing that when she had some private time.

Eric: Oh! Can I read the next mail, can I read the next mail?

Andrew: Yeah.


Muggle Mail: Voldemort Name Taboo


Eric: This one’s from Ruth H., age 27, of Rapid City, South Dakota. She says:

“Dear MuggleCasters, love the show. I’m a stay at home mom to a one year old and every time I put on MuggleCast as an alternative to Dora, or The Wiggles, my daughter dances to your opening music.”

Laura: Awww.

Eric: [laughs] Anyway.

Andrew: That’s so cute. Get a video.

Eric: It is cute.

Andrew: Take a video and put it on YouTube.

Eric: Take a video. Yes, please, and MuggleCast is a good alternative to Dora, or the Wiggles.

“Anyway my comment is regarding your discussion last week of the Voldemort name taboo, and maybe this should wait till your Chapter-by-Chapter for 20, but whatever.”

Oh, maybe it should.

“The trio does say the V word pretty quickly upon arriving at Grimmauld Place (Pg. 173) but nothing seems to happen and Ron does tell Harry later that the name ‘breaks protective enchantments, causes some kind of magical disturbance.'(Pg. 389) Doesn’t it seem like even if the Death Eaters in the square couldn’t see Number 12, they would still sense the magical disturbance. Do you think this is just a Jo boo-boo? Thanks a lot, keep up the good work, and Laura, you keep those boys in line!”

Laura: I’ll do that. For sure.

Andrew: Oooh.

Micah: [laughs] It seems like a lot of boo-boos are surfacing.

Laura: Yeah, I know. The only thing I can think of, and, I mean, we obviously all just read this chapter, so it’s all pretty fresh in our minds, but Remus says that the Death Eaters are all stationed outside of anywhere associated with Harry.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: But I was also thinking, maybe that has something to do with it. Maybe there’s some reason they can’t get in, but they can still sense it, so that’s why they’re there.

Eric: Yeah, because they’re confused. They’re like, well…

Matt: I still think – I still recall that there was a scene where, didn’t, like, either Harry or Ron went outside to get the paper, or something and they saw that there were Death Eaters outside the place, but they couldn’t see them?

Laura: I don’t remember. I don’t think it was in this chapter.

Eric: It’s definitely to come, though. It’s definitely to come when they see somebody in the square.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And then Remus even said that he has to Apparate to the very first step so they couldn’t see him.

Eric: Which is what they tried to do, unsuccessfully, when they’re escaping the Ministry, yeah. Which is cool, kind of.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: It would be really interesting to ask, you know, some more specific questions about how these couple of subjects we’re kind of confused about work.

Eric: Yeah. J.K.R….

Laura: And they all center on Grimauld Place.

Eric: J.K.R. we’re not done with you, Jo. We’re not done. We have questions. We need answers. We’re Harry Potter fans. Come on. Yeah.

Andrew: Okay!

[Eric and Laura laugh]


Chapter-by-Chapter: Kreacher’s Tale


Andrew: So, let’s jump right into Chapter-by-Chapter. This week we’re just going to cover Chapter 10 – doing this one a week thing, the show is slowly living longer and longer. [laughs]

Eric: Hooray!

Andrew: Chapter 10, Kreacher’s Tale. So, short summary: In this chapter, Kreacher tells a tale.

Laura: [laughs] That was very enlightening!

Andrew: So…

Eric: That was a very brief summary.

Andrew: Well, it’s very emotional…

Laura: I can totally tell you read it.

Andrew: It’s a very emotional chapter, especially towards the end, focusing around House-Elves. I mean, you really – you really see the other side of House-Elves, the side that you just actually feel kind of bad for. So the first point that we wanted to bring up – and somebody put this in here, but I actually had it as my favorite quote, but I guess if it’s a discussion point, we could just talk about it first. Right there on the first page.


Harry Feels Lonely


Eric: Harry wakes up.

Andrew: It says, “Harry wondered if they had fallen asleep holding hands,” speaking about Ron and Hermione, “The idea made him feel strangely lonely.”

Eric: Yes.

Andrew: Now, this was nice because, sort of, you know, Harry feels a bit alone if Ron and Hermione are together. You sort of – he’s sort of the odd ball out in terms of relationships, love life in this situation. Obviously, he’s…

Matt: He does feel like the third wheel.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, he’s the go-to-guy, but on the other hand, he doesn’t have his life partner with him.

Matt: No.

Eric: He…

Andrew: So, I thought that was kind of sweet.

Eric: Had to leave her behind.

Laura: Yeah, I think it kind of highlights that separation, too. You know how Dumbledore told him…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He could really only trust Ron and Hermione with this and so it’s like he leaves behind Ginny, who he loves so much, you know, but he can’t tell her anything.

Eric: Yeah, it’s kind of interesting that for there to be a trio, Harry has – Ron and Hermione are both his friends, but yet they’re also sort of becoming boyfriend and girlfriend right in front of him. And the fact…

Andrew: Right.

Eric: That he wakes up, looks over, and sees that they could’ve been holding hands is a – is a really good, sort of, portrait of Harry and his feeling.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: This opens up, gives you some really good insight on to sort of how Harry views everything and same with later on. This whole chapter, I think, is very keen on Harry and describing sort of how he feels about things.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, I have a question for Laura regarding this. Do you think that the holding hands was a result of Ron’s book or do you think it was a genuine holding hands thing?

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: [sighs] Okay, thank you for bringing this up, Matt. Because I’ve actually gotten a lot of emails from people who are, like, “You don’t know what you’re talking about. At least he’s trying…” And, you know, I’m not refuting that point. Yes, I acknowledge that he was trying. But I also…

Micah: Well, first of all, he’s a fictional character so people should calm down just a little bit and back off Laura.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Thank you! Thank you for that. And also, yeah, he was trying, but as a girl who has – hmmmm, what’s the best way to put this?

Eric: Just think about how you would say this before.

Laura: As a girl who has known men like this and you’re just, like, “Don’t – don’t do that.” Because you look at it and it gets very frustrating because you realize that they don’t completely get it even though they’re trying to, you know? And it’s kind of frustrating as a reader. It’s not like I’m saying that Jo shouldn’t have written it that way or that I didn’t enjoy it. I quite did. And frankly, there was really nothing to say that they had fallen asleep holding hands. Harry just thought it looked like they might have. And I think that’s what was really interesting about the quote because that type – romance seems to be really high on his mind at that moment because that’s the first thing he thinks when he looks over. He doesn’t think about anything else about the journeys they have ahead, even the fact that they could all die. He looks over and thinks, “Oh, I wonder if they could have fallen asleep holding hands.” And I think it shows that he’s kind of – I mean, it shows that loneliness and it shows that he’s kind of depressed about leaving Ginny behind. So…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Eric: Well, it said earlier Ron had a fit of gallantry and insisted that Hermione get the cushions or whatever.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: What was that about? Did it say that Ron was just asserting that Hermione be the most comfortable or?

Laura: Well, yeah! It’s kind of like the whole – it’s kind of like a lot of the old fashioned beliefs like guys are supposed to hold open doors for girls – just, you know, those kind of things.

Eric: Are they? I mean, am I a loser for not doing that?

Laura: No, no, no, no.

Micah: Have you ever commuted in New York City?

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: No, I’m just saying, like, it tends to be that when a guy is trying to impress a girl, he likes her to be the most comfortable, he doesn’t like her to have to do things for herself.

Eric: But after a year or two of marriage or a few months of dating, whatever the case is…

Laura: Yeah. It’s like, “You can sleep on the floor!”

[Eric laughs]

Laura: “You cow!”

Eric: Yeah, anyway. So, sorry to hear about your relationships, Laura. [laughs]

Laura: [laughs] Yeah. Me too.

[Everyone laughs]


Snape Parallels


Andrew: Who put the next point in there?

Laura: Oh, I did. I was kind of bringing that up because I thought it was an interesting parallel and you guys have heard me harp on and on about parallels…

Eric: I’m tired of it. I’m sick of it, actually. You discuss parallel once more…

Laura: Shut up, Eric.

Eric: I’m going to hit you.

Laura: I don’t care.

Eric: I’m gonna mail a thing that hits you to the P.O. Box.

Andrew: I like parallels. I think they’re good.

Laura: Yeah, I think parallels are awesome.

Eric: I know, I know. They’re cool. I agree.

Laura: See, you fail, Eric.

Matt: They never meet.

Laura: [laughs] Thank you, Matt.

Micah: Ohhh. So funny.

Laura: Yeah. So, what I thought was really interesting about Harry wondering, you know, if Snape has searched the house, and he thinks about him with scorn. You know, anytime Snape is mentioned throughout this book, no one likes him. They all think he’s bad. And I just thought it was a really interesting parallel to the first book where throughout the whole thing we think he’s this bad guy and then in the end we find out he’s good.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: So that’s all I really had to say about that.

Eric: Well, it’s a valid point too. It’s interesting that you say Harry wonders correctly if Snape has searched the house. It’s interesting that Snape has been there and Harry can kinda detect that. I think that’s pretty cool. But clearly, clearly, you know, with books being overturned and shelves and everything being searched through, you know, someone has been there in the house.

Laura: Right.


Sirius’ Bedroom


Eric: So, what, Harry wakes up and he goes up a few steps and finds himself inside Sirius’s bedroom? Or what was formerly Sirius’s bedroom?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: And inside Sirius’s bedroom – there’s a contrast in this chapter that exists between Sirius’s bedroom and Regulus’s bedroom. And, as J.K. Rowling says, they couldn’t sort have been further apart. They’re quit the opposite of each other as far as – Sirius has all these Gryffindor banners, there are pictures of Muggle motorcycles, and even bikini-clad Muggle girls. [chuckles] Which I thought was funny.


The Letter


Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: In Sirius’s room, so he wanted to emphasize his difference from his parents, etc. etc. and when they go into Regulus’s room, there’s all sorts of Slytherin pride, and obviously a bunch of old newspaper clippings about the Dark Lord. So, I thought that was cool, and I wanted to bring that up. But, what do you think about the letter that Harry reads?

Micah: It’s depressing, I think.

Laura: It was.

Andrew: The letter was sweet, it was a little…

Micah: Not the letter itself, just the scene, I think, it was pretty depressing when you have him just sitting there reading it and it seems like, you know, you kind of get a feeling of everything that he’s gone through over the past sixteen or seventeen years of his life and how lonely its really been. It goes back to what Laura was saying, you know, at the beginning of the chapter, you know, with Harry looking over at Ron and Hermione. It’s just reemphasizing how lonely he has been, not just in recent years, but pretty much his whole life.

Matt: Well, this is the first time really Harry notices that his mother really lived.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: She really wrote – that her hand really wrote these words.

Matt: Yeah. This is the first time Harry actually touches something that his mother touched or created or something besides himself.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Yeah, and also… Go ahead.

Laura: Sorry, I was going to say, and also, that was a first for readers too. I mean, I don’t know about you guys, but when I was first reading this book and we had the letter from Lily, I was like, “Whoa, it’s really weird to see something from her perspective.”

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Because this whole time we’ve just known her as someone’s who’s just dead. And then suddenly we have this letter from her. Whicah was weird.

Eric: She’s his mum.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: You know. She died saving Harry etc, etc. We’ve heard all this stuff about her, but actually hear – reading her writing, it’s actually quite cool. And I mean, couldn’t you guys just see the baby Harry on the broom? On the toy broom? [laughs]

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Speeding around on everything, that was so cool.

Andrew: I really hope that that’s one of the things that makes the movie.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I would love to see that picture and I think Dan Radcliffe could pull that off really well, making the realization that…

Matt: What, being a one-year-old baby?

Andrew: Huh?

[Micah laughs]

Eric: Yeah! They’d cast Dan Radcliffe as his toddler self.

Andrew: Being a one-year old… No, no, no. Just looking at the picture, looking at the letter.

Micah: Talk about pre-production.

Eric: Yeah. No, I agree.

Andrew: I agree. That was a very special momemnt.

Eric: Dan Radcliffe is really striking me as a really good actor. I’ve just liked him recently. I’ve just really noticed how intense he can be. It’s really cool.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: That’s all he can be.

Micah: Talking about the letter, I think probably my best quote for this chapter is when they were talking about the G’s that she made.

Laura: Awww, yeah.

Micah: It said, “Each felt like a friendly little wave glimpsed from behind a veil.” I thought that was Jo just at her best, referencing the veil.

Andrew: I love when Jo writes…

Eric: Mym mom wrote here G’s…

Andrew: I love when Jo describes that kind of thing and makes things really – personify things, like even the letter “G.” [laughs]

Laura: Well, and also the reference to the veil too. I thought that was really great.

Micah: Right.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: And she used the veil several times throughout the book. I remember reading and she would describe something as it was beyond some kind of veil, or something along those lines.

Eric: And yet we didn’t hear from Sirius in this book.

Laura: It’s because he’s dead!

Eric: I know, I know, I know. I accept that. I do.

Matt: He’s DEAD!

Eric: But yeah, you’re right, there was a lot of veil references, and I was like, “We’re totally going to see that room again aren’t we?” And then we didn’t. But that’s okay.

Laura: I know! And I really wanted to, and I was so upset. But anyway…

Eric: Next time, next time. In Book 8. Book 8, Laura.

Laura: Yeah, sure. [laughs]

Micah: And what about Dumbledore in this letter? I mean, it just kind of reinforces Harry’s…

Eric: See, this is one of those…

Micah: …mistrust in him.

Eric: This is one of those letters that really make the plot, you know? It’s these letters Harry happens to find in this book – not any previous book – but this book. And it’s so important and amazing and lovely. Just one of those things that spurs the plot into action. And you’re right, it totally reaffirms that there are some questionable things about Dumbledore.

Matt: Yeah. But she said it lightly like it’s not something very, I wouldn’t say, negative.

Laura: No.

Matt: It’s probably one of those secrets.

Eric: Just questionable, like, “Huh. What’s Dumbledore up to?”

Matt: Just like, “Dumbledore did this?!?”

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, but Harry’s reaction was more anger, I think, than we’ve seen him previously. I think it’s slowly building up.

Andrew: I think it’s partially because Harry doesn’t know what exactly Lily was talking about. “Could you believe Dumbledore donated so much to charity?” We don’t know what it actually was.

Eric: Yeah, the second page is missing.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Harry finds it later after the fact, doesn’t he?

Andrew: Yeah, we don’t know what it actually is about, which is a shame.

Eric: Yeah. So Harry is determined now to find Bathilda Bagshot.

Andrew: Wait, hold up real quick. Do you think Snape took it?

Laura: He did.

Eric: He did.

Micah: He did.

Andrew: I was being sarcastic.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: He took – oh, okay.

Andrew: Come on you guys!

Laura: I thought – well, you didn’t sound very sarcastic, Andrew.

Andrew: Never mind, never mind, nevermind.

[Eric and Andrew laugh]

Andrew: Never mind.


Bathilda and Horcruxes


Eric: At one point in this chapter, they mention the tedious task of the Horcruxes – the difficult task Dumbledore had laid out for them. I guess it’s when Harry has just woken up. I’m thinking in retrospect – was it really terribly difficult to locate the Horcruxes? I think they were very successful in doing so once they did and I thought it was all right, I felt it wasn’t that big of a deal, necessarily. Hermione asks him if going to see Bathilda would really help search for the Horcruxes and I think it did.

Micah: I think it’s ironic how it almost gets them killed when they go visit with her.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: That part is just weird. That part is just weird. I’m sorry, it’s just weird.

Laura: No, that part is awesome and they better do it justice in the movie or I’ll be so mad.

Eric: I sure they will. I’m sure they will though.


The Fidelius Charm


Micah: Well who brought up this point about the Secret-Keeper and Fidelius Charm though?

Laura: That was me.

Micah: Okay.

Laura: What kind of throws me off is Lily in her letter talks about how Bathilda Bagshot is dropping by their house every day and I’m thinking they’re under the Fidelius charm right now, Peter Pettigrew is their Secret-Keeper, isn’t it kind of weird that people can just drop by their house even if it’s people they trust? Isn’t the whole point that it’s only one person that knows where they are?

Eric: Hmmm.

Matt: Hmmm.

Micah: These questions just keep coming up. I don’t know…

[Eric laughs]

Micah: It’s kind of hard to answer all of them.

Eric: It’s draining.

Laura: And then later on she’s like, “Oh Sirius, if you could just drop by, I’m sure it would make James so much happier!”

Eric: Yeah, because James is freaking out. Jame is like Sirius in Book 5. He’s feeling lonely and secluded.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: He wants to go out.

Micah: Cabin fever.

Andrew: They didn’t leave the house, right?

Laura: No.

Eric: Yeah, it’s cabin fever. You’re right, Micah.

Laura: She even says in the letter that Dumbledore has James’s cloak so it’s not like he can even sneak out. So you know they’re under the charm at that point.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: That’s true. And Harry also says – when she mentions Pettigrew being down – Harry says, “Did Pettigrew know that would be the last time he would be seeing them alive?” It’s really intense, you know they’re under the charm and hiding, why is Bathilda dropping by every second and why couldn’t they just torture Bathilda and find out the whereabouts of Jamess and Lily since she had been there?

Matt: Well, maybe…

Andrew: The only thing I could think of is that they could be meeting somewhere in the house that Bathilda could get to. I mean, because realistically, they couldn’t possibly – it couldn’t just be them three the whole time they’re in hiding. Realistically, they would have to be meeting with other people.

Laura: How so?

Andrew: I don’t know. To stay sane? I don’t know.

Eric: Well, they have a family to raise plenty of people raise families without any friends nearby.

Andrew: I’m trying to think. If there was a logical answer to this, what would it be?

Eric: Well, the question is would Pettigrew have to tell Bathilda where the Potters were for her to go visit them? Or what?

Matt: Well, she’s a neighbor so she already knows where they are.

Laura: And what else I don’t get – we know they were located in their home and Sirius clearly knew that’s where they were so why would it be any less safe to have Sirius not to be their Secret-Keeper if he knew where they were anyway?

Eric: Yeah, yeah, that’s awkward because the way this letter is written – you’re right, because of the way this letter is written. Anyone who intercepted this letter could figure out where they were. And was the charm destroyed once Pettigrew told Bathilda where they were or what? What happens when somebody – when somebody you confide in – when the Secret-Keeper tells where something is? Does that make it still closed off to the outside world or what? Or does it break the charm?

Matt: Well, it’s not a though secret anymore.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: It’s no a secret. So does the charm break or what?

Laura: I don’t know. There are too many questions.

Matt: Was it already – do you think when Peter Pettigrew told Voldemort do you think Voldemort automatically left as soon as he knew or do you think he waited a few days?

Micah: Oh this is interesting. I’m just kind of reading this on the Harry Potter Lexicon. It says, “Even if one of the Potters had been captured, force fed Veritaserum, or placed under the Imperius Curse, they would not have been able to give away the whereabouts of the other two. The only people who ever knew their precise location were those who Wormtail had told directly but none of them would have been able to pass on the information.”

Laura: Huh.

Micah: So, it’s possible that Sirius and Bathilda knew where they were but they would never be able to divulge the information if they were captured.

Eric: Interesting.

Laura: That is interesting.

Eric: Though, didn’t Jo also change the outcome of how the – on her website there was an old question, one of the original FAQs, regarding the Fidelius Charm and she later, you know, midway into Book 7, said, “Okay, I’ve changed my mind. This is what’s happening.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: This was from her official site though because the Lexicon has a note as to where the quote came from. So…

Eric: Okay. Because I…

Micah: …that was from Jo, herself.

Eric: Yeah. Because I think how it happens with everyone – because what happened with Grimmauld Place was, everyone who knew was then, in turn, a Secret-Keeper.

Micah: Right.

Eric: Isn’t that what she said? But that seems in contradiction with what she had previously said. So, I think she changed her mind, didn’t she? She told everyone about it. I recall that happening. I don’t know.

Andrew: Yeah. I don’t know.

Matt: Hmmm.


R.A.B. Revealed


Micah: Well, this is a big chapter and kind of how I wanted to start talking about this is – I mentioned this to Andrew, I think – is how predictable was this? When you guys were reading this, and I know…

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …there’s so much theory that was out there about it.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Were you kind of disappointed a little bit that it – and I mean, everything was not as I thought it was as far as how it all played out – but the general things. Who R.A.B. was, who, you know, went with him to cross the lake, you know?

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: Was it all a little bit too, you know, easily figured out?

Eric: Well, see everyone knew because of how, you know, we had harped on it for so long, you know, and when Lexicon came out with their Arcturus, I think it was. Wasn’t it Lexicon who spoiled that, basically?

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: That Regulus had a… Everybody pretty much knew.

Laura: Even before that, a lot of people thought it was going to be Regulus Black.

Eric: Regulus Black.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Right. But the thing was, the Lexicon got some sort of confirmation by somebody and then at that point they posted it on their site. They posted the whole name.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: And we even talked about this on the podcast and then it was knocked down and apparently Bloomsbury or whoever said, “Okay, take it off.”

Eric: But Micah’s right. There were – and it struck me as well, reading this, that there were actually two moments in this chapter that we already pretty much could have predicted long before Book 7. And so, are you asking basically what do we think about how Jo handled the fact that we all knew? So kind of, coming out to telling us wasn’t really that revolutionary, but yet she still kind of had to right it through so that it made sense?

Micah: Well, I think that there’s a couple of things here. The first being that with this story coming to an end, there had to be certain things that people could guess and guess right.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: I mean, you know. Jo is very good at what she does in terms of hiding little clues along the way. But I think that there are certain things that, you know, you just get to that point and what you guess is going to be right. And this just happened to be one of those things. I know – I’m not saying that I was disappointed in the chapter, but I just thought maybe it was a little bit too predictable.

Eric: Well, I kind of like how she gives Regulus quite a bit of humanity. He is not the coward that Sirius kind of portrayed him to be. You know, Sirius didn’t like his brother. But you see that human flaw in Sirius then of disliking pretty much anything that has to do with his family. Because that’s the sort of character Sirius was. For him to underestimate that his brother actually penetrated Voldemort’s defenses so much so and the reasoning why – I mean, I don’t think it discredits anything because when Kreacher tells the story of what exactly happened, I was so enthralled by it that I – to be honest, I thought it was really cool. And I thought it was fine that Sirius had already made a point to tell Harry that his brother was crap or a coward.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah. I mean, I don’t really – I know that a lot of people – I think this was before, when the whole thing with the Lexicon came out. But at one point, Jo said on her website, “I’m sure that a few of you will figure out what one of them is if you’ve read closely enough.” Then everybody, of course, gravitated to that locket which was a lot like the locket in Half-blood Prince.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Oh, right!

Laura: And of course the initials are “R” and “B.” So everyone thinks Regulus Black, regardless of the middle initial.

Eric: Of course, because people had already caught that little mid-sentence reference to a locket because she does mention a locket in book five. Then Harry, Ron, and Hermione in this book, in this chapter, say, “Wait, there was a locket!” “What?” “Remember, we saw a locket!” And everybody is like, “Oh my god, yeah!” And J.K. Rowling had referenced that like, in the middle of a sentence once before. So, I thought that…

Laura: Well, and also, everybody pretty much predicted that Mundungus took it and he ended up being the one who took it, which I just find funny. Just bringing up Micah saying that a lot of this was somewhat predictable.

Eric: Yeah, you’re right. Mundungus having it.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: But it’s almost predictable in a sense that you’re just waiting for them to find out, to put the pieces together.

Laura: It was more like vindication, you know, for us. We were like, “Yes! We knew it all along!”

[Eric sings]

Micah: But I will give Jo the credit for completely taking it in different direction at the end of the chapter because I did not see that coming at all. And I guess we’ll talk about it in a little bit.

Eric: Didn’t see come what come along?

Micah: Where the locket went.

Eric: Well, we don’t know that yet at the end of the chapter.

Laura: Oh!

Eric: We don’t who it went to.

Micah: Oh, that’s the end of next chapter. Forget it.

Laura: Yeah. That’s the end of next chapter. [laughs]

Eric: Yeah, we don’t know who it went to yet.

Micah: See, this is what happens when you prepare with two chapters and you only go over one.

Eric: Oh, see, I didn’t know you did that, man. Sorry about that.

Laura: Yeah, yeah.

Eric: I’m sorry.

Andrew: I started reading the next one but then I was like, “Better not, I’m just going to get confused with everything.”

Micah: All right, my fault. Anyway.

Eric: But you’re right, you’re right, Micah. When we find out who actually has it, that’s – that’s messed up. That’s really messed up.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: There’s an interesting point here I wanted to bring up where it says even though Regulus changed his mind about Voldemort, he didn’t satisfactorily attempt to explain that to Kreacher or his family before he died. Because it says they were safer sticking to the pure-blood line anyway, because there was a prejudice and discrimination against pure-bloods – or non-pure-bloods. So basically J.K. Rowling’s created this situation where Regulus Black disenchanted from Voldemort, didn’t really tell anybody, except set out to destroy it and ends up sacrificing himself so that he could destroy the locket. And he didn’t tell his family that Voldemort didn’t have the right idea because presumably – I mean, that’s what Hermione suggests – that it was just safer to be a pure-blood, and not sort of change your ideas if you were a Muggle-hater at that time. Because, for the reasons that we see later on in Book 7, which is all the – even the Ministry officials who are getting taken to court and put on trial for having Muggle husbands or wives or whatever.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So, I thought that was a really interesting sort of no-win situation of war and hard times.

Laura: Yeah. I wonder what it was that made Regulus change his mind.

Eric: Well, wasn’t it when he suggested about the elf? Wasn’t it when he said, “I need an elf,” and he was horrified after Kreacher told him what he made Kreacher do.

Laura: Yeah, I mean I thought that was kind of – well, yeah.

Eric: Oh you’re right though.

Laura: I guess that’s right.

Eric: Because it said – because Kreacher says Regulus came to him a few months later then, after he had…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And I guess that’s sort of after he had figured a little bit more out about what the cave was all about to begin with.

Micah: Right. Maybe he just got a better understanding of what was going on and realized, you know what…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …maybe this isn’t the right…

Eric: Thing.

Micah: …thing for me to be doing, and maybe…

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: …in the end, it’s not the best thing for the wizarding community as a whole. But I wanted to talk…

Matt: I mean he obviously shows compassion.

Eric: He does.

Micah: Yeah.

MuggleCast 128 Transcript (continued)


Kreacher


Eric: And so does Kreacher.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: What did you guys think? Because this whole chapter is like, pity for Kreacher at the end.

Laura: I felt so bad for him.

Eric: You really feel horrible.

Laura: It’s so sad. I did.

Eric: It’s like, “Wow, why do I feel this bad for that stupid elf?”

Andrew: See, he’s not stupid though.

Eric: Beacause he’s not stupid. He’s totally not, he’s totally not. But even the moment when Harry wants to be angry at Kreacher for selling out Sirius, there’s this total reversal where everything everybody else is saying makes perfect sense, and Sirius was just that flawed that he did not [stumbles] treat Kreacher with respect like everyone else did and that was his own problem. And Hermione and Dumbledore had always said human beings will always pay for their actions.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And now they did.

Micah: Right.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And there’s just that…

Laura: I thought it was – I thought it was very important that Hermione said that. Like you were saying, Eric, you know, wizards will pay for the way they treated House-Elves, and so did Sirius.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: Yep.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: And I remember at that point – I remember reading it originally and I thought, oh man, Harry’s going to deck her one.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: He’s just going to be like, “Hermione, come here a moment.”

Laura: He’s going to just kill her! [laughs]

Eric: Yeah. “Hermione, can I see you?”

Laura: But… And I thought it was important that Harry kind of remarked that he wanted – he felt like he should object or something along those lines…

Eric: But he had nothing to say.

Laura: But, yeah, when he thought about it there was really nothing to say because it was true.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, I like that moment a lot. So I like Kreacher, I think Jo did the right thing with this whole chapter. I thought it was really cool.

Micah: I like that line in particular where Harry was thinking to himself, how could Voldemort have made such a mistake. And that it goes back to what Laura was saying…

Eric: Of leaving Kreacher there to die, when House-Elves have a different magic that would have allowed him to escape.

Micah: Right.

Matt: This scene in the movie would’ve been butchered if they continued with the cutting of Kreacher.

Eric: I cannot wait to see the cave scene.

Laura: I’m so glad she told them not to cut it.

Eric: I cannot wait to see it.

Laura: Oh, so excited.

Eric: Sorry, but yeah, they’re going to have to sort of – now in Movie 7 they’re going to have to have Kreacher back at that cave. I think they should, I think they should cast Regulus Black. I think they should. It’ll be cool.

Andrew: It was very uplifting though, to see Kreacher side with Harry and Ron and Hermione. I mean, you know, he had to, but at the same time, I sort of got a sense like he was on their team, he was on their side. Like, he wanted to work with them.

Eric: He just appreciated being appreciated.

Andrew: Yeah, and it was nice reading that. It felt uplifting.

Eric: Yeah. And – well, at the very end when Kreacher sets off, he gives a low bow to Harry and Ron…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: …the other wizard, and kind of does a little nudge or something in the direction of Hermione.

Matt: It’s a little jerk or something, yeah.

Eric: To Hermione, which is like, you know, so funny. You really love that guy, you love the elf. He just wants to be appreciated, so that was all cool.

Andrew: And to mention the movies real quick, this chapter really is the reason why he was in Order of the Phoenix. Because remember there was that whole debate over – Kreacher was left in there.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: I think it was Heyman who revealed that he was left in there just because Jo said so. Jo said, “He plays an important role in 7 so…”

Eric: Precisely.

Andrew: “I would recommend that he be in 5.”

Eric: And it’s because he knows the whereabouts of one of the seven Horcruxes.

Andrew: Great.

Eric: Yes, indeed.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: Well, it’s time for “Quote Quiz!! Ummm, hold on.

Eric: Andrew, that was horrible!

Andrew: There wasn’t enough echo.

Matt: Oh my god, where was the echo?

Andrew: It’s time for Quote, quote! Quiz, quiz, quiz, quiz, quiz. So the quote today is, of course, from Chapter 11, The Bribe: “It doesn’t seem likely that they were just strolling down Tottenham Court Road at the time does it? said”

Eric: Wait, that’s not a quote if you include, “said.” [laughs]

Andrew: Well, it’s a quote from the book. So all right, so that’s “Quote Quiz.” We’re going to do a segment now we haven’t done in a while, and the reason we’re bringing it back today, other than the demand for some older segments. By the way, “Make The Connection” would’ve been on here today but Jamie wasn’t here, so we’ll try to do them whether Jamie’s on or not, because Jamie’s back at school now, so it’s a little harder for him to record.

Micah: He comes out with the most outrageous connections you could possibly think of.

Andrew: That’s the beauty of it all. That’s why it’s “Make The Connection.”

Eric: That’s the beauty.

Matt: It’s funny to think, too – to think that he’s just sitting there making them up too.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Eric: It is.


Favorites: Soundtracks


Andrew: So, this “Favorite’s” back when Matt Briton was just a mere fanboy of the show. He told me the other day he actually e-mailed in…

[Matt fake laughs]

Andrew: …a “Favorites” submission. He said it was his one e-mail to the show but then I searched his name and there were a few. But anyway…

[Eric laughs]

Matt: It’s a lie! You are such a liar!

Eric: It’s just all the Matt Briton posers out there.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Laura: Awww, it’s okay, Matt.

Micah: No, it was all of his transcript submissions.

Matt: Yeah. [laughs] Because you guys talk over each other. I couldn’t hear a word you’re saying.

Andrew: Matt, what was your “Favorites” submission back way long ago?

Matt: Oh, okay, yeah. Well, that was when you guys just started “Favorites” and I thought it was an awesome thing. So, I’m a huge soundtrack fan, so I was wondering – I was curious what you guys’ opinions were for your favorite song off the Potter series soundtracks?

Andrew: Now, Matt’s a big…

Matt: What’s your favorite theme song?

Andrew: Matt’s a big soundtrack fan, so he holds this segment very near and dear to his heart. I would have to say my favorite – and I’ve always stuck with this one just because it would always run through my head, it was a perfect fit in the trailer – from Chamber of Secrets, “The Dueling Club.”

Eric: Ahhh, that was mine. [laughs]

Andrew: And that’s in the scene where Harry and Draco are dueling in the Dueling Club. And it was just – the movements on screen went along with the music. It was like… [hums to the tune of “The Dueling Club”] And if I remember correctly, it wasn’t exactly to the music but they moved to the music a little bit, it seemed. At least with their steps and everything. So…

Eric: Well, what it was to was, too, the snare drum was just awesome.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Eric: It was just absolutely awesome.

Andrew: So, Eric, what was your favorite?

Eric: Yeah, “The Dueling Club.”

Andrew: Oh, same.

Eric: Well, see what I did is I went through my memory of the first movie and, obviously, the rest when I tried to pick my favorite one from each. And then, I figured, well, out of those five, which is my favorite and I said, “The Dueling Club.” And you’re right, it’s basically very similar to the “Gilderoy Lockhart Theme,” except with the drums and the sort of militaristic tone to it. So, yep, “The Dueling Club” is my favorite. But since you have already said that I’ll just have to go with “Hedwig’s Theme.”

Andrew: You’re so predictable.

Matt: It’s like a cop-out.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah, it is.

Eric: A Cop-out? Okay, well, I have two. I can’t decide between “Professor Umbridge” and “The Room of Requirements” for 5. Movie 4 is “Neville’s Waltz.” Movie 3 is “The Night Bus.” You know, what else you’re going to do?

Andrew: That’s good, though, I thought.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Good choice, I guess. I mean, it’s everyone’s favorite. Laura?

Laura: Well, I have to say, I enjoyed – if I had to pick a soundtrack, I enjoyed The Prisoner of Azkaban one the most. But there is one song that sticks out in my mind in particular. And I have to just say that I’ve always hated this song. I thought it was the dumbest song that I’ve ever heard in my life. It’s “Can You Dance Like a Hippogriff?” But…

Andrew: [to the tune of “Can you Dance Like a Hippogriff?”] Ba ba baa, ba ba baa, ba ba baaaa!

Laura: But there’s a very good memory that goes with this. I don’t know, Andrew, Matt, if you guys remember. [laughs]

Andrew: Yes.

Matt: Yes, I was going to say.

Laura: You, me, Emerson…

Andrew: Now, I remember.

[Matt laughs]

Laura: …Elysa, like a whole group of us at the ball at Prophecy all stood in a circle and danced to that freaking song.

Eric: Is it “Do the Hippogriff” by the Weird Sisters?

Laura: Yes. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I remember, too, Laura at that whole convention at Prophecy, you kept mentioning, “If they play ‘Dance like a Hippogriff,’ or ‘Do the Hippogriff’…”

Laura: [laughs] Play that freakin’ song.

Matt: “…I will shank somebody.”

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: [laughs] I did, and they played it at the end. I knew they would.

Andrew: Wait, wait, you shanked someone?

Matt: No, no.

Andrew: Oh.

Matt: No, but you were so excited, though. I was so surprised. I was waiting for like this violent reaction from you, but all you did was freak out and start dancing.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, well I was very excited that night.

Matt: Yeeeaaah.

[Andrew, Laura, and Matt laugh]

Matt: It was fun.

Laura: It was very fun. Good times.

Andrew: Micah, how about you?

Micah: I was a big fan of the music in Order of the Pheonix, and I liked the – I think it was called “Fireworks”?

Matt: The first song?

Micah: When the Weasley twins were exiting.

Andrew: Oh, in Order of the Pheonix? [sings tune]

Micah: You know, and they basically smashed all those proclamations and Umbridge is running around like a nutcase.

Eric: Yeah, it’s a great scene.

Matt: I can see why you like it.

Andrew: I actually used the…

Matt: I thought the guitar solo too was really awesome in that song.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah.

Eric: Actually, you’re right.

Andrew: I actually used that music in the beginning of the show a couple months back underneath one of the ads.

Micah: For an ad or something?

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah. I remember that. It was – yeah, “Fireworks” is a great… I just really like Nicholas Hooper’s score for the fifth movie. If I had to say favorite soundtrack, it might be “5.” It actually might be, which is next to – closely followed by Chamber of Secrets, though, because Chamber of Secrets was just really good. Because coming with – I mean, I don’t own the first movie soundtrack. Do any of you guys?

Matt: Yes.

Eric: Really?

Laura: I don’t. Yeah.

Eric: Could you burn it and send it to me because I don’t remember there being – I forget all the names. I never learned them of the first Harry Potter movie soundtrack.

Matt: Well, the first soundtrack has a lot of horns. French horns and…

Eric: A lot of French horns?

Matt: Yeah, but you’ll just have to listen to it.

Eric: Because that’s what I really like about John Williams is his ability to build on what he’s already done, and sort of create different themes and different moods. It’s just all good, it’s all good. So, I owned the Chamber of Secrets one with Harry on the front, and I owned the other one with Dumbledore. I think I got a Dumbledore one too, with Richard Harris as Dumbledore, so that was cool. Because you know they made the five different covers for it?

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, that was cool.

Andrew: So, Matt, what is your favorite?

Matt: Well, my favorite theme comes from the Prisoner of Azkaban soundtrack, which is definitely my favorite soundtrack of the five so far, because John Williams pretty much changed all the theme songs from the Harry Potters.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: He just came up with a whole new score for the series so my favorite would be entitled, “A Window to the Past.”

Laura: Yeah, that was a really good one.

Matt: It’s just – because every time they played it in the film it just fit whatever the dialogue was so beautifully.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I remember this. This is nice flute.

Andrew: It’s very…

Matt: It just makes me think of Harry and Sirius and Harry and Remus. It just fits, you know, the whole part of them connecting to Harry’s parents.

Andrew: Yeah, it was very calming.

Matt: And it has a little clip of “Hedwig’s” Theme around the middle of the song. It’s kind of like a bittersweet song, that’s why I like it.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul: Exam Week


Andrew: Well, we’re just about finished today, but before we wrap up, we have a Chicken Soup. Matt, you want to read it?

Matt: Sure. This Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul comes from Melani, 16, from San Antonio, Texas. And she writes:

“Hey, guys! Since it’s a new year and the holidays are over, I felt it necessary to take some time to let you guys know just how wonderful you are. Each week I hear all the different people who tell you how you’ve helped them through difficult times and each week I am thankful for what I like to call my weekly hour and a half of pure joy. This week it is first semester finals week at my school and so far is a more intense form of stress than I have ever been under before. In fact, most of my friends actually call it “dead week.”

[Everyone laughs]

“I am in a bunch of advanced classes and have killer exams and I have practice for the school musical until around six every night.”

Wow!

“The past few nights, I have found myself studying until around three or four in the morning. I can’t remember a time in my life when I have ever been this stressed. But through all these crazy, Dr. Pepper-filled nights, I have found joy (as usual) and relaxation in listening to past and current episodes of MuggleCast. Your witty comments and funny jokes make me laugh and keep me awake and entertained while I study into the wee hours of the morning. So, I would just like to thank you all for helping me survive exam week, and also for giving me my weekly hour-and-a-half of pure joy. Thanks again for all you have done for me, Melani.

Eric: That’s awesome.

Andrew: Awww, that’s sweet.

Laura: Awww.

Eric: All those crazy Dr. Pepper-filled nights.

Andrew: If she’s looking for a more pure joy, I would recommend Hairspray.

Eric: Hairspray. [laughs]

Matt: No, Sweeney Todd!

[Eric laughs]

Laura: Yeah, that’s pure joy!

Eric: That’s pure blood, and a little bit of…

Laura: Well, actually…

Andrew: You enjoy watching it. I don’t know what’s happening is enjoyable.

Matt: It depends on what kind of a person you are.


Announcement: Freddie Highmore Interview


Andrew: I think that does it for this weeks episode of MuggleCast. Next week, I just want to give everyone a little teaser, I did an interview today with Freddie Highmore who is starring in Spiderwick Chronicles. He’s the guy who played the kid in the chocolate movie.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Charlie Bucket.

Laura: Wow, that’s very specific. How about he played Charlie?

Eric: And also that movie with the little people, and…

Andrew: Yeah. He played Charlie Bucket in Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory. The remake, with Johnny Depp, and he also was recently in August Rush and I interviewed him earlier today. It was a good interview, and he talks a little bit about Harry Potter and all that, so he’ll be on the show next week, and then two weeks from that show, he’ll be on again for an interview that we’re going to split in two.


Contact Information


So, let’s remind everyone about our contact information before we wrap up today. Laura, if I want to send a pickle object to the pickle object box, where do I deliver it?

Laura: Don’t send pickles.

Andrew: That’s what P.O. stands for. Pickle Object.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Remember last week?

Matt: She’s warning you right now.

Laura: Please send all of your parcel mail that does not include anything pickle-related to:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

Andrew: Keep in mind our new catchphrase is “gold box.”

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Andrew: You can also call in a MuggleCast voicemail. We’re going to get back to them soon, I promise. I’m sorry I keep saying that and then we don’t. We are going to get back to it soon. In the United States, you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom, you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re in Australia, you can dial 02-8003-5668. Just remember to keep your question under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible before you call. You can also call us via Skype – our Skype name, which is MuggleCast and just leave a voicemail.

You can also visit MuggleCast.com for a handy feedback form to contact any one of us. You can also use our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com, except for Matt, who is matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

And also, do not forget our community outlets. You know, I always say it week to week, you know, just – I just, you know, roll through it, you know, it’s no big deal. But seriously, check out our MySpace at myspace dot com slash mugglecastfans. You can also check out our Facebook, we have a YouTube group, a Frappr group, Last.FM group, and the fan listing and the forums are exploding right now with new members everyday. There’s been lots of good discussions on there. I know Eric, Laura, Matt, and I have all been answering questions on the forums, so if you want to get some more MuggleCast, sort of. At least more of the hosts…

Micah: Are you saying that I don’t answer questions on the forum?

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Are you even a member, Micah?

Eric: It was really a way of saying, “Yeah, pretty much.”

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah, so…

Micah: No, I’ve made some posts in there a few times.

Andrew: Oh, okay, yeah.

Eric: I have like – guys, I am so backlogged. I have like 33 questions to answer, so it’s pretty intense.

Andrew: Well, the forums are thriving, so check them out today to discuss MuggleCast and everything with…

Eric: It’s MuggleCastFan.net/Forums.

Andrew: MuggleCastFan.net/Forums, yeah. Cool. Also, Digg the show at Digg.com like we said at the beginning, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and then don’t forget to rate and review us on iTunes and Yahoo! Podcasts.

And lastly, do not forget that we have a listener poll on MuggleCast.com to see if we can do this tour or not. We would love to have, you know, a few hundred come out to each tour stop. Realistically, we’ll probably have between 100 or 200 at each stop. Please go and vote so we know where to go this tour. We do want to keep it within those five locations, though.

[Show music plays]

Andrew: I don’t think we’ll be going any further north or south.

Eric: Is Richmond on that poll?

Andrew: Yes…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: …Richmond’s on that poll.

Eric: Cool. Awesome.

Andrew: So…

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And one more thing. For next week, Chapter 11, make sure to send in e-mails or voicemails regarding Chapter 11. We obviously want your feedback from Chapter 10, but it’s also good to have some of your ideas…

Eric: And your questions.

Micah: …as we are going through the chapter. So, send in stuff for both Chapter 10 and 11 for next week.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Eric: And Chapter 11 is called The Bribe.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: Yeah. All right, that does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Once again, I am Andrew Sims.

Eric: I am Eric Skull.

Laura: I am Laura Thomspon.

Micah: I am Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I am Matt Britton?

Andrew: [laughs] What was…

Laura: [laughs] You sounded so uncertain. “I am Matt Britton?”

Matt: “I am Ron Burgandy?”

Laura: “Is that my name?”

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: We will see everyone next week for Episode 129. Buh-bye!

Laura: Buh-bye!

Eric: Buh-bye.

Micah: Bye.

Matt: Buh-bye! [pause] Okay. Are we pressing stop now?


Blooper 1


Andrew: Chapter 10, Kreacher’s Chit.

Eric: “Tale.”

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Kreacher’s what?

Laura: Is that what is says, “Kreacher’s sh*t?”

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Okay.

[Matt laughs]


Blooper 2


[Dogs barking]

[Matt laughs]

Eric: Laura, is that your dog?

Laura: No, that wasn’t mine.

Matt: No, that was mine.

Laura: Mine was barking earlier.

Eric: Matt, you better watch out because there is a Terminator nearby, because dogs don’t like Terminators. That’s when they bark…

Laura: Oh, have you been watching that? Is that not…

Eric: Yes, I have!

Laura: …the best show ever?

Eric: Yes. It’s pretty good. I’m impressed.

Laura: Ah, it is so good.

Eric: Yeah, Terminator: The Sarah Conner Chronicles Mondays nights on nine.

Laura: I thought it was going to suck. But it was actually quite good.

Matt: [mocking Laura] Oh, but it was so good.

Laura: Shut up, Matt. [laughs]

Matt: [still mocking Laura] Oh, my god.

[Micah laughs]

Eric: Ummm…

Laura: I hate you.


Blooper 3


[Dogs barking]

Matt: Okay, I’ll be right back.

Eric: Dude, you really have a Terminator. Seriously, man.

[Dogs continue with barking]

Matt: It’s probably my brother.

Eric: [laughs] Your brother?

Laura: Your brother is a Terminator?

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: One second. [in the background] What is going on?!

———————–

Episode 128: Questionable Questions

  • Andrew boasts about the new Wizard Rock section.
  • Rumors concerning a two-part Deathly Hallows surface.
  • Harvard announces JK Rowling to give commencement keynote. We fantasize.
  • A possible MuggleCast spring break east coast tour?
  • Listener e-mails cover last week’s discussion on the dust figure and more.
  • Chapter by Chapter: Kreacher’s Tale.
  • We sympathize for Harry seeing Hermione and Ron holding hands.
  • How does the fidelius charm actually work?
  • How does Bathilda Bagshot visit Lily if Pettigrew is the only secret keeper?
  • Favorites: We each talk about our favorite song from the Potter soundtracks.
  • Chicken Soup.
  • Dog Bloopers!

Download Now

Running time: 1:16:00, 26.2 MB